“Before The Secret”
Presented By
Joe Guty
-1-
“Before The Secret”
“Before The Secret”
"Let Your Thoughts Determine Your Destiny…Using
Ancient teachings to unlock the secret to getting
everything you want in life"
LEGAL NOTICE
The Publisher has strived to be as accurate and complete as possible in the
creation of this electronic course, notwithstanding the fact that he does not
warrant or represent at any time that the Law of attraction is going to work
for you just for asking. Burning desire and faith is needed for you to make it
work.
While all attempts have been made to verify information provided in this
publication, the Publisher assumes no responsibility for errors, omissions, or
contrary interpretation of the subject matter herein. Any perceived slights of
specific persons, peoples, or organizations are unintentional.
In practical advice books, like anything else in life, there are no guarantees
of accomplishments. Readers are cautioned to reply on their own judgment
about their individual circumstances to act accordingly.
This book is not intended for use as a source of legal, business, accounting or
financial advice. All readers are advised to seek services of competent
professionals in legal, business, accounting, and finance field.
You are encouraged to print this book for easy reading.
-2-
“Before The Secret”
TABLE OF CONTENT
Introducción .………………………………………………………………… 06
History of the Law of Attraction ............................................ 09
Premise of the Law of Attraction ............................................ 11
What do Vibes Has To Do With The LOA? ................................ 13
How To Use The Law of Attraction .......................................... 15
What Can The LOA Do For YOU? ............................................. 18
When Does The LOA Work? .................................................... 24
Arguments Against The LOA ................................................... 29
How Does Compare With Subliminal Programs ...................... 35
The Master Key System .......................................................... 39
Forword of The Master Key ..................................................... 41
Lesson One ............................................................................. 47
Lesson Two ............................................................................ 55
Lesson Three .......................................................................... 63
Lesson Four ............................................................................ 71
Lesson Five............................................................................. 79
Lesson Six .............................................................................. 86
Lesson Seven ......................................................................... 94
Lesson Eight ......................................................................... 102
Lesson Nine .......................................................................... 111
Lesson Ten ........................................................................... 120
Lesson Eleven ....................................................................... 128
Lesson Twelve ...................................................................... 136
Lesson Thirteen .................................................................... 144
Lesson Fourteen ................................................................... 152
Lesson Fifteen ...................................................................... 160
Lesson Sixteen ..................................................................... 169
-3-
“Before The Secret”
Lesson Seventeen................................................................. 177
Lesson Eighteen ................................................................... 185
Lesson Nineteen ................................................................... 192
Lesson Twenty ..................................................................... 198
Lesson Twenty-One .............................................................. 206
Lesson Twenty-Two.............................................................. 214
Lesson Twenty-Three ........................................................... 222
Lesson Twenty-Four ............................................................. 230
Teachings of the last master ................................................ 239
Ask And It Is Given To You ................................................... 256
Jesus And The Law of Attraction .......................................... 287
The Power of Gratitude ........................................................ 290
The Art of Visualization ........................................................ 293
Toguether We Can Change The World .................................. 298
Quotes From The Law of Attraction ...................................... 306
Wrapping Up ........................................................................ 310
-4-
“Before The Secret”
“Before The Secret”
“The Law of Attraction: Getting Everything You Want
Out of Life Through the Power of Your Own Mind. And
Let Your Thoughts Determine Your Destiny”
-5-
“Before The Secret”
Introduction
Imagine for a moment that you have in your possession a source of complete
and total power. You alone can command the warmth of the sun, the fall of the
rain, the turn of the tides and the direction of the winds. What would you do with
this kind of power? Would you abuse it causing the world to fall into utter chaos?
Would you be benevolent and merciful, using your power to help the people of
your planet achieve their ultimate potential?
Unfortunately (or fortunately, as the case may be) there is no way for a person to
have that much power. Universal Laws controls the planetary systems according
to his own rules and his own designs. You will never be able to have utter control
over the environment you are inhabiting.
What if you could, however, have the power to determine the course of your own
life? What if you could accomplish great things and acquire great riches just by
using the power of your own mind? What if I told you that this does not have to
be a “what if?” What if I told you that you possess in your psyche the power to
chart the course of the rest of your life on whatever path you see fit?
Chances are you would tell me that I had obviously been watching too much SciFi and needed to get out of the house more often, not to mention my obvious
need to expand my vocabulary, considering the number of times I have used
“what if” in this conversation. You would be wrong (about the Sci-Fi, anyway).
Every person holds in their mind the power to shape the events of their life to
-6-
“Before The Secret”
achieve whatever end they see fit. This power is what is known as the law of
attraction.
What is the Law of Attraction?
The belief held by many theorists is that the universe is governed by a set of
universal laws; these laws cannot be changed, cannot be broken and apply to
every individual, regardless of age or nationality. These laws are the riverbanks
which guide the flow of their lives on its journey to its ultimate end.
The law of attraction is one such law. The law of attraction is the belief that
anyone can determine their destiny through the power of their minds.
"The Law of Attraction attracts to you everything you need, according to the
nature of your thoughts. Your environment and financial condition are the perfect
reflection of your habitual thinking." Joseph Murphy
And in this course you will learn all the secrets from ancient teaching that take
you by the hand into the most powerful law every human would love to learn!
24 Weeks Course
The first 40 pages of this life-changing e-book is the understanding of “The Law of
Attraction” and then we start a 24 weeks course called “The Master Key”. This
“Mastery Key knowledge” is a complete course of 24 lessons, delivered to students
one per week for 24 weeks. The privilege reader, who now receives the whole 24
parts at one time, is warned not to attempt to read the book like a novel, but to treat
it as a course of study and conscientiously to imbibe the meaning of each part –
reading and re-reading one part only per week before proceeding to the next lesson.
Otherwise the later parts will tend to be misunderstood and the reader’s time will be
wasted.
Once again, this is not an ordinary e-book…this a course of 24 lessons, so follow
each lesson as advice for greater results!
Wishing You Wealth, Health & Happiness
Joe Guty
-7-
“Before The Secret”
The History of the Law of Attraction
-8-
“Before The Secret”
Before we go too deep into the modern applications of the law of attraction it is
important that you understand that this is not simply New Age nonsense (most
descriptions of the law of attraction refer to it as a product of a New Age
Mentality). The principles of the law of attraction date back far beyond the new
found popularity of the New Age…in ancient books and history.
The immortal Buddha was actually one of the first to introduce man to the law of
attraction. He said, “What you have become is what you have thought.” This was
a principle that the people of the east were acquainted with for centuries before it
began to sweep into the western hemisphere. But, all other ancient cultures have
written on their teachings about the principles of this universal law.
The concept of karma also may have drawn its roots from the law of attraction.
Karma states that you will eventually be revisited by that which you have sent out
into the universe. If you have practiced kindness and compassion you will receive
in kind. If you have been deliberately cruel to another human, you will receive
back into your life that cruelty which you have sent out. Your actions and
thoughts morph into physical entities, causing the universe to react in kind.
However, the law of attraction began to gain popularity in the western
hemisphere in the 19th century, as people began to appreciate the power of
positive thinking and apply it to their life. This new concept was first introduced to
the general public by William Walker Atkinson, the editor of New Thought
magazine, who published a book called Thought Vibration or the Law of
Attraction in the Thought World in 1906.
-9-
“Before The Secret”
You can read the bible and you learn about this Universal Law, you can study the
Mayan culture and you can learn about the Law of Attraction, you can read about
the Egyptian, the Greek empire and you will discover this Law hidden in the
treasure of the ancient knowledge. As you can see, the law of attraction is not
new. The concept that thought can have a predominate effect on the course of a
man’s destiny has been taught by wise men throughout the ages, and has given
rise to a whole new era of beliefs.
- 10 -
“Before The Secret”
What is the Premise of the Law of Attraction?
The theory behind the law of attraction is the belief that energy attracts like
energy in the vast expanse of space and time that comprises our universe.
Each person’s being is constantly radiating energy out into space; the type of
energy being radiated is determined by the emotional state of the individual in
question and may differ from day to day-sometimes even hour to hour!
This emotional energy is what is commonly known as a “vibe” and is referred to
as a vibration by scientists studying the law of attraction. Chances are that you
are familiar with the term. Have you ever been with someone who is so happy
they seem to be radiating a “glow which inspires happiness in all those around
them? By the same token, have you ever spent time with someone who was so
critical and unhappy that they consistently gave off a “negative vibe” which
seemed to suck the life and happiness out of all those around them?
You do not have to possess psychic powers to be able to feel the vibes that
people emit; this energy is very real on a psychological plane and will affect
anyone, anywhere at any time. Our vibrations are usually an unconscious
response to some form of environmental stimulus; something has happened
which has caused us to feel happy, or sad, or scared, or confused, or stressed,
etc., and our subconscious response to this (because vibes are generated and
projected from the subconscious rather than the conscious) is something that is
beyond our control.
- 11 -
“Before The Secret”
Chances are the person who is emitting a negative vibe does not choose to be
unhappy, nor do they wish to inflict their unhappiness on all those around them
by the simple fact of their presence. (Before you say what you are thinking, yes,
there are some exceptions to this rule. Misery does love company and there are
many who take a great deal of delight in inflicting their pain on other people. It is
important to understand that this is not usually done in a desire to cause others
pain but out a desire to not feel so alone in their unhappiness. But we digress…)
There are a number of feelings which lead to positive and negative vibes being
emitted, and it is important before we continue on any form of discussion about
the law of attraction that you understand what each of these are (you’ll
understand the reasons for this a little later).
Positive Vibes
Positive vibes are generated from good feelings, such as:
 Joy
 Love
 Excitement
 Abundance (of anything that causes a positive response)
 Pride
 Comfort
 Confidence
 Affection
Negative Vibes
Negative vibes are generated from negative feelings, such as:
 Disappointment
 Loneliness
 Lack (of any of life’s necessities or luxuries)
 Sadness
 Confusion
 Stress
 Anger
 Hurt
- 12 -
“Before The Secret”
What do Vibes Has to do with the Law of Attraction?
As we mentioned earlier the fundamental principle of the law of attraction is the
belief that life energy attracts like energy. This means that if a person is emitting
positive vibes they will draw good things to them and if they are emitting negative
vibes they will draw bad things to them.
”You are a living magnet, attracting what you want.”
You have seen this principle in practice before. Have you ever known someone
who was always upbeat and positive and seemed to be too lucky to be true? On
the flip side, you have certainly known someone who loved to complain and look
on the darker sides of life that always seemed to have something new to
complain about because things were always going wrong in their life. These
examples show people attracting the results of the energy they are giving off.
“Remember, you attract to your life whatever you give your attention, energy and
focus to, whether wanted or unwanted.” Michael J. Losier
Does this mean that all of the bad things that happen to you in this life are
because you subconsciously wanted them to? This is one of the most common
arguments against the concept of the law of attraction and it often the hardest to
refute because people have not yet recognized that the law of attraction is not a
- 13 -
“Before The Secret”
pipe dream or something that someone dreamed up while sitting on their porch
one hot summer night. It is a fact of life, and its effects are far reaching.
In answer to your question, no, not everything bad that happens in your life is a
result of you subconsciously wishing for it to happen. Sometimes it is a result of
someone else wishing for it to happen. To quote an example from a website
pertaining to the law of attraction a child or a spouse who is abused is not
abused because they wished for this abuse to happen. This abuse happened
because the abuser allowed their negative thoughts concerning their child or
spouse to creep across their subconscious until they eventually began to dictate
their actions.
The mind is a powerful thing, and where the mind goes the feet will soon follow.
The foundation of any success you are going to encounter in lie is not the ability
of your physical body to overcome the obstacles but of your mind to believe that
a way lies around them. “Where there’s a will, there’s a way.” Where your mind
can believe that there is a way for the body to achieve its heart’s desire a way
does exist.
- 14 -
“Before The Secret”
How Can I Use the Law of Attraction?
This is an excellent (and very important) question. After all, it doesn’t do you
much good to know what the law of attraction is if you do not know how to use it
to achieve success in your own life. Once you have mastered the basics of the
law of attraction you will be able to apply it to any area in your life.
1) The first step in finding success through the law of attraction is to accept
responsibility for the things that have occurred in your life, both good and
bad. This is often the most difficult part of achieving success through
manifestation because we are taught from childhood to believe that our
environment contributes in a large part to the circumstances in which we
find ourselves. It’s very hard to take the responsibility and acknowledge
the fact that your environment was not the major contributing factor in
each of these events; in many cases you will have no one to blame but
yourself.
In order to help yourself move past these events take a moment and write
down on a piece of paper all of the major events in your life (again, both
good and bad). Leave plenty of room underneath each one. Now, take a
moment to go back and review these events. Write down what you were
feeling at the time they happened, how you felt before they happened and
what events had occurred prior to this. Chances are you are going to find
- 15 -
“Before The Secret”
that vents occurring in your favor occurred at times when you were
possessed of a positive attitude and other things in your life were going
right. On the flip side, events which occurred probably happened
concurrently with other events in your life which caused you to have a
negative outlook on life. Coincidence?
2) Once you have accepted the fact that you are responsible for your own
fate, it is time to go one step further and determine what it is about your
life that you would like to change. Do you want to find another job? Move
to a new house? Enter into a meaningful relationship? Receive a
promotion? Do you want to heal from a painful illness? What do you really
want?
Identify the things you wish to achieve and write them down. Display them
in a prominent place; constantly being able to view the anticipated results
of your endeavors will help to keep you on the right track. In essence, with
the creation of this list you are asking the universe for what you want.
Take the time to think on this for a while so that it is embedded firmly in
your mind, and keep your goals specific; making a goal too big or too
general is an almost certain guarantee that you will not be able to achieve
it because you will be too busy worrying about how you are going to
achieve it.
3) Raise your vibrations so that they are all positive. Act and feel as though
you are confident that the end result you are hoping for is going to occur.
This is an essential part of the law of attraction because it is very easy to
allow your mind to begin to wander to tall of the difficulties which you may
encounter when trying to achieve your goals. This will cause your
vibrations to become negative and will work against you rather than for
you.
4) Accept that it can happen. Many times your subconscious is your own
stumbling block; you will be attempting to convince your conscious mind
that something can happen while at the same time your subconscious is
picking out the reasons that it will never work. In order to help yourself
overcome this stumbling block and have absolute faith in the fact that you
will be able to effect this change in your life you should look again at the
sheet of paper upon which you have written your goals and attempt to
write them in terms that will help your mind and body accept them as fact.
- 16 -
“Before The Secret”
It is recommended that you write these statements in the third person
rather than the first; it is often difficult for the mind to accept something as
fact when it is couched in such relative terms as I, me or my. For example,
if you are attempting to find a new job you could say, “Millions of people
every year work in jobs which make them happy.” If you are seeking to
enter a meaningful relationship you could say, “Millions of people around
the globe have found their soul mate and are now happily settled in
comfortable, established relationships”.
The purpose of writing these statements down is to purge the negative
vibes and doubts from your mind. If you are unable to accept the outcome
as fact your subconscious mind is going to conjure a different outcome,
and it is going to be this outcome that your mind and body focus on;
therefore, this outcome is going to be the one that will become your reality
and you will walk away absolutely certain that the law of attraction is one
hundred percent false.
- 17 -
“Before The Secret”
What Can the Law of Attraction Do for You?
"Why is true success so relatively effortless? It might be likened to the magnetic
field created by an electrical current through a wire. The higher the power of the
current, the greater the magnetic field that it generates. And the magnetic field
itself then influences everything in its presence." David R. Hawkins, M.D., Ph.D.
The law of attraction can help to determine the course of your future, and the
successes or failure which you may encounter along the way.
Job – Business – Opportunity
Let us for a moment consider the possibilities of the law of attraction when
applied to your working environment. For those who are searching for a job it
may be impossible to find one which suits them. Is this because such a job does
not exist, or is it because in their subconscious mind they believe that they will
not be able to find a job and consequently are releasing so much negative
energy out into the universe that they are actually driving these jobs away?
Anyone who has ever tried to search for a job (or known somebody who was)
knows that you have a drastically improved chance of finding gainful employment
- 18 -
“Before The Secret”
when you are already employed elsewhere than when you are unemployed. For
someone who has lost their job and is currently without employment it may seem
easier to climb Mount Everest than to get that first all-important interview. It
seems as though job after job simply isn’t interested in what they have to offer.
Why is this? It certainly cannot be because there are no employment
opportunities out there; after all, chances are they would not have applied for the
job if the job had not already made its interest in recruiting new employees clear.
Why, then, do people suffer from unemployment for months or even years at a
time?
The answer to that is they often believe they will not be able to find a job, and
consequently they have stopped trying. In their subconscious minds they do not
truly believe that any of their efforts will bear fruit, and so they are projecting that
negative energy all around them.
On the other hand, an individual who already has a job is secure and confident in
their ability to find a job and do it well; after all, someone has obviously thought
them worthy enough to hire them (and keep them) in the first place, and chances
are if they are searching for a new job it is because they are confident enough in
their abilities that they believe they deserve a job that will treat them better/pay
them more/provide more stimulating work/etc.
It is this quiet confidence that will lead to the effects of the law of attraction
becoming obvious. Since they are projecting this positive energy around them
they will be drawing in positive energy as well, attracting the job that they truly
want. Remember when you were listing your goals above and you had to accept
the fact that they could happen?
Chances are that you too are looking for more from your career than you have
right now; if you are not, then you probably don’t need to be reading this because
you have obviously already mastered the ability to chart your own destiny. If you
are still seeking for that golden opportunity, ask the universe for it, then sit back
and wait, secure in the knowledge that the universal law of attraction will bring it
to your doorstep. It might not be today, it might not be tomorrow, but it will occur.
Let us say that you are satisfied with the job you have but you are seeking a
promotion; after all, no one wants to be at the bottom of the totem pole forever.
In order to get the promotion you are dreaming about the first thing you must do
is remove any doubt from your mind. Walk into the interview one hundred
percent sure that the position will be yours; remember, if you are still living with
- 19 -
“Before The Secret”
the belief that the position may be above you and you are not certain that you
have the necessary skills to fill the position you are absolutely right.
“We are unlimited beings…we have no ceilings” Michael Beckwith
The same principle can be applied to the opening of a new business or an
investment opportunity as well. If you have ever gone to high school you have
probably received the lecture on what to do and what not to do in an interview.
One of the biggest don’ts in interviewing protocol is to let the interviewer see that
you are nervous. By showing the interviewer that you have confidence in your
ability to handle any job which they throw at you, you are increasing your value
as an employee in their eyes.
The same can be said of any attempts to open a traditional business, online
business or a non-traditional business such as Direct Sales/Network Marketing. It
is essential when approaching prospective partners that you have one hundred
percent confidence in yourself and your business in order to guarantee that they
will be willing to take a chance on you.
Is this need for absolute confidence a coincidence only, or is it the law of
attraction at work? By having confidence in your abilities you are sending positive
energy out into the universe, and consequently drawing the positive energies
currently existing in the universe back unto yourself.
It is impossible to over-emphasize the importance of vibrating positive energy
when you are talking about the law of attraction, and you will see this theme
repeated in any and all conversations pertaining to it. The release of positive
energy into the universe is what allows you to chart the course of your destiny on
a strong route to success rather than a wavy road of uncertainty that will
eventually lead you unhappiness, either through the failure to achieve the goals
for which you have worked so hard or through the constant up and down flow of
your life, never being certain which is going to dominate.
Love – Family – Relationships
There are two parts of their life which people generally try to change; their work
environment and the relationships which they have with their families and their
significant others. You may be asking yourself, “Can the law of attraction really
help me to build relationships with the people that I love, and to mend broken
fences?”
- 20 -
“Before The Secret”
The answer is, absolutely! The people you love are governed by the same ebb
and flow of energy as you yourself are, and as such their energies will naturally
be attracted to like energies which are being emitted from another person. If you
are vibrating positive energies and emotions they will respond in kind. They will
not be able to help themselves; it is simply the way of the world.
Let us consider your family first, as with family there is already a subliminal bond
which will help you to improve your relationship right from the very beginning.
There are many reasons why family members may find themselves at odds with
each other; it is not necessarily a pre-requisite that you like the people you love,
and for families who often find themselves in each other’s back pockets and
competing for common resources the fights can become vicious.
Regardless of the reasons you and your family may have had for your falling out
it is never good to leave relationships festering like that. You need to fix them in
order to achieve true serenity and harmony in your life (have you begun yet to
notice how closely the law of attraction interacts with other laws which govern the
universe?). In order to fix a relationship that has been broken you must first be
confident in the fact that you not only are going to be able to mend the broken
ties, but that you truly want to.
It is very easy to utter lip service to the people around you, telling them that you
want to mend your broken fences (and often blaming the fact that they are
broken on the other party involved, of course) when in reality you continue to
carry the stain of dislike that you hold towards the other person in question. You
don’t really want to mend your fences, or if you do you have not yet let go of what
has caused the separation in the first place.
Letting go of your resentment is an essential ingredient in finding harmony, for in
order for the law of attraction to be able to work to smooth your way you must
first rid yourself of all of the negative energy you have been sending towards
them so far. It is important that you accept the fact that you can forgive and
forget, allowing the two of you to move on with your life with a much happier
relationship than you have experienced to date.
The process of attracting a significant other is much the same; however, in order
for the law of attraction to be able to attract them to you, you must be very
specific when making your request to the universe regarding exactly what it is
that you are looking for in a relationship.
This does not mean that you should outline the color of their hair, their eyes, their
political background (although if this is of primary importance you it may be worth
- 21 -
“Before The Secret”
submitting it for consideration) or their political position in society. Remember, the
law of attraction means that your subconscious mind is going to be drawn to their
subconscious mind, and politics are not going to be of primary importance there.
Instead, focus on the kind of values you wish for them to possess, the type of
relationship that you are looking to share with them (do you want to get married,
date casually, etc) as well as personality traits which you feel are especially
important. Then allow yourself to believe that you are going to find this paragon
of virtue.
The last step here is the most important. As was the case in the example we
used pertaining to the ability of an individual to obtain employment, the belief that
a relationship with the person of your dreams is beyond your reach is going to
result in you being absolutely correct. Remind yourself that every day hundreds
of men and women are building a life with the person of their dreams; there is no
reason for you to be excluded from this number.
It is essential that once you have placed a request for a significant other with the
universe that you be willing to have patience for the desired results to occur. The
whys and wherefores of this will be discussed in more depth a bit later, but for
now let us looks at the obvious. The universe is not always going to give you
exactly what you want, exactly when you want it. It does things in its own time.
Now, imagine that you have asked the universe to give you the man or woman of
your dreams, but you become impatient because they have not yet become a
part of your life within a few months of making the request. You begin to date
someone else, and that someone else begins to occupy your mind and your
attentions until they are all that you see. They are not the person which you
asked the universe for, however; they are simply someone intended to fill the
time until that person arrives.
Over the course of time that you are dating this other individual, however, you
have become acquainted with quite a lot of new people. These new people are
shadows passing in and out of your life because they are not this new person
whom you have begun to date. What would you do if the person you had been
waiting for was among that number? What if they had come looking for you, but
you did not recognize them because you were so busy trying to keep yourself
busy until they got there?
It is essential that you not close either your mind or your heart to the universe
because of external distractions; this is the most fatal mistake you could make,
for it means that you have lost faith in the ability of the energies of your mind to
interact with the energies of nature to bring you your desired results, and the
- 22 -
“Before The Secret”
negative energies generated from these thoughts will result in the person of your
dreams walking away from you before you even knew they were there.
And the same way you ask the Universe for a better job, opportunity or
relationship, the same way you’ll ask the Universe for better health within your
marvelous body.
- 23 -
“Before The Secret”
When Doesn’t the Law of Attraction Work?
As you will have gathered from previous sections, the law of attraction does not
always work the way that all parties involved would like it to. Why is that? After
all, in the law of attraction is universal, why does it only work part of the time?
The answer to that is found in the minds of the people who are attempting to use
it to their own benefit. The only thing standing between you and success is
yourself; this was discussed earlier. If the mind is clogged with so much negative
energy that it cannot release the positive vibes which will attract the positive
energies of the universe, the law of attraction will not be able to help them. They
must first rid themselves of all of these negative vibes and start fresh.
Common Mistakes
As with any skill it takes time, effort and devotion to truly master the use of the
law of attraction in your life. There are a number of factors which can cause the
law to behave in ways which you may not have expected, almost all of which fall
back on the user’s ability to follow the guidelines required to find success with
this fabulous new tool.
- 24 -
“Before The Secret”
Fortunately, the mistakes which are made with regards to the use of the law of
attraction are as universal as it is, and therefore very easy to identify and correct.
5 Common Mistakes
1) Believing that positive thinking is enough to attract what you want.
Positive thinking occurs only on the conscious level; this is why positive
thinking is not enough to put into effect the law of attraction. It is
necessary for belief to enter the subconscious as well.
The mind is always operating on two levels, the subconscious and the
conscious. The conscious mind is being given hundreds of tidbits of
information at any given time from all five senses. This is an incredible
amount of information to process, even from such an advanced tool as the
human brain. The mind would slowly go crazy if it had to deal with all of
that information all of the time.
Instead, the mind developed the conscious mind, which serves as a filter
to review the information sent to it by the senses and retain anything that it
deems important. Anything that it does not deem important is passed
along to the subconscious. It is the subconscious which will retain this
information, acting as the guardian of repressed memories until such time
as those memories are needed again.
It has long been held that the subconscious has a direct effect on the
actions and beliefs of the conscious mind, a topic which will be discussed
in greater detail a bit later on, but for now it is sufficient to say that if the
conscious mind is attempting to think positive thoughts while the
subconscious retains a negative energy the two will cancel each other out,
and the desired effect will not be achieved.
2) Becoming impatient
The universe works at its own speed; remember, every action carries with
it an equal and opposite reaction. It is essential that the other
environmental conditions be right in order for an event to occur just as it
should.
- 25 -
“Before The Secret”
T
his means that the law of attraction may take weeks, months or even
years to effect a fruitful reaction to the desires of a single individual.
People of today’s society are spoiled; they want what they want and
they want it now. A new theory that does not produce instant results is not
going to be received with a great deal of favor.
In addition to that, disbelieving in the law of attraction because it does not
meet your established timetables (after all, it never says precisely when all
of these wonderful rewards will be reaped, only that they will) is a direct
violation of the guidelines required to see positive results in and of itself.
You were merely testing the law in order to see if it will produce results; if
you were confident in its ability to effect the desired results you would be
content to sit and wait, knowing that what you want most will come to you
in time.
On the other hand, the fact that you are not indicates that you do not have
confidence in its ability to bring about the desired results. This means that
somewhere in your being is a small kernel of negative energy, sufficient to
throw a monkey wrench into the whole process of positive attraction.
Remember, if you are vibrating negative energy you will attract negative
energy back onto yourself.
3) Determining ahead of time how and when you will attract what you
want.
Let the universe work! It is possible to become so focused on what you
think is going to happen that you manage to totally miss the event when it
occurs if it does not occur in precisely the manner you pictured it would.
As we said before, the universe will choose its own time and place for all
thins to occur, and these events may take place through rather unusual
means. By predetermining exactly how you will receive the rewards which
you are seeking you are taking away the choice from the hands of nature,
which direct the ebb and flow of the energies of life, and setting yourself
up for a hard fall.
By taking the ability to choose upon yourself you are essentially saying
that you do not have faith in the ability of the law of attraction to effect the
desired results in time; again, by setting your own timeline for events to
occur you will eventually come to disbelieve in the law of attraction (after
all, it didn’t do what it was supposed to, did it?), which will cause your
- 26 -
“Before The Secret”
subconscious to radiate the negative energy which will drive the positive
energy away.
4) Allowing your emotions to be led by external evidence
In order to reap the full benefits of the law of attraction you need to believe
that what you see now is a result of what you have been attracting to this
point; again, it is essential that you realize that what has occurred in your
life to this date and what will happen later on is determined by you.
Whatever successes or failures you have experienced have been the
result of the energies that your mind and body have released out into the
universe.
It is very easy to look at the events of your life and think, “I certainly didn’t
want that to happen; the law of attraction must be untrue because I would
never wish for something so awful.” What you have to realize is that it is
not always what your conscious mind wishes for that influences what your
subconscious mind is projecting.
Which leads us to the fifth most common mistake!
5) Not removing limiting beliefs
There are many occasions in which people fall into a self-defeating cycle
because they are unable to control the thoughts and attitudes of their
subconscious. A common argument against the law of attraction is, “Why
is there so much suffering in the world if people have the ability to
determine the events of their life?” No, these people have not chosen a life
of starvation and servitude; however, due to their history many of them do
not truly believe that they have any choice.
This disbelief in their ability to change their circumstances because “it is
the way that it’s always been” means that they will continue to live this
way. Their subconscious continues to project that disbelief and negative
energy out into the universe, drawing back negative energy which will
cause them to continue to live in this self-destructive cycle of events.
It is those who have dared to dream, and believe in the possibilities
presented by these dreams, who have affected the greatest changes in
the world. Do you think that if the colonists had really believed that they
would never be free of the British they would have been able to win the
revolutionary war? If Henry Ford had not truly believed that man could ride
- 27 -
“Before The Secret”
in a car, do you think that the Model T could have been invented? If
women really believed that they were destined to live the rest of their life
under the thumb of their fathers and husbands, with no say in the lives
they would leave, that women’s liberation would have
occurred?
The removal of limiting beliefs such as these is absolutely vital to the
ability of the law of attraction to work as it is intended to. If you truly feel
that the law of attraction is not working for you, take a moment to consider
the things that you are wishing for. Do you truly believe that these events
can take place, or are you merely making idle wishes? Do you secretly
believe that you have a “one in a million” chance of any of those things
actually taking place for one thing or another?
In order to project the positive vibes which are necessary to draw the
energies of the universe to you it is essential that you be one hundred
percent confidant in your ability to effect a change and willing to believe
that all of the events occurring up to that point have been a necessary
prerequisite to bringing these events to be.
The key to the Law of Attraction is the ACCEPTANCE of YOUR responsibility.
“…When the voice and the vision on the inside become more profound, more
clear and loud, than the opinions on the outside, you’ve mastered you life” Dr.
John F. Demartini
.
- 28 -
“Before The Secret”
Arguments Against the Law of Attraction
While the law of attraction can be universally applied this should not be
misconstrued to mean that it has not been the recipient of its fair share of
criticism following the revelation of its potential to the general public.
Numerous scientific and theological societies have gone to great lengths to voice
their disapproval of this upstart new theory.
Science
Among the most fervent of the protestors are those who chose to poke holes in
the scientific foundation upon which the law of attraction is built. This scientific
theory is best explained by Michael J. Losier in a segment of his recently
published novel Law of Attraction.
“There is a physiological foundation for positive thinking and its effect in creating
the law of attraction.
As you may recall from your high school science classes, there are many forms
of energy: atomic, thermal, electromotive, kinetic and potential. Energy can never
be destroyed.
You may also recall that all matter is made up of atoms, and each atom has a
nucleus (made up of protons and electrons) around which orbit electrons.
- 29 -
“Before The Secret”
Electrons in atoms always orbit the nucleus in prescribed “orbitals” or energy
levels that ensure the stability of the atom. Electrons may be compelled to
assume “higher” orbits by the addition of energy, or may give off energy when
they drop to a “lower” orbit. When it comes to “vibrations,” if atoms are “aligned,”
they create a motive force, all pulling together in the same direction, in much the
same way as metals can be magnetized by aligning their molecules in the same
direction. This creation of positive (+) and negative (-) poles is a fact of nature
and science. Suffice to say, science has shown that if there are physical laws
that can be observed and quantified in one arena, there are most probably
similar laws in other arenas, even if they cannot at this time be quantified.
So you see, the law of attraction isn’t a fancy term or new age magic; it is a law
of nature that every atom of your body is constantly responding to whether you
know it or not.”
The ideas contained within this explanation were briefly touched on in previous
explanations concerning the foundations of the law of attraction; however, in
order to understand the controversy surrounding these assumptions it is
important that you first understand what these assumptions are.
Supporters of the theory claim that the effectiveness of the law of attractions
stems from its origin in the field of physics and its supporting facts in the field of
quantum mechanics; after all, the primary argument against many metaphysical
occurrences is that while their origins may be speculated on, these origins very
rarely have more than a small amount of circumstantial physical evidence to back
them up. Who is going to argue about the validity of a theory which, although
assumed to actually be manifesting itself on a higher plane, has its roots planted
firmly in the grounds of modern science.
Unfortunately, much of the “scientific evidence” which has been brought forward
to date in support of the law of attraction has not been conclusively proven with
sufficient reproducibility to allow it to be considered an actual law of nature. The
entire axis upon which the scientific world revolves was best described by
Richard Feynman, one of the finest physicists of his time and a man whose
writings and teachings can still be found in almost every bookstore and college
campus in the country.
In his book Six Easy Pieces Feynman states:
“…nature, as we understand it today, behaves in such a way that it is
fundamentally impossible to make a precise prediction of exactly what will
- 30 -
“Before The Secret”
happen in a given experiment. This is a horrible thing; in fact, philosophers have
said before that one of the fundamental requisites of science is that whenever
you set up the same conditions the same thing must happen. This is simply not
true, it is not a fundamental condition of science…We stated…the sole test of the
validity of any idea is experiment. If it turns out that most experiments work out
the same in Quito as they do in Stockholm, the those “most experiments” will be
used to formulate some general law…We will invent some way o summarize the
results of the experiment, and we do not have to be told ahead of time what
this way will look like. If we are told that the same experiments will always
produce the same result, that is all very well, but if when we try it, it does not,
then it does not.”
That’s right, straight from the mouth of one of the most revered names in science
to your eyes. Contrary to what your teachers told you in grade school it is not
necessary for an experiment to reproduce itself in order to be considered both
valid and significant. This is an important lesson to remember throughout life;
however, with respect to the process of a theory becoming established as a law it
is important that any experiment conducted with that theory as its fundamental
backbone be reproducible under most circumstances.
The experimental trials of the law of attraction which have been performed with
the use of test subjects have left a great deal of grey in the decision as to
whether or not the law is actually a law at all. Since researchers are dealing with
the human psyche rather than a physical object which can be manipulated and
controlled it is all but impossible to establish proper testing conditions which will
guarantee a high level of accuracy and completely unbiased results.
In order for a trial of the law of attraction to be considered conclusive it is
necessary that the test subject follow the guidelines meticulously. This means
that they must remove all of the negative energy from the subconscious portion
of their psyche. This is a condition that is considered to be “mission critical” in an
experiment yet is impossible for researchers to control.
A test subject cannot be forced through any artificial means to remove negative
thoughts from their subconscious; they may not even know that these negative
thoughts are there (after all, there is a reason that it is called the subconscious).
Since the key element to finding success with the law of attraction is to allow
positive energy to dominate your thought processes any negative energy
remaining, even deeply buried away from the conscious mind, will have an
adverse reaction on the results of the experiment.
- 31 -
“Before The Secret”
In addition, since researchers are dealing with the human psyche there is
another factor which has never been officially proven through scientific means
but which is accepted as fact all around the world: the power of the human mind.
You may be looking at this in confusion, asking yourself why the power of the
human mind would be a problem when it is the power of the human mind which
you are attempting to harness in order to find success with the law of attraction.
The reasons are simple. There are three main factors which stand in the way of a
person achieving their goals. One of these is the body, the other is the
environment. Each of these plays a small role in a person’s ability to carry out
a task which they have chosen for themselves; however, they are not the key
factor responsible for the success or failure of a person’s appointed mission.
The human mind is the primary obstacle standing in the way of a person and
their dreams. If they do not believe that they will be able to overcome the
other environmental and social obstacles standing in the way of achieving
their goal then they will not be able to. On the other hand, if they believe that
they will be able to triumph over these adversities they are almost guaranteed
success. This is not always due to some form of cosmic influence, however.
Let us look at this dilemma through the eyes of a young adult who is straight out
of college and attempting to start his career. If he has a great deal of doubt in his
ability to succeed in his chosen field and land a job he will be happy for his mind
will recognize that negativity and make it fact. He will not be as aggressive as he
needs to be in hunting down jobs, and when he does find a job he will almost
inevitably crash and burn in the very first interview because he will be so sure of
his failure that he will not be able to put his best foot forward. On the other side of
the coin, if he is confident that he will be able to succeed he will portray that
confidence in everything that he does, allowing him to get through his interview
with flying colors and land the job of his dreams.
There was no cosmic influence here, merely a readjustment in attitude that
led to a readjustment in presentation. It is impossible to look at the results of
an experiment relating to the law of attraction and be able to say with one
hundred percent surety that the positive results of these trials were a result of
some form of cosmic influence rather than sheer human determination.
Experimental results are not the only issues causing contention among the
scientific community. A large portion of the theory has fallen under fire as well.
The simple truth of the matter is that from a scientific standpoint the cold, hard
evidence supporting the physical existence of the law of attraction in nature is
weak indeed. Unlike many other experiments dealing with non-metaphysical
- 32 -
“Before The Secret”
properties of science it is virtually impossible for scientists to actually examine
the individual components which make the law of attraction.
Vibrations being emitted from the body with respect to moods and emotions are
still largely a conceptual idea, and while scientists may be able to pinpoint the
precise energy signatures being emitted by the body the technology to recognize
whether it is good or bad, stemming solely from the body’s physical self or having
some foundation in the body’s emotional channels simply does not exist.
In addition to these difficulties scientists do not yet have a means with which to
identify the specific energy waves which comprise an event. For every change
dealt to the status quo in nature there is both a waterfall of precursor events
which must occur in order for events to proceed as needed for a specific
outcome and a “ripple effect” of changes which will occur as a result of this
change. It is impossible to determine whether or not there is, in fact, an energy
based reason for each of these events, and how the various forms of energy
which must collaborate to bring circumstances to these ends work together is still
a mystery.
Are you confused yet? Probably, which is precisely the point upon which a great
deal of the controversy surrounding this law is founded. The theory simply does
not make sense in any manner that can be specifically addressed by a scientific
team and proven using scientific methods. Where does that leave the scientific
community? Still turning its wheels looking for answers.
Religion
As we mentioned before, scientists are not the only ones with a bone to pick with
regards to the law of attraction. Various religious sectors have taken great
offense to the concept of a person being able to decide their own fate based
entirely on the power of their mind. Why is that? After all, one would think that if
anyone would appreciate the potential of a person being able to direct their own
course in life it would be those who have a deeper understanding of all things
unseen.
The reason for their opposition is the fact that if people are able to control
the course of their own lives it more or less usurps the position of a God in this
lifetime. The theory of the role of a deity in most religions is that it is prayer and
sacrifice to this deity which will determine your lot in life, as well as in the
afterlife. The ultimate decision with regards to your ultimate fate rests entirely on
their shoulders, and if you are fortunate your deity will be a forgiving one and
- 33 -
“Before The Secret”
grant you much prosperity in life.
The reason for their opposition is the fact that if people are able to control the
course of their own lives it more or less usurps the position of a God in this
lifetime. The theory of the role of a deity in most religions is that it is prayer and
sacrifice to this deity which will determine your lot in life, as well as in the afterlife.
The ultimate decision with regards to your ultimate fate rests entirely on their
shoulders, and if you are fortunate your deity will be a forgiving one and grant
you much prosperity in life.
If you choose to follow a path that you believe will allow you to take control of
your life out of the all-knowing hands of your deity what does that say regarding
your faith? It is argued that belief in the law of attraction means that the believer
doubts the power of their deity, an action which not only sacrifices the
fundamental principles of any religion (the ultimate, unquestioning belief that is
the platform upon which any deity rests; after all, what is a god but someone who
has found someone to worship them?) but could cause doubt to fall upon the
entire religious caste, an event which most societies are simply not ready to deal
with.
Another belief that has suffered a hard hit in the presence of the belief in the law
of attraction is that which states that the universe exists in a delicate balance,
and all events which occur are a result of the universe attempting to maintain that
balance. The possibility that man can decree the events that happen in his own
life is a slap in the face to the belief in that balance; after all, if man can decide
the events of the future what is there to ensure that that balance remains? How
can humans live comfortably knowing that at any time their entire way of life as
they know it could come to an end as the power of the law of attraction could
cause the play of events in the world to be changed entirely?
- 34 -
“Before The Secret”
How Does the Law of Attraction Compare with Other
Subliminal Programs on the Market?
As the power of positive thinking has grown there have been many which have
attempted to make a profit from this incredible discovery. This has spawned a
new era of “subliminal products”, which retailers then proceed to sell on the
market for a ridiculous price and reap the profits.
The difference between other subliminal messaging products and the law of
attraction is the profit margin. Quite simply, there isn’t one. You don’t need to
have any special equipment to maximize the power of the law of attraction; it is
all there in your own mind. Neither do you need a teacher to teach you how to
use it; once you have mastered the fundamentals upon which the law of
attraction is built you are ready to put it into practice.
These same sentiments cannot be expressed with regards to many of the other
subliminal programs on the market. These programs claim to be able to help their
users lose weight, stop smoking, become smarter, get a new job, move past their
shyness, improve their relationships, etc. Do they work? Not always. The law of
- 35 -
“Before The Secret”
attraction is the only subconscious means by which to ensure success in
whatever endeavor you choose to undertake.
Various Other Subliminal Programs
It is only fair that if you are studying the law of attraction you learn a little bit
about the various other subliminal programs available on the market. This will
allow you to compare them all and understand why the law of attraction is the
only one which has been proven time and time again (regardless of what the
researchers would have you hear).
1) Subliminal Messaging
Subliminal messaging is one of the oldest forms of subliminal
manipulation, and has been the one to face the greatest amount of
controversy. The belief held by the believers in subliminal messaging is
that since memories can often be pulled forth from the subconscious to
the conscious mind, the subconscious must continue to have some effect
on the conscious, whether the owner of said consciousness is aware of it
or not.
Those who use subliminal messaging attempt to use various methods to
introduce an idea to the subconscious, which will then transmit that idea to
the conscious when the proper occasion arises. This is done through the
introduction of a brief (often a thousandth of a second) to the audio and/or
visual senses. This message will be so short that the conscious mind will
immediately disregard it as being unimportant, while the subconscious will
take the information and store it away.
Subliminal messaging was first introduced in the late 19th century and was
introduced in the 1950s as a possible marketing tool. Mr. James Vicary
claimed that during a film shown in his New Jersey theater he had used a
tachistoscope to broadcast the words “Drink Coca-Cola” and “Hungry? Eat
popcorn” for 1/3000 of a second at five second intervals and that during
the time of these broadcasts sales of both increased dramatically.
This sparked a huge debate among the people of the United States, who
were afraid that the government would now use subliminal messaging to
attempt to control the things they thought and did; they would not be able
to do anything about it because they would never know. This controversy
- 36 -
“Before The Secret”
led to the banning of subliminal messaging for any type of marketing
purpose.
Although Mr. Vicary later admitted that the experiment had been a fraud
the concept of subliminal messaging had been brought out into the open,
and its possible benefits were explored at length; however, to date no
study has definitively shown subliminal messaging to be an effective way
to control behavior.
2) Affirmation
Affirmation is the firm declaration of something to be true, and is intended
to convince the mind that what it wants to happen will. For example,
stating over and over again, “I can get any job I want” is intended to instill
in the mind the confidence to go out and get any job that it wants. This
resembles the law of attraction, but is not sufficient to sway the
subconscious until other methods are employed as well.
Wikipedia describes affirmation as so (this was interesting, showing very
well how affirmation and the law of attraction are joined together, and
would not have been the same if it was altered in any way).
“In spirituality and personal development, an affirmation is a form of
autosuggestion in which a statement of a desirable intention or condition
of the world or the mind is deliberately meditated on and/or repeated in
order to implant it in the mind. Many believers recommend accompanying
recitations with mental visualization of a desired outcome. Affirmation
could be viewed positively as a mobilization of one's inner resources, or
negatively as a kind of self-induced brainwashing, depending on the
psychological depth and wisdom of the affirmation. For example, believers
would consider "I am making more room in my life for success every day"
a much wiser affirmation than "I will win the lottery today!" Affirmations are
always phrased in the first person and usually in a present tense ("I am")
rather than a future tense ("I will") in order to increase the realization of the
statement for the affirmee.
Affirmations are believed to be a very powerful means of reprogramming
the unconscious mind. They appear to be most effective when repeated in
a quiet and restful state of mind and body, and when the desired outcome
is vividly experienced in one's mind and resulting emotions are felt. They
are an intrinsic part of many New Age groups including I AM Activity and
the Church Universal and Triumphant of Elizabeth Clare Prophet.
- 37 -
“Before The Secret”
However, in these groups affirmations are generally recited in flat,
mechanical voices at top speed and volume, in order to elevate
particpants' "vibratory levels".
Perhaps the most often used and well-known affirmation is the word
"Amen," which can be translated simply as "so be it" or "and so it is,"
affirming the truth of whatever was written or said immediately prior. While
often used to conclude prayer, the word itself is neutral as to its context
and exemplifies a logical affirmation more than a spiritual one.
3) Visualization
Visualization works in much the same way as affirmation; you visualize
yourself achieving something and your brain will come to believe it is so;
therefore, you will be able to do it. Again, this is closely related to the law
of attraction but does not address any underlying issues which could
contribute to negative vibes.
Conclusion of the Understanding…
Although the power of the law of attraction has yet to be supported by any
physical means its effects have been proven time and time again. In spite of the
opposition which you will surely face, both within your own mind and throughout
the rest of your societal acquaintances, if you adhere carefully to the guidelines
set forth you too will be able to unlock the power hidden within the depths of your
own mind and chart the course for your own destiny.
And now that we have a clear understanding about the law of attraction, let dig
deep into the ancient teachings and learn how our thoughts become reality. This
is where the journey really begins!
Enjoy this 24 weeks journey!!
- 38 -
“Before The Secret”
The Master Key System Introduction
Nature compels us all to move through life. We could not remain stationary however
much we wished. Every right-thinking person wants not merely to move through life
like a sound producing, perambulating plant, but to develop – to improve – and to
continue the development mentally to the close of physical life.
This development can occur only through the improvement of the quality of individual
thought and the ideals, actions and conditions that arise as a consequence. Hence a
study of the creative processes of thought and how to apply them is of supreme
importance to each one of us. This knowledge is the means whereby the evolution of
human life on earth may be hastened and uplifted in the process.
Humanity ardently seeks “The Truth” and explores every avenue to it. In this process
it has produced a special literature, which ranges the whole gamut of thought from
the trivial to the sublime – up from Divination, through all the Philosophies, to the
final lofty Truth of “The Master Key”.
The “Master Key” is here given to the world as a means of tapping the great cosmic
intelligence and attracting from it that which corresponds to the ambitions, and
aspirations of each reader.
Everything and institution we see around us, created by human agency, had first to
exist as a thought in some human mind. Thought therefore is constructive. Human
thought is the spiritual power of the cosmos operating through its creature man. “The
Master Key” instructs the reader how to use that power, and use it both
constructively and creatively. The things and conditions we desire to become
realities we must first create in thought. “The Master Key” explains and guides the
process.
- 39 -
“Before The Secret”
“The Master Key” teaching has hitherto been published in the form of a
Correspondence Course of 24 lessons, delivered to students one per week for 24
weeks. The reader, who now receives the whole 24 parts at one times, is warned not
to attempt to read the book like a novel, but to treat it as a course of study and
conscientiously to imbibe the meaning of each part – reading and re-reading one
part only per week before proceeding to the next. Otherwise the later parts will tend
to be misunderstood and the reader’s time will be wasted.
Used as thus instructed “The Master Key” will make of the reader a greater, better
personality, and equipped with a new power to achieve any worthy personal purpose
and a new ability to enjoy life’s beauty and wonder.
This is your new beginning and 24 weeks later there’ll be a new you…so, gives
yourself a favor and follows each lesson per week and avoids jumping to the
following lesson ahead of time, if you want to get the best of this course.
Many of our students have paid lots of money for this 24 weeks course, but for a
limited time we are giving a gift to humanity to spread LOVE – HEALTH and
ABUNDANCE!
SHARING IS CARING, so share your love with others by giving them the opportunity
to download this 24 weeks course!!
Share our Facebook Fan Page with the people you really care!!!
- 40 -
“Before The Secret”
FOREWORD
Some men seem to attract success, power, wealth, happiness, attainment, with very
little conscious effort; others conquer with great difficulty; still others fail altogether to
reach their ambitions, desires and ideals. Why this is so: Why should some men
realize their ambitions easily, others with difficulty, and still others not at all? The
cause cannot be physical, else the most perfect men, physically, would be the most
successful. The difference, therefore, must be mental - must be in the mind; hence
mind must be the creative force, must constitute the sole difference between men. It
is mind, therefore, which overcomes environment and every other obstacle in the
path of men.
(*When the author refer to *Men* he is referring to *Men & Women*)
When the creative power of thought is fully understood, its effect will be seen to be
marvelous. But such results cannot be secured without proper application, diligence,
and concentration. The student will find that the laws governing in the mental and
spiritual world are as fixed and infallible as in the material world. To secure the
desired results, then, it is necessary to know the law and to comply with it. A proper
compliance with the law will be found to produce the desired result with invariable
exactitude. The student who learns that power comes from within, that he is weak
only because he has depended on help from outside, and who unhesitatingly throws
- 41 -
“Before The Secret”
himself on his own thought, instantly rights himself, stands erect, assumes a
dominant attitude, and works miracles.
It is evident, therefore, that he who fails to fully investigate and take advantage of the
wonderful progress which is being made in this last and greatest science, will soon
be as far behind as the man who would refuse to acknowledge and accept the
benefits which have accrued to mankind through an understanding of the laws of
electricity.
Of course, mind creates negative conditions just as readily as favorable conditions,
and when we consciously or unconsciously visualize every kind of lack, limitation
and discord, we create these conditions; this is what many are unconsciously doing
all the time.
This law as well as every other law is no respecter of persons, but is in constant
operation and is relentlessly bringing to each individual exactly what he has created;
in other words, "Whatsoever a man sowed that shall he also reap."
Abundance, therefore, depends upon recognition of the laws of Abundance, and the
fact that Mind is not only the creator, but the only creator of all there is. Certainly
nothing can be created, before we know that it can be created and then make the
proper effort. There is no more Electricity in the world today than there was fifty
years ago, but until someone recognized the law by which it could be made of
service, we received no benefit; now that the law is understood, practically the whole
world is lit by it. so with the law of Abundance; it is only those who recognize the law
and place themselves in harmony with it, who share in its benefits.
The scientific spirit now dominates every field of effort; relations of cause and effect
are no longer ignored.
The discovery of a region of law marked and epoch in human progress. It eliminated
the element of uncertainty and caprice men’s lives, and substituted law, reason and
certitude.
Men now understand that for every result there is an adequate and definite cause,
so that when a given result is desired, they seek the condition by which alone this
result may be attained.
The basis upon which all law rests was discovered by inductive reasoning which
consists of comparing a number of separate instances with one another until the
common factor which gives rise to them all is seen.
It is this method of study to which the civilized nations owe the greater part of their
- 42 -
“Before The Secret”
prosperity and the more valuable part of their knowledge; it has lengthened life, it
has mitigated pain, it has spanned rivers, it has brightened the night with the
splendor of day, extended the range of vision, accelerated motion, annihilated
distance, facilitated intercourse, and enabled men to descend into the sea, and into
the air, what wonder then that men soon endeavored to extend the blessings of this
system of study to their method of thinking, so that when it became plainly evident
that certain results followed a particular method of thinking it only remained to
classify these results.
This is method is scientific, and it is the only method by which we shall be permitted
retain that degree of liberty and freedom which we have been accustomed to look
upon as an inalienable right, because a people is safe at home and in the world only
if national preparedness mean such things as growing surplus of health,
accumulated efficiency in public and private business of whatever sort, continuous
advance in the science and art of acting together, and the increasingly dominant
endeavor to make all of these and all other aspects of national development center
and revolve about ascending life, single and collective, for which science, art and
ethics furnish guidance and controlling motives.
The Master Key is based on absolute scientific truth and will unfold the possibilities
that lie dormant in the individual, and teach how they may be brought into powerful
action, to increase the person's effective capacity, bringing added energy,
discernment, vigor and mental elasticity. The student who gains an understanding of
the mental laws which re-unfolded will come into the possession of an ability to
secure results hitherto undreamed of, and which has rewards hardly to be expressed
in words.
It explains the correct use of both the receptive and active elements of the mental
nature, and instructs the student in the recognition of opportunity; it strengthens the
will and reasoning powers, and teaches the cultivation and best uses of imagination,
desire, the emotions and the intuitional faculty. It gives initiative, tenacity of purpose,
wisdom of choice, intelligent sympathy and a thorough enjoyment of life on its higher
planes.
The Master Key teaches the use of Mind Power, true Mind Power, not any of the
substitutes and perversions; it has nothing to do with Hypnotism, Magic or any of the
more or less fascinating deceptions by which many are led to think that something
can be had for nothing.
The Master Key cultivates and develops the understanding which will enable you to
control the body and thereby the health. It improves and strengthens the Memory. It
develops Insight, the kind of Insight which is so rare, the kind which is the
distinguishing characteristic of every successful business man, the kind which
- 43 -
“Before The Secret”
enables men to see the possibilities as well as the difficulties in every situation, the
kind which enables men to discern opportunity close at hand, for thousands fail to
see opportunities almost within their grasp while they are industriously working with
situations which under no possibility can be made to realize any substantial return.
The Master Key develops Mental Power which means that others instinctively
recognize that you are a person of force, of character - that they want to do what you
want them to do; it means that you attract things to you; that you are what some
people call "lucky", that "things" come your way' that you have come into an
understanding of the fundamental laws of Nature, and have put yourself in harmony
with them; that you are in tune with Infinite; that you understand the law of attraction,
the Natural laws of growth, and the Psychological laws on which all advantages in
the he social and business world rest.
Mental Power is creative power, it gives you the ability to create for yourself; it does
not mean the ability to take something away from someone else. Nature never does
things that way. Nature makes two blades for grass grow where one grew before,
and Mind Power enables men to do the same thing.
The Master Key develops insight and sagacity increased independence, the ability
and disposition to be helpful' it destroys distrust, depression, fear, melancholia, and
every form of lack limitation and weakness, including pain and disease; it awakens
buried talents, supplies initiative, force, energy, vitality - it awakens an appreciation
of the beautiful in Art, Literature and Science.
It has changed the lives of thousands of men and women, by substituting definite
principles for uncertain and hazy methods - and principles for the foundation upon
which every system of efficiency must rest.
Elbert Gary, the chairman of the United States Steel Corporation, said "The services
of advisors, instructors, efficiency experts in successful management are
indispensable to most business enterprises of magnitude, but I deem the recognition
and adoption of right principles vastly more importance. “The Master Key teaches
right principles, and suggests methods for making a practical application of the
principles; in that it differs from every other course of study. It teaches that the only
possible value which can attach to any principle is in its application. Many read
books, take home study courses, listed to subliminal programs, attend lectures all
their lives without ever making any progress in demonstrating the value of the
principles involved. The Master Key suggests methods by which the value of the
principles taught may be demonstrated and put in actual practice in the daily
experience.
- 44 -
“Before The Secret”
There is a change in the thought of the world. This change is silently transpiring in
our midst, and is more important than any which the world has undergone since the
downfall of Paganism.
The present revolution in the opinions of all classes of men, the highest and most
cultured of men as well as those of the laboring class, stands unparalleled in the
history of the world.
Science has of late mad such vast discoveries, has revealed such an infinity of
resources, has unveiled such enormous possibilities and such unsuspected forces,
that scientific men more and more hesitate to affirm certain theories as established
and indubitable or to deny certain other theories as absurd or impossible, and so a
new civilization is being born' customs, creeds, and cruelty are passing; vision, faith
and service are taking their place. The fetters of tradition are being melted off from
humanity, and as the dross of materialism is being consumed, thought is being
liberated and truth is rising full orbed before an astonished multitude.
The whole world is on the eve of a new consciousness, a new power and a new
realization of the resources within the self. The last century saw the most
magnificent material progress in history. The present century will produce the
greatest progress in mental and spiritual power of all times.
Physical Science has resolved matter into molecules, molecules into atoms, atoms
into energy, and it has remained for Sir Ambrose Fleming, in an address before the
Royal Institution, to resolve this energy into mind. He says: "In its ultimate essence,
energy may be incomprehensible by us except as an exhibition of the direct
operation of that which we call Mind or Will."
Let us see what the most powerful forces in Nature are. In the mineral world
everything is solid and fixed. In the animal and vegetable kingdom it is in a state of
flux, forever changing, always being created and recreated. In the atmosphere we
find heat, light and energy. Each realm becomes finer and more spiritual as we pass
from the visible to the invisible, from the coarse to the fine, from the low potentiality
to high potentiality. When we reach the invisible we find energy in its purest and
most volatile state.
And as the most powerful forces of Nature are the invisible forces, so we find that
the most powerful forces of man are his invisible forces, his spiritual force, and the
only way in which the spiritual force can manifest is through the process of thinking.
Thinking is the only activity which the spirit possesses, and thought is the only
product of thinking.
- 45 -
“Before The Secret”
Addition and subtraction are therefore spiritual transactions; reasoning is a spiritual
process; ideas are spiritual conceptions; questions are spiritual searchlights and
logic, argument and philosophy is spiritual machinery.
Every thought brings into action certain physical tissue, parts of the brain, nerve or
muscle. This produces an actual physical change in the construction of the tissue.
Therefore it is only necessary to have a certain number of thoughts on a given
subject in order to bring about a complete change in the physical organization of a
man.
This is the process by which failure is changed to success. Thoughts of courage,
power, inspiration, harmony, are substituted for thoughts of failure, despair, lack,
limitation and discord, and as these thoughts take root, the physical tissue is
changed and the individual sees life in a new light, old things have actually passed
away, all things have become new, he is born again, this time born of the spirit, life
has a new meaning for him, he is reconstructed and is filled with joy, confidence,
hope, energy. He sees opportunities for success to which he was heretofore blind.
He recognizes possibilities which before had no meaning for him. The thoughts of
success with which he has been impregnated are radiated to those around him, and
they in turn help him onward and upward; he attract to him new and successful
associates, and this in turn changes his environment; so that by this simple
Universal exercise of thought, a man changes not only himself, but his environment,
circumstances and conditions.
You will see you must see, that we are at the dawn of a new day; that the
possibilities are so wonderful, so fascinating, so limitless as to be almost
bewildering. A century ago any man with and aero-plane or even a Gatling gun could
have annihilated a whole army equipped with the implements of warfare then in use.
So it is at present. Any man with knowledge of the possibilities contained in the
Master Key has an inconceivable advantage over the multitude.
- 46 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON ONE
It is my privilege to enclose herewith Lesson One of The Master Key System. Would
you bring into your life more power, get the power consciousness, more health, get
the health consciousness, more happiness, get the happiness consciousness and
more wealth, get the wealth consciousness. Live the spirit of these things until they
become yours by right. It will then become impossible to keep them from you. The
things of the world are fluid to a power within man by which he rules them.
You need not acquire this power. You already have it. But you want to understand it;
you want to learn it, you want to use it; you want to control it; you want to impregnate
yourself with it, so that you can go forward and carry the world before you.
Day by day as you go on and on, as you gain momentum, as your inspiration
deepens, as your plans crystallize, as you gain understanding, you will come to
realize that this world is no dead pile of stones and timber, but that it is a living thing!
It is made up of the beating hearts of humanity. It is a thing of life and beauty.
It is evident that it requires understanding to work with material of this description,
but those who come into this understanding, are inspired by a new light, a new force,
they gain confidence and greater power each day, they realize their hopes and their
dreams come true, life has a deeper, fuller, clearer meaning than before.
- 47 -
“Before The Secret”
And, now, Part One....
LESSON ONE
1. That much gathers more is true on every plane of existence and that loss
leads to greater loss is equally true.
2. Mind is creative, and conditions, environment and all experiences in life are
the result of our habitual or predominant mental attitude.
3. The attitude of mind necessarily depends upon what we think. Therefore, the
secret of all power, all achievement and all possession depends upon our
method of thinking.
4. This is true because we must "be" before we can "do," and we can "do" only
to the extent which we "are," and what we "are" depends upon what we
"think."
5. We cannot express powers that we do not possess. The only way by which
we may secure possession of power is to become conscious of power, and
we can never become conscious of power until we learn that all power is from
within.
6. There is a world within – a world of thought and feeling and power; of light
and life and beauty and, although invisible, its forces are mighty.
7. The world within is governed by mind. When we discover this world we shall
find the solution for every problem, the cause for every effect; and since the
world within is subject to our control, all laws of power and possession are
also within our control.
8. The world without is a reflection of the world within. What appears without is
what has been found within. In the world within may be found infinite Wisdom,
infinite Power, infinite Supply of all that is necessary, waiting for enfoldment,
development and expression. If we recognize these potentialities in the world
within they will take form in the world without.
9. Harmony in the world within will be reflected in the world without by
harmonious conditions, agreeable surroundings, the best of everything. It is
the foundation of health and a necessary essential to all greatness, all power,
all attainment, all achievement and all success.
- 48 -
“Before The Secret”
10. Harmony in the world within means the ability to control our thoughts, and to
determine for ourselves how any experience is to affect us.
11. Harmony in the world within results in optimism and affluence; affluence
within results in affluence without.
12. The world without reflects the circumstances and the conditions of the
consciousness within.
13. If we find wisdom in the world within, we shall have the understanding to
discern the marvelous possibilities that are latent in this world within, and we
shall be given the power to make these possibilities manifest in the world
without.
14. As we become conscious of the wisdom in the world within, we mentally take
possession of this wisdom, and by taking mental possession we come into
actual possession of the power and wisdom necessary to bring into
manifestation the essentials necessary for our most complete and
harmonious development.
15. The world within is the practical world in which the men and women of power
generate courage, hope, enthusiasm, confidence, trust and faith, by which
they are given the fine intelligence to see the vision and the practical skill to
make the vision real.
16. Life is an enfoldment, not accretion. What comes to us in the world without is
what we already possess in the world within.
17. All possession is based on consciousness. All gain is the result of an
accumulative consciousness. All loss is the result of a scattering
consciousness.
18. Mental efficiency is contingent upon harmony; discord means confusion;
therefore, he who would acquire power must be in harmony with Natural Law.
19. We are related to the world without by the objective mind. The brain is the
organ of this mind and the cerebro-spinal system of nerves puts us in
conscious communication with every part of the body. This system of nerves
responds to every sensation of light, heat, odor, sound and taste.
- 49 -
“Before The Secret”
20. When this mind thinks correctly, when it understands the truth, when the
thoughts sent through the cerebro-spinal nervous system to the body are
constructive, these sensations are pleasant, harmonious.
21. The result is that we build strength, vitality and all constructive forces into our
body, but it is through this same objective mind that all distress, sickness,
lack, limitation and every form of discord and in harmony is admitted to our
lives. It is therefore through the objective mind, by wrong thinking, that we are
related to all destructive forces.
22. We are related to the world within by the subconscious mind. The solar
plexus is the organ of this mind; the sympathetic system of nerves presides
over all subjective sensations, such as joy, fear, love, emotion, respiration,
imagination and all other subconscious phenomena. It is through the
subconscious that we are connected with the Universal Mind and brought into
relation with the Infinite constructive forces of the Universe.
23. It is the coordination of these two centers of our being, and the understanding
of their functions, which is the great secret of life. With this knowledge we can
bring the objective and subjective minds into conscious cooperation and thus
coordinate the finite and the infinite. Our future is entirely within our own
control. It is not at the mercy of any capricious or uncertain external power.
24. All agree that there is but one Principle or Consciousness pervading the
entire Universe, occupying all space, and being essentially the same in kind
at every point of its presence. It is all powerful, all wisdom and always
present. All thoughts and things are within Itself. It is all in all.
25. There is but one consciousness in the universe able to think; and when it
thinks, its thoughts become objective things to it. As this Consciousness is
omnipresent, it must be present within every individual; each individual must
be a manifestation of that Omnipotent, Omniscient and Omnipresent
Consciousness.
26. As there is only one Consciousness in the Universe that is able to think it
necessarily follows that your consciousness is identical with the Universal
Consciousness, or, in other words, all mind is one mind. There is no dodging
this conclusion.
- 50 -
“Before The Secret”
27. The consciousness that focuses in your brain cells is the same
consciousness which focuses in the brain cells of every other individual. Each
individual is but the individualization of the Universal, the Cosmic Mind.
28. The Universal Mind is static or potential energy; it simply is; it can manifest
only through the individual, and the individual can manifest only through the
Universal. They are one.
29. The ability of the individual to think is his ability to act on the Universal and
bring it into manifestation. Human consciousness consists only in the ability of
man to think. Mind in itself is believed to be a subtle form of static energy,
from which arises the activities called 'thought, ' which is the dynamic phase
of mind. Mind is static energy, thought is dynamic energy -the two phases of
the same thing. Thought is therefore the vibratory force formed by converting
static mind into dynamic mind.
30. As the sum of all attributes are contained in the Universal Mind, which is
Omnipotent, Omniscient and Omnipresent, these attributes must be present
at all times in their potential form in every individual. Therefore, when the
individual thinks, the thought is compelled by its nature to embody itself in an
objectivity or condition which will correspond with its origin.
31. Every thought therefore is a cause and every condition an effect; for this
reason it is absolutely essential that you control your thoughts so as to bring
forth only desirable conditions.
32. All power is from within, and is absolutely under your control; it comes
through exact knowledge and by the voluntary exercises of exact principles.
33. It should be plain that when you acquire a thorough understanding of this law,
and are able to control your thought processes, you can apply it to any
condition; in other words, you will have come into conscious cooperation with
Omnipotent law which is the fundamental basis of all things.
34. The Universal Mind is the life principle of every atom which is in existence;
every atom is continually striving to manifest more life; all are intelligent, and
all are seeking to carry out the purpose for which they were created.
35. A majority of mankind lives in the world without; few have found the world
within, and yet it is the world within that makes the world without; it is
- 51 -
“Before The Secret”
therefore creative and everything which you find in your world without has
been created by you in the world within.
36. This system will bring you into a realization of power which will be yours when
you understand this relation between the world without and the world within.
The world within is the cause, the world without the effect; to change the
effect you must change the cause.
37. You will at once see that this is a radically new and different idea; most men
try to change effects by working with effects. They fail to see that this is
simply changing one form of distress for another. To remove discord, we
must remove the cause, and this cause can be found only in the world within.
38. All growth is from within. This is evident in all nature. Every plant, every
animal, every human is a living testimony to this great law, and the error of
the ages is in looking for strength or power from without.
39. The world within is the Universal fountain of supply, and the world without is
the outlet to the stream. Our ability to receive depends upon our recognition
of this Universal Fountain, this Infinite Energy of which each individual is an
outlet, and so is one with every other individual.
40. Recognition is a mental process, mental action is therefore the interaction of
the individual upon the Universal Mind, and as the Universal Mind is the
intelligence which pervades all space and animates all living things, this
mental action and reaction is the law of causation, but the principle of
causation does not obtain in the individual but in the Universal Mind. It is not
an objective faculty but a subjective process, and the results are seen in an
infinite variety of conditions and experiences.
41. In order to express life there must be mind; nothing can exist without mind.
Everything which exists is some manifestation of this one basic substance
from which and by which all things have been created and are continually
being recreated.
42. We live in a fathomless sea of plastic mind substance. This substance is ever
alive and active. It is sensitive to the highest degree. It takes form according
to the mental demand. Thought forms the mold or matrix from which the
substance expresses.
- 52 -
“Before The Secret”
43. Remember that it is in the application alone that the value consists, and that a
practical understanding of this law will substitute abundance for poverty,
wisdom for ignorance, harmony for discord and freedom for tyranny, and
certainly there can be no greater blessing than these from a material and
social standpoint.
44. Now make the application: Select a room where you can be alone and
undisturbed; sit erect, comfortably, but do not lounge; let your thoughts roam
where they will but be perfectly still for from fifteen minutes to half an hour;
continue this for three or four days or for a week until you secure full control
of your physical being.
45. Many will find this extremely difficult; others will conquer with ease, but it is
absolutely essential to secure complete control of the body before you are
ready to progress. Next week you will receive instructions for the next step; in
the meantime you must have mastered this lesson until you impregnated
within your mind.
- 53 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON ONE Study Questions with Answers
1Q: What is the world without in its relation to the world within?
1A: The world without is a reflection of the world within.
2Q: Upon what does all possession depend?
2A: All possession is based on consciousness.
3Q: How is the individual related to the objective world?
3A: The individual is related to the objective world by the objective mind; the brain is
the organ of this mind.
4Q: How is he related to the Universal Mind?
4A: He is related to the Universal Mind by the subconscious mind; the Solar Plexus
is the organ of this mind.
5Q: What is the Universal Mind?
5A: The Universal Mind is the life principle of every atom which is in existence.
6Q: How can the Individual act on the Universal?
6A: The ability of the individual to think is his ability to act upon the Universal and
bring it into manifestation.
7Q: What is the result of this action and interaction?
7A: The result of this action and interaction is cause and effect; every thought is a
cause and every condition an effect.
8Q: How are harmonious and desirable conditions secured?
8A: Harmonious and desirable conditions are obtained by right thinking.
9Q: What is the cause of all discord, disharmony, lack and limitation?
9A: Discord, disharmony, lack and limitation are the result of wrong thinking.
10Q: What is the source of all powers?
10A: The source of all power is the world within, the Universal Fountain of Supply,
the Infinite Energy of which each individual is an outlet.
- 54 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION – LESSON TWO
Our difficulties are largely due to confused ideas and ignorance of our true interests.
The great task is to discover the laws of nature to which we are to adjust ourselves.
Clear thinking and moral insight are, therefore, of incalculable value. All processes,
even those of thought, rest on solid foundations.
The keener the sensibilities, the more acute the judgment, the more delicate the
taste, the more refined the moral feelings, the more subtle the intelligence, the loftier
the aspiration-- the purer and more intense are the gratifications which existence
yields. Hence it is that the study of the best that has been thought in the world gives
supreme pleasure.
The powers, uses and possibilities of the mind under the new interpretations are
Incomparably more wonderful that the most extravagant accomplishment, or even
dreams of material progress. Thought is energy. Active thought is active energy;
concentrated thought is a concentrated energy. Thought concentrated on a definite
purpose becomes power. This is the power which is being used by those who do not
believe in the virtue of poverty, or the beauty of self-denial. They perceive that this is
the talk of weaklings.
- 55 -
“Before The Secret”
The ability to receive and manifest this power depends upon the ability to recognize
the Infinite Energy ever dwelling in man, constantly creating and recreating his body
and mind, and ready at any moment to manifest through him in any needful manner.
In exact proportion to the recognition of this truth will be the manifestation in the
outer life of the individual.
Part two explains the method by which this is accomplished.
- 56 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWO
1. The operations of the mind are produced by two parallel modes of activity, the
one conscious, and the other subconscious. Professor Davidson says: "He
who thinks to illuminate the whole range of mental action by the light of his
own consciousness is not unlike the one who should go about to illuminate
the universe with a rush light."
2. The subconscious' logical processes are carried on with a certainty and
regularity which would be impossible if there existed the possibility of error.
Our mind is so designed that it prepares for us the most important
foundations of cognition, whilst we have not the slightest apprehension of the
modus operandi.
3. The subconscious soul, like a benevolent stranger, works and makes
provision for our benefit, pouring only the mature fruit into our lap; thus
ultimate analysis of thought processes shows that the subconscious is the
theatre of the most important mental phenomena.
4. It is through the subconscious that Shakespeare must have perceived,
without effort, great truths which are hidden from the conscious mind of the
student; that Phidias fashioned marble and bronze; that Raphael painted
Madonnas and Beethoven composed symphonies.
5. Ease and perfection depend entirely upon the degree in which we cease to
depend upon the consciousness; playing the piano, skating, operating the
typewriter, the skilled trades, depend for their perfect execution on the
process of the sub-conscious mind. The marvel of /playing a brilliant piece on
the piano, while at the same time conducting a vigorous conversation, shows
the greatness of our subconscious powers.
6.
We are all aware how dependent we are upon the subconscious, and the
greater, the nobler, the more brilliant our thoughts are, the more it is obvious
to ourselves that the origin lies beyond our ken. We find ourselves endowed
with tact, instinct, sense of the beautiful in art, music, etc., or whose origin or
dwelling place we are wholly unconscious.
7. The value of the subconscious is enormous; it inspires us; it warns us; it
furnishes us with names, facts and scenes from the storehouse of memory. It
directs our thoughts, tastes, and accomplishes tasks so intricate that no
conscious mind, even if it had the power, has the capacity for.
- 57 -
“Before The Secret”
8. We can walk at will; we can raise the arm whenever we choose to do so; we
can give our attention through eye or ear to any subject at pleasure. On the
other hand, we cannot stop our heartbeats nor the circulation of the blood,
nor the growth of stature, nor the formation of nerve and muscle tissue, nor
the building of the bones, nor many other important vital processes.
9. If we compare these two sets of action, the one decreed by the will of the
moment, and the other proceeding in majestic, rhythmic course, subject to no
vacillation, but constant at every moment, we stand in awe of the latter, and
ask to have the mystery explained. We see at once that these are the vital
processes of our physical life, and we cannot avoid the inference that these
all-important functions are designedly withdrawn from the domain of our
outward will with its variations and transitions, and placed under the direction
of a permanent and dependable power within us.
10. Of these two powers, the outward and changeable has been termed the
"Conscious Mind," or the "Objective Mind" (dealing with outward objects). The
interior power is called the "Subconscious Mind," or the "Subjective Mind,"
and besides its work on the mental plane it controls the regular functions
which make physical life possible.
11. It is necessary to have a clear understanding of their respective functions on
the mental plane, as well as of certain other basic principles. Perceiving and
operating through the five physical senses, the conscious mind deals with the
impressions and objects of the outward life.
12. It has the faculty of discrimination, carrying with it the responsibility of choice.
It has the power of reasoning--whether inductive, deductive, analytical or
syllogistic--and this power may be developed to a high degree. It is the seat
of the will with all the energies that flow therefrom.
13. Not only can it impress other minds, but it can direct the subconscious mind.
In this way the conscious mind becomes the responsible ruler and guardian
of the subconscious mind. It is this high function which can completely
reverse conditions in your life.
14. It is often true that conditions of fear, worry, poverty, disease, disharmony and
evils of all kinds dominate us by reason of false suggestions accepted by the
unguarded subconscious mind. All this the trained conscious mind can
- 58 -
“Before The Secret”
entirely prevent by its vigilant protective action. It may properly be called "the
watchman at the gate" of the great subconscious domain.
15. One writer has expressed the chief distinction between the two phases of
mind thus: "Conscious mind is reasoning will. Subconscious mind is
instinctive desire, the result of past reasoning will."
16. The subconscious mind draws just and accurate inferences from premises
furnished from outside sources. Where the premise is true, the subconscious
mind reaches a faultless conclusion, but, where the premise or suggestion is
an error, the whole structure falls. The subconscious mind does not engage in
the process of proving. It relies upon the conscious mind, "the watchman at
the gate," to guard it from mistaken impressions.
17. Receiving any suggestions as true, the subconscious mind at once proceeds
to act thereon in the whole domain of its tremendous field of work. The
conscious mind can suggest either truth or error. If the latter, it is at the cost
of wide-reaching peril to the whole being.
18. The conscious mind ought to be on duty during every waking hour. When the
"watchman" is "off guard," or when its calm judgment is suspended, under a
variety of circumstances, then the subconscious mind is unguarded and left
opens to suggestion from all sources. During the wild excitement of panic, or
during the height of anger, or the impulses of the irresponsible mob, or at any
other time of unrestrained passion, the conditions are most dangerous. The
sub- conscious mind is then open to the suggestion of fear, hatred,
selfishness, greed, self- depreciation and other negative forces, derived from
surrounding persons or circumstances. The result is usually unwholesome in
the extreme, with effects that may endure to distress it for a long time. Hence,
the great importance of guarding the subconscious mind from false
impressions.
19. The subconscious mind perceives by intuition. Hence, its processes are
rapid. It does not wait for the slow methods of conscious reasoning. In fact, it
cannot employ them.
20. The subconscious mind never sleeps, never rests, any more than does your
heart, or your blood. It has been found that by plainly stating to the
subconscious mind certain specific things to be accomplished, forces are set
in operation that lead to the result desired. Here, then, is a source of power
which places us in touch with Omnipotence. Here in is a deep principle which
is well worth our most earnest study.
- 59 -
“Before The Secret”
21. The operation of this law is interesting. Those who put it into operation find
that when they go out to meet the person with whom they anticipate a difficult
interview, something has been there before them and dissolved the supposed
differences; everything is changed; all is harmonious; they find that when
some difficult business problem presents itself they can afford to make delay
and something suggests the proper solution; everything is properly arranged;
in fact, those who have learned to trust the subconscious find that they have
infinite resources at their command.
22. The subconscious mind is the seat of our principles and our aspirations. It is
the fount of our artistic and altruistic ideals. These instincts can only be
overthrown by an elaborate and gradual process of undermining the innate
principles.
23. The subconscious mind cannot argue controversially. Hence, if it has
accepted wrong suggestions, the sure method of overcoming them is by the
use of a strong counter suggestion, frequently repeated, which the mind must
accept, thus eventually forming new and healthy habits of thought and life, for
the subconscious mind is the seat of Habit. That which we do over and over
becomes mechanical; it is no longer an act of judgment, but has worn its
deep grooves in the subconscious mind. This is favorable for us if the habit
be wholesome and right. If it be harmful, and wrong, the remedy is to
recognize the omnipotence of the subconscious mind and suggest present
actual freedom. The subconscious being creative and one with our divine
source will at once create the freedom suggested.
24. To sum up: The normal functions of the subconscious on the physical side
have to do with the regular and vital processes, with the preservation of life
and the restoration of health; with the care of offspring, which includes an
instinctive desire to preserve all life and improve conditions generally.
25. On the mental side, it is the storehouse of memory; it harbors the wonderful
thought messengers, who work, unhampered by time or space; it is the
fountain of the practical initiative and constructive forces of life: It is the seat
of habit.
26. On the spiritual side, it is the source of ideals, of aspiration, of the
imagination, and is the channel through which we recognize our Divine
Source, and in proportion as we recognize this divinity do we come into an
understanding of the source of power.
- 60 -
“Before The Secret”
27. Someone may ask: "How can the subconscious change conditions?" The
reply is, because the subconscious is a part of the Universal Mind and a part
must be the same in kind and quality as the whole; the only difference is one
of degree. The whole, as we know, is creative, in fact, it is the only creator
there is, consequently, we find that mind is creative, and as thought is the
only activity which the mind possesses thought must necessarily be creative
also.
28. But we shall find that there is a vast difference between simply thinking, and
directing our thought consciously, systematically and constructively; when we
do this we place our mind in harmony with the Universal Mind, we come in
tune with the Infinite, we set in operation the mightiest force in existence, the
creative power of the Universal Mind. This, as everything else, is governed by
natural law, and this law is the "Law of attraction," which is that Mind is
creative, and will automatically correlate with its object and bring it into
manifestation.
29. Last week I gave you an exercise for the purpose of securing control of the
physical body; if you have accomplished this you are ready to advance. This
time you will begin to control your thought. Always take the same room, the
same chair, and the same position, if possible. In some cases it is not
convenient to take the same room, in this case simply make the best use of
such conditions as may be available. Now be perfectly still as before, but
inhibit all thought; this will give you control over all thoughts of care, worry
and fear, and will enable you to entertain only the kind of thoughts you desire.
Continue this exercise until you gain complete mastery.
30. You will not be able to do this for more than a few moments at a time, but the
exercise is valuable, because it will be a very practical demonstration of the
great number of thoughts which are constantly trying to gain access to your
mental world.
31. Next week you will receive instructions for an exercise which may be a little
more interesting, but it is necessary that you master this one first.
"Cause and effect is as absolute and undeviating in the hidden realm of thought as in
the world of visible and material things. Mind is the master weaver, both of the
interior garment of character and the outer garment of circumstance." -- James Allen
- 61 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWO Study Questions with Answers
11Q: What are the two modes of mental activity?
11A: Conscious and subconscious!
12Q: Upon what do ease and perfection depend?
12A: Ease and perfection depend entirely upon the degree in which we cease to
depend upon the conscious mind.
13Q: What is the value of the subconscious?
13A: It is enormous; it guides us, warns us, it controls the vital processes and is the
seat of memory.
14Q: What are some of the functions of the conscious mind?
14A: It has the faculty of discrimination; it has the power of reasoning; it is the seat of
the will and may impress the subconscious.
15Q: How has the distinction between the conscious and subconscious been
expressed?
15A: "Conscious mind is reasoning will. Subconscious mind is instinctive desire, the
result of past reasoning will."
16Q: What method is necessary in order to impress the subconscious?
16A: Mentally state what is wanted.
17Q: What will be the result?
17A: If the desire is in harmony with the forward movement of the great Whole,
forces will be set in motion which will bring about the result.
18Q: What is the result of the operation of this law?
18A: Our environment reflects conditions corresponding to the predominant mental
attitude which we entertain.
19Q: What names has been given to this law?
19A: The Law of Attraction.
20Q: How is the law stated?
20A: Thought is a creative energy, and will automatically correlate with is object and
bring it into manifestation.
- 62 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON THREE
You have found that the Individual may act on the Universal, and that the result of
this action and interaction is cause and effect. Thought, therefore, is the cause, and
the experiences with which you meet in life are the effect.
Eliminate, therefore, any possible tendency to complain of conditions as they have
been, or as they are, because it rests with you to change them and make them what
you would like them to be.
Direct your effort to a realization of the mental resources, always at your command,
from which all real and lasting power comes.
Persist in this practice until you come to a realization of the fact that there can be no
failure in the accomplishment of any proper object in life if you but understand your
power and persist in your object, because the mind-forces are ever ready to lend
themselves to a purposeful will, in the effort to crystallize thought and desire into
actions, events and conditions.
- 63 -
“Before The Secret”
Whereas in the beginning of each function of life and each action is the result of
conscious thought, the habitual actions become automatic and the thought that
controls them passes into the realm of the subconscious; yet it is just as intelligent
as before. It is necessary that it become automatic, or subconscious, in order that
the self-conscious mind may attend to other things. The new actions will, however, in
their turn, become habitual, then automatic, then subconscious in order that the mind
again may be freed from this detail and advanced to still other activities.
When you realize this, you will have found a source of power which will enable you
to take care of any situation in life which may develop.
- 64 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON THREE
1. The necessary interaction of the conscious and subconscious mind requires a
similar interaction between the corresponding systems of nerves. Judge
Toward indicates the very beautiful method in which this interaction is
affected. He says: The cerebro-spinal system is the organ of the conscious
mind and the sympathetic is the organ of the subconscious. The cerebrospinal is the channel through which we receive conscious perception from the
physical senses and exercise control over the movements of the body. This
system of nerves has its Centre in the brain.
2. The Sympathetic System has its Centre in a ganglionic mass at the back of
the stomach known as the Solar Plexus, and is the channel of that mental
action which unconsciously supports the vital functions of the body.
3. The connection between the two systems is made by the Vagus nerve which
passes out of the cerebral region as a portion of the voluntary system to the
thorax, sending out branches to the heart and lungs, and finally passing
through the diaphragm, it loses its outer coating and becomes identified with
the nerves of the Sympathetic System, so forming a connecting link between
the two and making man physically a "single entity".
4. We have seen that every thought is received by the brain, which is the organ
of the conscious; it is here subjected to our power of reasoning. When the
objective mind has been satisfied that the thought is true it is sent to the Solar
Plexus, or the brain of the subjective mind, to be made into our flesh, to be
brought forth into the world as reality. It is then no longer susceptible to any
argument whatever. The subconscious mind cannot argue; it only acts. It
accepts the conclusions of the objective mind as final.
5. The Solar Plexus has been likened to the sum of the body, because it is a
central point of distribution for the energy which the body is constantly
generating. This energy is very real energy, and this sun is a very real sun,
and the energy is being distributed by very real nerves to all parts of the body,
and is thrown off in an atmosphere which envelopes the body.
6. If this radiation is sufficiently strong the person is called magnetic; he is said
to be filled with personal magnetism. Such a person may wield an immense
power for good. His presence alone will often bring comfort to the troubled
minds with which he comes in contact.
- 65 -
“Before The Secret”
7. When the Solar Plexus is in active operation and is radiating life, energy and
vitality to every part of the body, and to every one whom he meets, the
sensations are pleasant; the body is filled with health and all with whom he
comes in contact experience a pleasant sensation.
8. If there is any interruption of this radiation the sensations are unpleasant, the
flow of life and energy to some part of the body is stopped, and this is the
cause of every ill to the human race, physical, mental or environmental.
9. Physical because the sun of the body is no longer generating sufficient
energy to vitalize some part of the body; mental because the conscious mind
is dependent upon the subconscious mind for the vitality necessary to support
its thought, and environmental, because the connection between the
subconscious mind and the Universal mind, is being interrupted.
10. The Solar Plexus is the point at which the part meets with the whole, where
the finite becomes Infinite, where the Uncreate becomes create, the Universal
becomes individualized, and the Invisible becomes visible. It is the point at
which life appears and there is no limit to the amount of life an individual may
generate from this Solar Centre.
11. This Centre of energy is Omnipotent because it is the point of contact with all
life and all intelligence. It can therefore accomplish whatever it is directed to
accomplish, and herein lies the power of the conscious mind; the
subconscious can and will carry out such plans and ideas as may be
suggested to it by the conscious mind.
12. Conscious thought, then, is master of this sun Centre from which the life and
energy of the entire body flows and the quality of the thought which we
entertain determines the quality of the thought which this sun will radiate, and
the character of the thought which our conscious mind entertains will
determine the character of the thought which this sun will radiate, and the
nature of the thought which our conscious mind entertains will determine the
nature of thought which this sun will radiate, and consequently will determine
the nature of the experience which will result.
13. It is evident, therefore, that all we have to do is let our light shine; the more
energy we can radiate, the more rapidly shall we be enabled to transmute
undesirable conditions into sources of pleasure and profit. The important
question, then, is how to let this light shine; how to generate this energy.
- 66 -
“Before The Secret”
14. Non-resistant thought expands the Solar Plexus; resistant thought contracts
it. Pleasant thought expands it; unpleasant thought contracts it. Thoughts of
courage, power, confidence and hope all produce a corresponding state, but
the one arch enemy of the Solar Plexus which must be absolutely destroyed
before there is any possibility of letting any light shine is fear. This enemy
must be completely destroyed; he must be eliminated; he must be expelled
forever; he is the cloud which hides the sun; which causes a perpetual gloom.
15. It is this personal devil which makes men fear the past, the present and the
future; fear themselves, their friends and their enemies; fear everything and
everybody. When fear is effectually and completely destroyed, your light will
shine, the clouds will disperse and you will have found the source of power,
energy and life.
16. When you find that you are really one with the Infinite power, and when you
can consciously realize this power by a practical demonstration of your ability
to overcome any adverse condition by the power of your thought, you will
have nothing to fear; fear will have been destroyed and you will have come
into possession of your birthright.
17. It is our attitude of mind toward life which determines the experiences with
which we are to meet; if we expect nothing, we shall have nothing; if we
demand much, we shall receive the greater portion. The world is harsh only
as we fail to assert ourselves. The criticism of the world is bitter only to those
who cannot compel room for their ideas. It is fear of this criticism that causes
many ideas to fail to see the light of day.
18. But the man who knows that he has a Solar Plexus will not fear criticism or
anything else; he will be too busy radiating courage, confidence, and power;
he will anticipate success by his mental attitude; he will pound barriers to
pieces, and leap over the chasm of doubt and hesitation which fear places in
his path.
19. Knowledge of our ability to consciously radiate health, strength and harmony
will bring us into a realization that there is nothing to fear because we are in
touch with Infinite Strength.
20. This knowledge can be gained only by making practical application of this
information. We learn by doing; through practice the athlete comes powerful.
- 67 -
“Before The Secret”
21. As the following statement is of considerable importance, I will put it in
several ways, so that you cannot fail to get the full significance of it. If you are
religiously inclined, I would say, you can let your light shine. If your mind has
a bias toward physical science, I would say you can wake the Solar Plexus;
or, if you prefer the strictly scientific interpretation, I will say that you can
impress your subconscious mind.
22. I have already told you what the result of this impression will be. It is the
method in which you are now interested. You have already learned that the
subconscious is intelligent and that it is creative, and responsive to the will of
the conscious mind. What, then, is the most natural way of making the
desired impression? Mentally concentrate on the object of your desire; when
you are concentrating, you impress the subconscious.
23. This is not the only way, but it is a simple and effective way, and the most
direct way, and consequently the way in which the best results are secured. It
is the method which is producing such extraordinary results that many think
that miracles are being accomplished.
24. It is the method by which every great inventor, every great financier, every
great statesman has been enabled to convert the subtle and invisible force of
desire, faith and confidence into actual, tangible, concrete facts in the
objective world.
25. The subconscious mind is a part of the Universal mind. The Universal is the
creative principle of the Universe; a part must be the same in kind and quality
as the whole. This means that this creative power is absolutely unlimited; it is
not bound by precedent of any kind, and consequently has no prior existing
pattern by which to apply its constructive principle.
26. We have found that the subconscious mind is responsive to our conscious
will, which means that the unlimited creative power of the Universal Mind is
within control of the conscious mind of the individual.
27. When making a practical application of this principle, in accordance with the
exercises given in the subsequent lessons, it is well to remember that it is not
necessary to outline the method by which the subconscious will produce the
results you desire. The finite cannot inform the Infinite. You are simply to say
what you desire, not how you are to obtain it.
- 68 -
“Before The Secret”
28. You are the channel by which the undifferentiated is being differentiated, and
this differentiation is being accomplished by appropriation. It only requires
recognition to set causes in motion which will bring about results in
accordance with your desire, and this is accomplished because the Universal
can act only through the individual, and the individual can act only through the
Universal; they are one.
29. For your exercise this week, I will ask you to go one step further. I want you to
not only be perfectly still, and inhibit all thought as far as possible, but relax,
let go, let the muscles take their normal condition; this will remove all
pressure from the nerves, and eliminate that tension which so frequently
produces physical exhaustion.
30. Physical relaxation is a voluntary exercise of the will and the exercise will be
found to be of great value, as it enables the blood to circulate freely to and
from the brain and body.
31. Tensions leads to mental unrest and abnormal mental activity of the mind; it
produces worry, care, fear and anxiety. Relaxation is therefore an absolute
necessity in order to allow the mental faculties to exercise the greatest
freedom.
32. Make this exercise as thorough and complete as possible, mentally determine
that you will relax every muscle and nerve, until you feel quiet and restful and
at peace with yourself and the world.
33. The Solar Plexus will then be ready to function and you will be surprised at
the result.
- 69 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON THREE Study Questions with Answers
21Q: What system of nerves is the organ of the Conscious Mind?
21A: The Cerebrospinal.
22Q: What system of nerves is the organ of the subconscious mind?
22A: The sympathetic.
23Q: What is the central point of distribution for energy which the body is
constantly generating?
23A: The solar plexus.
24Q: How may this distribution be interrupted?
24A: By resistant, critical, discordant thoughts, but especially fear.
25Q: What is the result of such interruption?
25A: Every ill with which the human race is afflicted.
26Q: How may this energy be controlled and directed?
26A: By conscious thought.
27Q: How may fear be completely eliminated?
27A: By an understanding and recognition of the true source of all power.
28Q: What determines the experiences with which we meet in life?
28A: Our predominant mental attitude.
29Q: How may we awake the solar plexus?
29A: Mentally concentrate upon the condition which we desire to see manifested in
our lives.
30Q: What is the creative principle of the Universe?
30ª: The Universal Mind.
- 70 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON FOUR
Enclosed herewith I hand you lesson Four. This lesson will show you why what you
think, or do, and how energies influences over your thoughts.
Thought is energy and energy is power, and it is because all the religions, sciences
and philosophies with which the world has heretofore been familiar have been based
upon the manifestation of this energy instead of the energy itself, that the world has
been limited to effects, while causes have been ignored or misunderstood.
For this reason we have God and the Devil in religion, positive and negative in
science, and good and bad in philosophy. However, what we are learning here is
how to learn, control and use Good Positive Energy instead of Bad Negative
Energy to manifest whatever we want in life, without opposing religion, science and
philosophy.
The master key reverses the process; it is interested only in cause, and the letters
received from students tell a marvelous story; they indicate conclusively that
students are finding the cause whereby they may secure for themselves health,
harmony, abundance, happiness and whatever else may be necessary for their
welfare.
- 71 -
“Before The Secret”
Life is expressive and it is our business to express ourselves harmoniously and
constructively. Sorrow, misery, unhappiness, disease and poverty are not
necessities and we are constantly eliminating them.
But this process of eliminating consists in rising above and beyond limitation of any
kind. He who has strengthened and purified his thought need not concern himself
about microbes, and he who has come into an understanding of the law of
abundance will go at once to the source of supply. It is thus that fate, fortune, and
destiny will be controlled as readily as a captain controls his ship, or an engineer, his
train.
- 72 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON FOUR
1. The "I" of you is not the physical body; that is simply an instrument which the
"I" uses to carry out its purposes; the "I" cannot be the Mind, for the mind is
simply another instrument which the "I" uses with which to think, reason, and
plan.
2. The "I" must be something which controls and directs both the body and the
mind; something which determines what they shall do and how they shall act.
When you come into a realization of the true nature of this "I", you will enjoy a
sense of power which you have never before known.
3. Your personality is made up of countless individual characteristics,
peculiarities, habits, and traits of character; these are the result of your former
method of thinking, but they have nothing to do with the real "I."
4. When you say "I think" the "I" tells the mind what it shall think; when you say
"I go" the "I" tells the physical body where it shall go; the real nature of this "I"
is spiritual, and is the source of the real power which comes to men and
women when they come into a realization of their true nature.
5. The greatest and most marvelous power which this "I" has been given is the
power to think, but few people know how to think constructively, or correctly,
consequently they achieve only indifferent results. Most people allow their
thoughts to dwell on selfish purposes, the inevitable result of an infantile
mind. When a mind becomes mature, it understands that the germ of defeat
is in every selfish thought.
6. The trained mind knows that every transaction must benefit every person who
is in any way connected with the transaction, and any attempt to profit by the
weakness, ignorance or necessity of another will inevitably operate to his
disadvantage.
7. This is because the individual is a part of the Universal. A part cannot
antagonize any other part, but, on the contrary, the welfare of each part
depends upon recognition of the interest of the whole.
8. Those who recognize this principle have a great advantage in the affairs of
life. They do not wear themselves out. They can eliminate vagrant thoughts
with facility. They can readily concentrate to the highest possible degree on
- 73 -
“Before The Secret”
any subject. They do not waste time or money upon objects which can be of
no possible benefit to them.
9. If you cannot do these things it is because you have thus far not made the
necessary effort. Now is the time to make the effort. The result will be exactly
in proportion to the effort expended. One of the strongest affirmations which
you can use for the purpose of strengthening the will and realizing your power
to accomplish, is, "I can be what I will to be."
10. Every time you repeat it realize who and what this "I" is; try to come into a
thorough understanding of the true nature of the "I"; if you do, you will
become invincible; that is, provided that your objects and purposes are
constructive and are therefore in harmony with the creative principle of the
Universe.
11. If you make use of this affirmation, use it continuously, night and morning,
and as often during the day as you think of it, and continue to do so until it
becomes a part of you; form the habit.
12. Unless you do this, you had better not start at all, because modern
psychology tells us that when we start something and do not complete it, or
make a resolution and do not keep it, we are forming the habit of failure;
absolute, ignominious failure. If you do not intend to do a thing, do not start; if
you do start, see it through even if the heavens fall; if you make up your mind
to do something, do it; let nothing, no one, interfere; the "I" in you has
determined, the thing is settled; the die is cast, there is no longer any
argument.
13. If you carry out this idea, beginning with small things which you know you can
control and gradually increase the effort, but never under any circumstances
allowing your "I" to be overruled, you will find that you can eventually control
yourself, and many men and women have found to their sorrow that it is
easier to control a kingdom that to control themselves.
14. But when you have learned to control yourself you will have found the "World
Within" which controls the world without; you will have become irresistible;
men and things will respond to your every wish without any apparent effort on
your part.
15. This is not so strange or impossible as it may appear when you remember
that the "World Within" is controlled by the "I" and that this "I" is a part or one
- 74 -
“Before The Secret”
with the Infinite "I" which is the Universal Energy or Spirit, usually known as
God.
16. This is not a mere statement or theory made for the purpose of confirming or
establishing an idea, but it is a fact which has been accepted by the best
religious thought as well as the best scientific thought.
17. Herbert Spender said: "Amid all the mysteries by which we are surrounded,
nothing is more certain than that we are ever in the presence of an Infinite
and Eternal Energy from which all things proceed."
18. Lyman Abbott, in an address delivered before the Alumni of Bangor
Theological Seminary, said: "We are coming to think of God as dwelling in
man rather than as operating on men from without."
19. Science goes a little way in its search and stops. Science finds the ever
present Eternal Energy, but Religion finds the Power behind this energy and
locates it within man. But this is by no means a new discovery; the Bible says
exactly the same thing, and the language is just as plain and convincing:
"Know ye not that ye are the temple of the living God?" Here, then, is the
secret of the wonderful creative power of the "World Within."
20. Here is the secret of power, of mastery. To overcome does not mean to go
without things. Self-denial is not success. We cannot give unless we get; we
cannot be helpful unless we are strong. The Infinite is not a bankrupt and we
who are the representatives of Infinite power should not be bankrupts either,
and if we wish to be of service to others we must have power and more
power, but to get it we must give it; we must be of service.
21. The more we give the more we shall get; we must become a channel
whereby the Universal can express activity. The Universal is constantly
seeking to express itself, to be of service, and it seeks the channel whereby it
can find the greatest activity, where it can do the most good, where it can be
of greatest service to mankind.
22. The Universal cannot express through you as long as you are busy with your
plans, your own purposes; quiet the senses, seek inspiration, focus the
mental activity on the within, dwell in the consciousness of your unity with
Omnipotence. "Still water runs deep;" contemplate the multitudinous
opportunities to which you have spiritual access by the Omnipresence of
power.
- 75 -
“Before The Secret”
23. Visualize the events, circumstances and conditions which these spiritual
connections may assist in manifesting. Realize the fact that the essence and
soul of all things is spiritual and that the spiritual is the real, because it is the
life of all there is; when the spirit is gone, the life is gone; it is dead; it has
ceased to exist.
24. These mental activities pertain to the world within, to the world of cause; and
conditions and circumstances which result are the effect. It is thus that you
become a creator. This is important work, and the higher, loftier, grander and
nobler ideals which you can conceive, the more important the work will
become.
25. Over-work or over-play or over-bodily activity of any kind produces conditions
of mental apathy and stagnation which makes it impossible to do the more
important work which results in a realization of conscious power. We should,
therefore, seek the Silence frequently. Power comes through repose; it is in
the Silence that we can be still, and when we are still, we can think, and
thought is the secret of all attainment.
26. Thought is a mode of motion and is carried by the law of vibration the same
as light or electricity. It is given vitality by the emotions through the law of
love; it takes form and expression by the law of growth; it is a product of the
spiritual “I”, hence its Divine, spiritual, and creative nature.
27. From this it is evident that in order to express power, abundance or any other
constructive purpose, the emotions must be called upon to give feeling to the
thought so that it will take form. How may this purpose be accomplished?
This is the vital point; how may we develop the faith, the courage, the feeling,
which will result in accomplishment?
28. The reply is, by exercise; mental strength is secured in exactly the same way
that physical strength is secured, by exercise. We think something, perhaps
with difficulty the first time; we think the same thing again, and it becomes
easier this time; we think it again and again; it then becomes a mental habit.
We continue to think the same thing; finally it becomes automatic; we can no
longer help thinking this thing; we are now positive of what we think; there is
no longer any doubt about it. We are sure; we know.
29. Last week I asked you to relax, to let go physically. This week, I am going to
ask you to let go mentally. If you practiced the exercise given you last week
- 76 -
“Before The Secret”
fifteen or twenty minutes a day in accordance with the instructions, you can
no doubt relax physically; and anyone who cannot consciously do this quickly
and completely is not a master of himself. He has not obtained freedom; he is
still a slave to conditions. But I shall assume that you have mastered the
exercise and are ready to take the next step, which is mental freedom.
30. This week, after taking your usual position, remove all tension by completely
relaxing, then mentally let go of all adverse conditions, such as hatred, anger,
worry, jealousy, envy, sorrow, trouble or disappointment of any kind.
31. You may say that you cannot "let go" of these things, but you can; you can do
so by mentally determining to do so, by voluntary intention and persistence.
32. The reason that some cannot do this is because they allow themselves to be
controlled by the emotions instead of by their intellect. But those who will be
guided by the intellect will gain the victory. You will not succeed the first time
you try, but practice makes perfect, in this as in everything else, and you must
succeed in dismissing, eliminating and completely destroying these negative
and destructive thoughts; because they are the seed which is constantly
germinating into discordant conditions of every conceivable kind and
description.
"There is nothing truer than that the quality of thought which we entertain correlates
certain externals in the outside world. This is the Law from which there is no escape.
And it is this Law, this correlative of the thought with its object that from time
immemorial has led the people to believe in special providence.” – Wilmans
- 77 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON FOUR Study Questions with Answers
31Q: What is thought?
31A: Thought is spiritual energy.
32Q: How is it carried?
32A: By the law of vibration.
33Q: How is it given vitality?
33A: By the law of love.
34Q: How does it take form?
34A: By the law of growth.
35Q: What is the secret of its creative power?
35A: It is a spiritual activity.
36Q: How may we develop the faith, courage, and enthusiasm which will result
in accomplishment?
36A: By a recognition of our spiritual nature.
37Q: What is the secret of Power?
37A: Service.
38Q: Why is this so?
38A: Because we get what we give.
39Q: What is the Silence?
39A: A physical stillness.
40Q: Of what value is it?
40A: It is the first step to self-control, self-mastery.
- 78 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON FIVE
Enclosed herewith you will find lesson Five. After studying this part carefully, you will
see that every conceivable force or object or fact is the result of mind in action.
Mind in action is thought, and thought is creative, is energy and it is power. Men
are thinking now as they never thought before. Therefore, this is a creative age, and
the world is awarding its richest prizes to the thinkers.
Matter is powerless, passive, and inert. Mind is force, energy, power. Mind shapes
and controls matter. Every form which matter takes is but the expression of some
pre-existing thought.
But thought works no magic transformations; it obeys natural laws; it sets in motion
natural forces; it releases natural energies; it manifests in your conduct and actions,
and these in turn react upon your friends and acquaintances, and eventually upon
the whole of your environment.
You can originate thought, and, since thoughts are creative, you can create for
yourself the things you desire.
- 79 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON FIVE
1. At least ninety per cent of our mental life is subconscious, so that those who
fail to make use of this mental power live within very narrow limits.
2. The subconscious can and will solve any problem for us if we know how to
direct it. The subconscious processes are always at work; the only question
is, are we to be simply passive recipients of this activity, or are we to
consciously direct the work? Shall we have a vision of the destination to be
reached, the dangers to be avoided, or shall we simply drift?
3. We have found that mind pervades every part of the physical body and is
always capable of being directed or impressed by authority coming from the
objective or the more dominant portion of the mind.
4. The mind, which pervades the body, is largely the result of heredity, which, in
turn, is simply the result of all the environments of all past generations on the
responsive and ever moving life forces. An understanding of this fact will
enable us to use our authority when we find some undesirable trait of
character manifesting.
5. We can consciously use all the desirable characteristics with which we have
been provided and we can repress and refuse to allow the undesirable ones
to manifest.
6. Again, this mind which pervades our physical body is not only the result of
hereditary tendencies, but is the result of home, business and social
environment, where countless thousands of impressions, ideas, prejudices
and similar thoughts have been received. Much of this has been received
from others, the result of opinions, suggestions or statements; much of it is
the result of our own thinking, but nearly all of it has been accepted with little
or no examination or consideration.
7. The idea seemed plausible, the conscious received it, passed it on to the
subconscious, where it was taken up by the Sympathetic System and passed
on to be built into our physical body. "The word has become flesh."
8. This, then, is the way we are consistently creating and recreating ourselves;
we are today the result of our past thinking, and we shall be what we are
thinking today, the Law of Attraction is bringing to us, not the things we
should like, or the things we wish for, or the things someone else has, but it
- 80 -
“Before The Secret”
brings us "our own," the things which we have created by our thought
processes, whether consciously or unconsciously. Unfortunately, many of us
are creating these things unconsciously.
9. If either of us were building a home for ourselves, how careful we would be in
regard to the plans; how we should study every detail; how we should watch
the material and select only the best of everything; and yet how careless we
are when it comes to building our Mental Home, which is infinitely more
important than any physical home, as everything which can possibly enter
into our lives depends upon the character of the material which enters into the
construction of our Mental Home.
10. What is the character of this material? We have seen that it is the result of the
impressions which we have accumulated in the past and stored away in our
subconscious Mentality. If these impressions have been of fear, of worry, of
care, of anxiety; if they have been despondent, negative, doubtful, then the
texture of the material which we are weaving today will be of the same
negative material. Instead of being of any value, it will be mildewed and rotten
and will bring us only more toil and care and anxiety. We shall be forever
busy trying to patch it up and make it appear at least genteel.
11. But if we have stored away nothing but courageous thought, if we have been
optimistic, positive, and have immediately thrown any kind of negative
thought on the scrap pile, have refused to have anything to do with it, have
refused to associate with it or become identified with it in any way, what then
is the result? Our mental material is now of the best kind; we can weave any
kind of material we want; we can use any color we wish; we know that the
texture is firm, that the material is solid, that it will not fade, and we have no
fear, no anxiety concerning the future; there is nothing to cover, there are no
patches to hide.
12. These are psychological facts; there is no theory or guess work about these
thinking processes; there is nothing secret about them; in fact, they are so
plain that everyone can understand them. The thing to do is to have a mental
house-cleaning, and to have this housecleaning every day, and keep the
house clean. Mental, moral and physical cleanliness are absolutely
indispensable if we are to make progress of any kind.
13. When this mental house-cleaning process has been completed, the material
which is left will be suitable for the making of the kind of ideals or mental
images which we desire to realize.
- 81 -
“Before The Secret”
14. There is a fine estate awaiting a claimant. Its broad acres, with abundant
crops, running water and fine timber, stretch away as far as the eye can see.
There is a mansion, spacious and cheerful, with rare pictures, a well-stocked
library, rich hangings, and every comfort and luxury. All the heir has to do is
to assert his heir ship, take possession, and use the property. He must use it;
he must not let it decay; for use is the condition on which he holds it. To
neglect it is to lose possession.
15. In the domain of mind and spirit, in the domain of practical power, such an
estate is yours. You are the heir! You can assert your heir ship and possess,
and use this rich inheritance. Power over circumstances is one of its fruits;
health, harmony and prosperity are assets upon its balance sheet. It offers
you poise and peace. It costs you only the labor of studying and harvesting its
great resources. It demands no sacrifice, except the loss of your limitations,
your servitudes, and your weakness. It clothes you with self-honor, and puts a
scepter in your hands.
16. To gain this estate, three processes are necessary: You must earnestly
desire it. You must assert your claim. You must take possession.
17. You admit that those are not burdensome conditions.
18. You are familiar with the subject of heredity. Darwin, Huxley, Haeckel, and
other physical scientists have piled Evidence Mountain high that heredity is a
law attending progressive creation. It is progressive heredity which gives man
his erect attitude, his power of motion, the organs of digestions, blood
circulation, nerve force, muscular force, bone structure and a host of other
faculties on the physical side. There are even more impressive facts
concerning heredity of mind force. All these constitute what may be called
your human heredity.
19. But there is a heredity which the physical scientists have not compassed. It
lies beneath and antecedent to all their researches. At a point where they
throw up their hands in despair, saying they cannot account for what they
see, this divine heredity is found in full sway.
20. It is the benignant force which decrees primal creation. It thrills down from the
Divine, direct into every created being. It originates life, which the physical
scientist has not done, nor ever can do. It stands out among all forces
supreme, unapproachable. No human heredity can approach it. No human
heredity measures up to it.
- 82 -
“Before The Secret”
21. This Infinite Life flows through you; is you. Its doorways are but the faculties
which comprise your consciousness. To keep open these doors is the Secret
of Power. Is it not worthwhile to make the effort?
22. The great fact is, that the source of all life and all power is from within.
Persons, circumstances and events may suggest need and opportunities, but
the insight, strength and power to answer these needs will be found within.
23. Avoid counterfeits. Build firm foundations for your consciousness upon forces
which flow direct from the Infinite source, the Universal Mind of which you are
the image and likeness.
24. Those we have come into possession of this inheritance are never quite the
same again. They have come into possession of a sense of power hitherto
undreamed of. They can never again be timid, weak, vacillating, or fearful.
They are indissolubly connected with Omnipotence. Something in them has
been aroused; they have suddenly discovered that they possess a
tremendous latent ability of which they were heretofore entirely unconscious.
25. This power is from within, but we cannot receive it unless we give it. Use is
the condition upon which we hold this inheritance. We are each of us but the
channel through which the Omnipotent power is being differentiated into form;
unless we give, the channel is obstructed and we can receive no more. This
is true on every plane of existence and in every field of endeavor and all
walks of life. The more we give, the more we get. The athlete who wishes to
get strong must make use of the strength he has, and the more he gives the
more he will get. The financier who wishes to make money must make use of
the money he has, for only by using it can he get more.
26. The merchant who does not keep his goods going out will soon have none
coming in; the corporation which fails to give efficient service will soon lack
customers; the attorney who fails to get results will soon lack clients, and so it
goes everywhere; power is contingent upon a proper use of the power
already in our possession; what is true in every field of endeavor, every
experience in life, is true of the power from which every other power known
among men is begotten -- spiritual power. Take away the spirit and what is
left? Nothing.
27. If then the spirit is all there is, upon the recognition of this fact must depend
the ability to demonstrate all power, whether physical, mental or spiritual.
- 83 -
“Before The Secret”
28. All possession is the result of the accumulative attitude of mind, or the money
consciousness; this is the magic wand which will enable you to receive the
idea, and it will formulate plans for you to execute, and you will find as much
pleasure in the execution as in the satisfaction of attainment and
achievement.
29. Now, go to your room, take the same seat, the same position as heretofore,
and mentally select a place which has pleasant associations. Make a
complete mental picture of it, see the buildings, the grounds, the trees,
friends, associations, everything complete. At first, you will find yourself
thinking of everything under the sun, except the ideal upon which you desire
to concentrate. But do not let that discourage you. Persistence will win, but
persistence requires that you practice these exercises every single day
without fail.
- 84 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON FIVE Study Questions with Answers
41Q: What proportion of our mental life is subconscious?
41A: At least ninety per cent.
42Q: Is this vast mental storehouse generally utilized?
42A: No.
43Q: Why not?
43A: Few understand or appreciate the fact that it is an activity which they may
consciously direct.
44Q: Where has the conscious mind received its governing tendencies?
44A: From heredity – this means that it is the result of all the environments of all past
generations.
45Q: What is the law of attraction bringing to us?
45A: Our "Own."
46Q: What is our "Own"?
46A: What we inherently are, and is the result of our past thinking, both conscious
and subconscious.
47Q: Of what is the material with which we construct our mental home
composed?
47A: The thoughts which we entertain.
48Q: What is the Secret of Power?
48A: A recognition of the omnipresence of omnipotence.
49Q: Where does it originate?
49A: All life and all power is from within.
50Q: Upon what is the possession of power contingent?
50A: Upon a proper use of the power already in our possession.
- 85 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON SIX
It is my privilege to enclose lesson Six. This part will give you an excellent
understanding of the most wonderful piece of mechanism which has ever been
created. A mechanism whereby you may create for yourself Health, Strength,
Success, Prosperity or any other condition which you desire.
Necessities are demands, and demands create action, and actions bring about
results. The process of evolution is constantly building our tomorrows out of our
todays. Individual development, like Universal development, must be gradual with an
ever increasing capacity and volume.
The knowledge that if we infringe upon the rights of others, we become moral thorns
and find ourselves entangled at every turn of the road should be an indication that
success is contingent upon the highest moral ideal, which is "The greatest good to
the greatest number."
Aspiration, desire and harmonious relations constantly and persistently maintained
will accomplish results. The greatest hindrance is erroneous and fixed ideas.
- 86 -
“Before The Secret”
To be in tune with eternal truth we must possess poise and harmony within. In order
to receive intelligence the receiver must be in tune with the transmitter.
Thought is a product of Mind and Mind is creative, but this does not mean that the
Universal will change its modus operandi to suit us or our ideas, but it does mean
that we can come into harmonious relationship with the Universal, and when we
have accomplished this we may ask anything to which we are entitled, and the way
will be made plain.
- 87 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON SIX
1. The Universal Mind is so wonderful that it is difficult to understand its
utilitarian powers and possibilities and its unlimited producing effects.
2. We have found that this Mind is not only all intelligence but all substance.
How, then, is it to be differentiated in form? How are we to secure the effect
which we desire?
3. Ask any electrician what the effect of electricity will be and he will reply that
"Electricity is a form of motion and its effect will depend upon the mechanism
to which it is attached." Upon this mechanism will depend whether we shall
have heat, light, power, music or any of the other marvelous demonstration of
power to which this vital energy has been harnessed.
4. What effect can be produced by thought? The reply is that thought is mind in
motion (just as wind is air in motion), and its effect will depend entirely on the
"mechanism to which it is attached."
5. Here, then, is the secret of all mental power; it depends entirely on the
mechanism which we attach.
6. What is this mechanism? You know something of the mechanism which has
been invented by Edison, Bell, Marconi and other electrical wizards, by which
place and space and time have become only figures of speech, but did you
ever stop to think that the mechanism which has been given you for
transforming the Universal, Omnipresent Potential Power was invented by a
greater inventor than Edison?
7. We are accustomed to examining the mechanism of the implements which
we use for tilling the soil, and we try to get an understanding of the
mechanism of the automobile which we drive, but most of us are content to
remain in absolute ignorance of the greatest piece of mechanism which as
ever come into existence, the brain of man.
8. Let us examine the wonders of this mechanism; perhaps we shall thereby get
a better understanding of the various effects of which it is the cause.
9. In the first place, there is the great mental world in which we live and move
and have our being; this world is omnipotent, omniscient and omnipresent; it
will respond to our desire in direct ratio to our purpose and faith; the purpose
- 88 -
“Before The Secret”
must be in accordance with the law of our being, that is, it must be creative or
constructive; our faith must be strong enough to generate a current of
sufficient strength to bring our purpose into manifestation. "As thy faith is, so
be it unto thee," bears the stamp of scientific test.
10. The effects which are produced in the world without are the result of the
action and reaction of the individual upon the universal; that is the process
which we call thinking; the brain is the organ through which this process is
accomplished; think of the wonder of it all! Do you love music, flowers,
literature, or are you inspired by the thought of ancient or modern genius?
Remember, every beauty to which you respond must have its corresponding
outline in your brain before you can appreciate it.
11. There is not a single virtue or principle in the storehouse of nature which the
brain cannot express. The brain is an embryonic world, ready to develop at
any time as necessity may arise. If you can comprehend that this is a
scientific truth and one of the wonderful laws of nature, it will be easier for you
to get an understanding of the mechanism by which these extraordinary
results are being accomplished.
12. The nervous system has been compared to an electric circuit with its battery
of cells in which force is originated, and its white matter to insulated wires by
which the current is conveyed; it is through these channels that every impulse
or desire is carried through the mechanism.
13. The spinal cord is the great motor and sensory pathway by which messages
are conveyed to and from the brain; then, there is the blood supply plunging
through the veins and arteries, renewing our energy and strength, the
perfectly arranged structure upon which the entire physical body rests, and,
finally, the delicate and beautiful skin, clothing the entire mechanism is a
mantle of beauty.
14. This then is the "Temple of the living God" and the individual "I" is given
control and upon his understanding of the mechanism which is within his
control will the result depend.
15. Every thought sets the brain cells in action; at first the substance upon which
the thought is directed fails to respond, but if the thought is sufficiently refined
and concentrated, the substance finally yields and expresses perfectly.
- 89 -
“Before The Secret”
16. This influence of the mind can be exerted upon any part of the body, causing
the elimination of any undesirable effect.
17. A perfect conception and understanding of the laws governing in the mental
world cannot fail to be of inestimable value in the transaction of business, as
it develops the power of discernment and gives a clearer understanding and
appreciation of facts.
18. The man who looks within instead of without cannot fail to make use of the
mighty forces which will eventually determine his course in life and so bring
him into vibration with all that is best, strongest and most desirable.
19. Attention or concentration is probably; the most important essential in the
development of mind culture. The possibilities of attention when properly
directed are so startling that they would hardly appear credible to the
uninitiated. The cultivation of attention is the distinguishing characteristic of
every successful man or woman, and is the very highest personal
accomplishment which can be acquired.
20. The power of attention can be more readily understood by comparing it with a
magnifying glass in which the rays of sunlight are focused; they possess no
particular strength as long as the glass is moved about and the rays directed
from one place to another; but let the glass be held perfectly still and let the
rays be focused on one spot for any length of time, the effect will become
immediately apparent.
21. So with the power of thought; let power be dissipated by scattering the
thought from one object to another, and no result is apparent; but focus this
power through attention or concentration on any single purpose for any length
of time and nothing becomes impossible.
22. A very simple remedy for a very complex situation, some will say. All right, try
it, you who have had no experience in concentrating the thought on a definite
purpose or object. Choose any single object and concentrate your attention
on it for a definite purpose for even ten minutes; you cannot do it; the mind
will wander a dozen times and it will be necessary to bring it back to the
original purpose, and each time the effect will have been lost and at the end
of the ten minutes nothing will have been gained, because you have not been
able to hold your thought steadily to the purpose.
- 90 -
“Before The Secret”
23. It is, however, through attention that you will finally be able to overcome
obstacles of any kind that appear in your path onward and upward, and the
only way to acquire this wonderful power is by practice -- practice makes
perfect, in this as in anything else.
24. In order to cultivate the power of attention, bring a photograph with you to the
same seat in the same room in the same position as heretofore. Examine it
closely at least ten minutes, note the expression of the eyes, the form of the
features, the clothing, the way the hair is arranged; in fact, note every detail
shown on the photograph carefully. Now cover it and close your eyes and try
to see it mentally; if you can see every detail perfectly and can form a good
mental image of the photograph, you are to be congratulated; if not, repeat
the process until you can.
25. This step is simply for the purpose of preparing the soil; next week we shall
be ready to sow the seed.
26. It is by such exercises as these that you will finally be able to control your
mental moods, your attitude, your consciousness.
27. Great financiers are learning to withdraw from the multitude more and more,
that they may have more time for planning, thinking and generating the right
mental moods.
28. Successful businessmen are constantly demonstrating the fact that it pays to
keep in touch with the thought of other successful business men.
29. A single idea may be worth millions of dollars, and these ideas can only come
to those who are receptive, who are prepared to receive them, who are in
successful frame of mind.
30. Men are learning to place themselves in harmony with the Universal Mind;
they are learning the unity of all things; they are learning the basic methods
and principles of thinking, and this is changing conditions and multiplying
results.
31. They are finding that circumstances and environment follow the trend of
mental and spiritual progress; they find that growth follows knowledge; action
follows inspiration; opportunity follows perception; always the spiritual first,
then the transformation into the infinite and illimitable possibilities of
achievement.
- 91 -
“Before The Secret”
32. As the individual is but the channel for the differentiation of the Universal,
these possibilities are necessarily inexhaustible.
33. Thought is the process by which we may absorb the Spirit of Power, and hold
the result in our inner consciousness until it becomes a part of our ordinary
consciousness. The method of accomplishing this result by the persistent
practice of a few fundamental principles, as explained in this System, is the
master-key which unlocks the storehouse of Universal Truth.
34. The two great sources of human suffering at present are bodily disease and
mental anxiety. These may be readily traced to the infringement of some
Natural Law. This is, no doubt, owing to the fact that so far knowledge has
largely remained partial, but the clouds of darkness which have accumulated
through long ages are beginning to roll away and with them many of the
miseries that attend imperfect information.
"That a man can change himself, improve himself, re-create himself, control his
environment, and master his own destiny is the conclusion of every mind who is
wide-awake to the power of right thought in constructive action." - Larson
- 92 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON SIX Study Questions with Answers
51Q: What are some of the effects which can be produced by electricity?
51A: Heat, light, power, music.
52Q: Upon what do these various effects depend?
52A: Upon the mechanism to which electricity is attached.
53Q: What is the result of the action and interaction of the individual mind
upon the Universal?
53A: The conditions and experiences with which we meet.
54Q: How may these conditions be changed?
54A: By changing the mechanism by which the Universal is differentiated in form.
55Q: What is this mechanism?
55A: The brain.
56Q: How may it be changed?
56A: By the process we call thinking. Thoughts produce brain cells, and these cells
respond to the corresponding thought in the Universal.
57Q: Of what value is the power of concentration?
57A: It is the very highest personal accomplishment which can be acquired, and the
distinguishing characteristic of every successful man or woman.
58Q: How may it be acquired?
58A: By faithfully practicing the exercises in this System.
59Q: Why is this so important?
59A: Because it will enable us to control our thoughts, and since thoughts are
causes conditions must be effects; if we can control the cause we can also control
the effect.
60Q: What is changing conditions and multiplying results in the objective
world?
60A: Men are learning the basic methods of constructive thinking.
- 93 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON SEVEN
Through all the ages man has believed in an invisible power, through which and by
which all things have been created and are continually being re-created.
We may personalize this power and call it God, or we may think of it as the essence
or spirit, which permeates all things, but in either case the effect is the same.
So far as the individual is concerned, the objective, the physical, the visible, is the
personal, that which can be cognized by the senses. It consists of body, brain and
nerves. The subjective is the spiritual, the invisible, the impersonal.
The personal is conscious because it is a personal entity. The impersonal, being the
same in kind and quality as all other being, is not conscious of itself and has
therefore been termed the subconscious. The personal, or conscious, has the power
of will and choice, and can therefore exercise discrimination in the selection of
methods whereby to bring about the solution of difficulties.
The impersonal, or spiritual, being a part or one with the source, and origin of all
power, can necessarily exercise no such choice, but, on the contrary, it has Infinite
- 94 -
“Before The Secret”
resources at its command. It can and does bring about results by methods
concerning which the human or individual mind can have no possible conception.
You will therefore see that it is your privilege to depend upon the human will with all
its limitations and misconceptions, or you may utilize the potentialities of Infinity by
making use of the subconscious mind. Here, then, is the scientific explanation of the
wonderful power which has been put within your control, if you but understand,
appreciate and recognize it.
One method of consciously utilizing this omnipotent power is outlined in Part Seven.
- 95 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON SEVEN
1. Visualization is the process of making mental images, and the image is the
mold or model which will serve as a pattern from which your future will
emerge.
2. Make the pattern clear and make it beautiful; do not be afraid; make it grand;
remember that no limitation can be placed upon you by any one but yourself;
you are not limited as to cost or material; draw on the Infinite for your supply,
construct it in your imagination; it will have to be there before it will ever
appear anywhere else.
3. Make the image clear and clean-cut, hold it firmly in the mind and you will
gradually and constantly bring the thing nearer to you. You can be what "you
will to be."
4. This is another psychological fact which is well known, but unfortunately,
reading about it will not bring about any result which you may have in mind; it
will not even help you to form the mental image, much less bring it into
manifestation. Work is necessary - labor, hard mental labor, the kind of effort
which so few are willing to put forth.
5. The first step is idealization. It is likewise the most important step, because it
is the plan on which you are going to build. It must be solid; it must be
permanent. The architect, when he plans a 30-story building, has every line
and detail pictured in advance. The engineer, when he spans a chasm, first
ascertains the strength requirements of a million separate parts.
6. They see the end before a single step is taken; so you are to picture in your
mind what you want; you are sowing the seed, but before sowing any seed
you want to know what the harvest is to be. This is Idealization. If you are not
sure, return to the chair daily until the picture becomes plain; it will gradually
unfold; first the general plan will be dim, but it will take shape, the outline will
take form, then the details, and you will gradually develop the power by which
you will be enabled to formulate plans which will eventually materialize in the
objective world. You will come to know what the future holds for you.
7. Then comes the process of visualization. You must see the picture more and
more complete, see the detail, and, as the details begin to unfold the ways
and means for bringing it into manifestation will develop. One thing will lead to
another. Thought will lead to action, action will develop methods, methods will
- 96 -
“Before The Secret”
develop friends, and friends will bring about circumstances, and, finally, the
third step, or Materialization, will have been accomplished.
8. We all recognize the Universe must have been thought into shape before it
ever could have become a material fact. And if we are willing to follow along
the lines of the Great Architect of the Universe, we shall find our thoughts
taking form, just as the universe took concrete form. It is the same mind
operating through the individual. There is no difference in kind or quality, the
only difference is one of degree.
9. The architect visualizes his building; he sees it as he wishes it to be. His
thought becomes a plastic mold from which the building will eventually
emerge, a high one or a low one, a beautiful one or a plain one, his vision
takes form on paper and eventually the necessary material is utilized and the
building stands complete.
10. The inventor visualizes his idea in exactly the same manner, for instance,
Nikola Tesla, he with the giant intellect, one of the greatest inventors of all
ages, the man who has brought forth the most amazing realities, always
visualizes his inventions before attempting to work them out. He did not rush
to embody them in form and then spend his time in correcting defects. Having
first built up the idea in his imagination, he held it there as a mental picture, to
be reconstructed and improved by his thought. "In this way," he writes in the
Electrical Experimenter. "I am enabled to rapidly develop and perfect a
conception without touching anything. When I have gone so far as to embody
in the invention every possible improvement I can think of, and see no fault
anywhere, I put into concrete, the product of my brain. Invariably my devise
works as I conceived it should; in twenty years there has not been a single
exception."
11. If you can conscientiously follow these directions, you will develop Faith, the
kind of Faith that is the "Substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things
not seen"; you will develop confidence, the kind of confidence that leads to
endurance and courage; you will develop the power of concentration which
will enable you to exclude all thoughts except the ones which are associated
with your purpose.
12. The law is that thought will manifest in form, and only one who knows how to
be the divine thinker of his own thoughts can ever take a Master's place and
speak with authority.
- 97 -
“Before The Secret”
13. Clearness and accuracy are obtained only by repeatedly having the image in
mind. Each repeated action renders the image more clear and accurate than
the preceding, and in proportion to the clearness and accuracy of the image
will the outward manifestation be. You must build it firmly and securely in your
mental world, the world within, before it can take form in the world without,
and you can build nothing of value, even in the mental world unless you have
the proper material. When you have the material you can build anything you
wish, but make sure of your material. You cannot make broadcloth from
shoddy.
14. This material will be brought out by millions of silent mental workers and
fashioned into the form of the image which you have in mind.
15. Think of it! You have over five million of these mental workers, ready and in
active use; brain cells they are called. Besides this, there is another reserve
force of at least an equal number, ready to be called into action at the
slightest need. Your power to think, then, is almost unlimited, and this means
that your power to create the kind of material which is necessary to build for
yourself any kind of environment which you desire is practically unlimited.
16. In addition to these millions of mental workers, you have billions of mental
workers in the body, every one of which is endowed with sufficient
intelligence to understand and act upon any message or suggestion given.
These cells are all busy creating and recreating the body, but, in addition to
this, they are endowed with psychic activity whereby they can attract to
themselves the substance necessary for perfect development.
17. They do this by the same law and in the same manner that every form of life
attracts to itself the necessary material for growth. The oak, the rose, the lily,
all require certain material for their most perfect expression and they secure it
by silent demand, the Law of Attraction, the most certain way for you to
secure what you require for your most complete development.
18. Make the Mental Image; make it clear, distinct, perfect; hold it firmly; the ways
and means will develop; supply will follow the demand; you will be led to do
the right thing at the right time and in the right way. Earnest Desire will bring
about Confident Expectation, and this in turn must be reinforced by Firm
Demand. These three cannot fail to bring about Attainment, because the
Earnest Desire is the feeling, the Confident Expectation is the thought, and
the Firm Demand is the will, and, as we have seen, feeling gives vitality to
thought and the will holds it steadily until the law of Growth brings it into
manifestation.
- 98 -
“Before The Secret”
19. Is it not wonderful that man has such tremendous power within himself, such
transcendental faculties concerning which he had no conception? Is it not
strange that we have always been taught to look for strength and power
"without?" We have been taught to look everywhere but "within" and
whenever this power manifested in our lives we were told that it was
something supernatural.
20. There are many who have come to an understanding of this wonderful power,
and who make serious and conscientious efforts to realize health, power and
other conditions, and seem to fail. They do not seem able to bring the Law
into operation. The difficulty in nearly every case is that they are dealing with
externals. They want money, power, health and abundance, but they fail to
realize that these are effects and can come only when the cause is found.
21. Those who will give no attention to the world without will seek only to
ascertain the truth, will look only for wisdom, will find that this wisdom will
unfold and disclose the source of all power, that it will manifest in thought and
purpose which will create the external conditions desired. This truth will find
expression in noble purpose and courageous action.
22. Create ideals only, give no thought to external conditions, make the world
within beautiful and opulent and the world without will express and manifest
the condition which you have within. You will come into a realization of your
power to create ideals and these ideals will be projected into the world of
effect.
23. For instance, a man is in debt. He will be continually thinking about the debt,
concentrating on it, and as thoughts are causes the result is that he not only
fastens the debt closer to him, but actually creates more debt. He is putting
the great law of Attraction into operation with the usual and inevitable result -Loss leads to greater "Loss."
24. What, then, is the correct principle? Concentrate on the things you want, not
on the things you do not want. Think of abundance; idealize the methods and
plans for putting the Law of Abundance into operation. Visualize the condition
which the Law of Abundance creates; this will result in manifestation.
25. If the law operates perfectly to bring about poverty, lack and every form of
limitation for those who are continually entertaining thoughts of lack and fear,
- 99 -
“Before The Secret”
it will operate with the same certainty to bring about conditions of abundance
and opulence for those who entertain thoughts of courage and power.
26. This is a difficult problem for many; we are too anxious; we manifest anxiety,
fear, distress; we want to do something; we want to help; we are like a child
who has just planted a seed and every fifteen minutes goes and stirs up the
earth to see if it is growing. Of course, under such circumstances, the seed
will never germinate, and yet this is exactly what many of us do in the mental
world.
27. We must plant the seed and leave it undisturbed. This does not mean that we
are to sit down and do nothing, by no means; we will do more and better work
then we have ever done before, new channels will constantly be provided,
new doors will open; all that is necessary is to have an open mind, be ready
to act when the time comes.
28. Thought force is the most powerful means of obtaining knowledge, and if
concentrated on any subject will solve the problem. Nothing is beyond the
power of human comprehension, but in order to harness thought force and
make it do your bidding, work is required.
29. Remember that thought is the fire that creates the steam that turns the wheel
of fortune, upon which your experiences depend.
30. Ask yourself a few questions and then reverently await the response; do you
not now and then feel the self with you? Do you assert this self or do you
follow the majority? Remember that majorities are always led, they never
lead. It was the majority that fought, tooth and nail, against the steam engine,
the power loom and every other advance or improvement ever suggested.
For your exercise this week, visualize your friend, see him exactly as you last
saw him, see the room, the furniture, recall the conversation, now see his
face, see it distinctly, now talk to him about some subject of mutual interest;
see his expression change, watch him smile. Can you do this? All right, you
can; then arouse his interest, tell him a story of adventure, see his eyes light
up with the spirit of fun or excitement. Can you do all of this? If so, your
imagination is good, you are making excellent progress.
- 100 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON SEVEN Study Questions with Answers
61Q: What is visualization?
61A: The process of making mental pictures.
62Q: What is the result of this method of thought?
62A: By holding the image or picture in mind, we can gradually but surely bring the
thing nearer to us. We can be what we will to be.
63Q: What is Idealization?
63A: It is a process of visualizing or idealizing the plans which will eventually
materialize in our objective world.
64Q: Why are clearness and accuracy necessary?
64A: Because "seeing" creates "feeling" and "feeling" creates "being." First the
mental, then the emotional, then the illimitable possibilities of achievement.
65Q: How are they obtained?
65A: Each repeated action renders the image more accurate than the former one.
66Q: How is the material for the construction of your mental image secured?
66A: By millions of mental workers. Brain cells they are called.
67Q: How are the necessary conditions for bringing about the materialization
of your ideal in the objective world secured?
67A: By the Law of Attraction. The natural law by which all conditions and
experiences are brought about.
68Q: What three steps are necessary in order to bring this law into operation?
68A: Earnest Desire, Confident Expectation, Firm Demand.
69Q: Why do many fail?
69: Because they concentrate on loss, disease and disaster. The law is operating
perfectly; the things they fear are coming upon them.
70Q: What is the alternative?
70A: Concentrate on the ideals which you desire to see manifested in your life.
- 101 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON EIGHT
In this lesson you will find that you may freely choose what you think but the result of
your thought is governed by an immutable law! Is not this a wonderful thought? Is it
not wonderful to know that our lives are not subject to caprice or variability of any
kind? That they are governed by law. This stability is our opportunity, because by
complying with the law we can secure the desired effect with invariable precision. It
is the Law which makes the Universe one grand paean of Harmony. If it were not for
law, the Universe would be a complete Chaos instead of a Cosmos.
Here, then, is the secret of the origin of booth good and evil, this is all the good
and evil there ever was or ever will be.
Let me illustrate. Thought results in action, if your thought is constructive and
harmonious, the result will be good; if your thought is destructive or in harmonious,
the result will be evil.
- 102 -
“Before The Secret”
There is therefore but one law, one principle, on cause, one Source of Power, and
good and evil are simply words which have been coined to indicate the result of our
action, or our compliance or non-compliance with this law.
The importance of this is well illustrated in the lives of Emerson and Carlyle.
Emerson loved the good and his life was a symphony of peace and harmony, Carlyle
hated the bad, and his life was a record of perpetual discord and disharmony.
Here we have two grand men, each intent upon achieving the same ideal, but one
makes use of constructive thought and is therefore in harmony with Natural Law, the
other makes use of destructive thought and therefore brings upon himself discord of
every kind and character.
It is evident therefore that we are to hate nothing, not even the "bad," because
hatred is destructive, and we shall soon find that by entertaining destructive thought
we are sowing the "wind" and in turn shall reap the "whirlwind."
- 103 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON EIGHT
1. Thought contains a vital principle, because it is the creative principle of the
Universe and by its nature will combine with other similar thoughts.
2. As the one purpose of life is growth, all principles underlying existence must
contribute to give it effect. Thought, therefore, takes form and the law of
growth eventually brings it into manifestation.
3. You may freely choose what you think, but the result of your thought is
governed by an immutable law. Any line of thought persisted in cannot fail to
produce its result in the character, health and circumstances of the individual.
Methods whereby we can substitute habits of constructive thinking for those
which we have found produce only undesirable effects are therefore of
primary importance.
4. We all know that this is by no means easy. Mental habits are difficult to
control, but it can be done and the way to do it is to begin at once to
substitute constructive thought for destructive thought. Form the habit of
analyzing every thought. If it is necessary, if its manifestation in the objective
will be a benefit, not only to yourself, but to all whom it may affect in any way,
keep it; treasure it; it is of value; it is in tune with the Infinite; it will grow and
develop and produce fruit an hundred fold. On the other hand, it will be well
for you to keep this quotation from George Matthews Adams, in mind, "Learn
to keep the door shut, keep out of your mind, out of your office, and out of
your world, every element that seeks admittance with no definite helpful end
in view."
5. If your thought has been critical or destructive, and has resulted in any
condition of discord or disharmony in your environment, it may be necessary
for you to cultivate a mental attitude which will be conducive to constructive
thought.
6. The imagination will be found to be a great assistance in this direction; the
cultivation of the imagination leads to the development of the ideal out of
which your future will emerge. 7. The imagination gathers up the material by
which the Mind weaves the fabric in which your future is to be clothed.
7. Imagination is the light by which we can penetrate new worlds of thought and
experience.
- 104 -
“Before The Secret”
8. Imagination is the mighty instrument by which every discoverer, every
inventor, opened the way from precedent to experience. Precedent said, "It
cannot be done;" experience said, "It is done."
9. Imagination is a plastic power, molding the things of sense into new forms
and ideals.
10. Imagination is the constructive form of thought which must precede every
constructive form of action.
11. A builder cannot build a structure of any kind until he has first received the
plans from the architect, and the architect must get them from his
imagination.
12. The Captain of Industry cannot build a giant corporation which may
coordinate hundreds of smaller corporations and thousands of employees,
and utilize millions of dollars of capital until he has first created the entire
work in his imagination. Objects in the material world are as clay in the
potter's hand; it is in the Master Mind that the real things are created, and it is
by the use of the imagination that the work is done. In order to cultivate the
imagination it must be exercised. Exercise is necessary to cultivate mental
muscle as well as physical muscle. It must be supplied with nourishment or it
cannot grow.
13. Do not confuse Imagination with Fancy, or that form of day dreaming in which
some people like to indulge. Day dreaming is a form of mental dissipation
which may lead to mental disaster.
14. Constructive imagination means mental labor, by some considered to be the
hardest kind of labor, but, if so, it yields the greatest returns, for all the great
things in life have come to men and women who had the capacity to think, to
imagine, and to make their dreams come true.
15. When you have become thoroughly conscious of the fact that Mind is the only
creative principle, that it is Omnipotent, Omniscient and Omnipresent, and
that you can consciously come into harmony with this Omnipotence through
your power of thought, you will have taken a long step in the right direction.
16. The next step is to place yourself in position to receive this power. As it is
Omnipresent, it must be within you. We know that this is so because we know
that all power is from within, but it must be developed, unfolded, cultivated; in
- 105 -
“Before The Secret”
order to do this we must be receptive, and this receptivity is acquired just as
physical strength is gained, by exercise.
17. The law of attraction will certainly and unerringly bring to you the conditions,
environment, and experiences in life, corresponding with your habitual,
characteristic, predominant mental attitude. Not what you think once in a
while when you are in church, or have just read a good book, BUT your
predominant mental attitude is what counts. You cannot entertain weak,
harmful, negative thoughts ten hours a day and expect to bring about
beautiful, strong and harmonious conditions by ten minutes of strong,
positive, creative thought.
18. Real power comes from within. All power that anybody can possibly use is
within man, only waiting to be brought into visibility by his first recognizing it,
and then affirming it as his, working it into his consciousness until he
becomes one with it.
19. People say that they desire abundant life, and so they do, but so many
interpret this to mean that if they will exercise their muscles or breathe
scientifically, eat certain foods in certain ways, drink so many glasses of
water every day of just a certain temperature, keep out of drafts, they will
attain the abundant life they seek. The result of such methods is but
indifferent. However, when man awakens to the truth, and affirms his
oneness with all Life, he finds that he takes on the clear eye, the elastic step,
the vigor of youth; he finds that he has discovered the source of all power.
20. All mistakes are but the mistakes of ignorance. Knowledge gaining and
consequent power is what determines growth and evolution. The recognition
and demonstration of knowledge is what constitutes power, and this power is
spiritual power, and this spiritual power is the power which lies at the heart of
all things; it is the soul of the universe.
21. This knowledge is the result of man's ability to think; thought is therefore the
germ of man's conscious evolution. When man ceases to advance in his
thoughts and ideals, his forces immediately begin to disintegrate and his
countenance gradually registers these changing conditions.
22. Successful men make it their business to hold ideals of the conditions which
they wish to realize. They constantly hold in mind the next step necessary to
the ideal for which they are striving. Thoughts are the materials with which
they build, and the imagination is their mental work-shop. Mind is the ever
moving force with which they secure the persons and circumstance
- 106 -
“Before The Secret”
necessary to build their success structure and imagination is the matrix in
which all great things are fashioned.
23. If you have been faithful to your ideal, you will hear the call when
circumstances are ready to materialize your plans and results will correspond
in the exact ratio of your fidelity to your ideal. The ideal steadily held is what
pre-determines and attracts the necessary conditions for its fulfillment.
24. It is thus that you may weave a garment of spirit and power into the web of
your entire existence; it is thus that you may lead a charmed life and be
forever protected from all harm; it is thus that you may become a positive
force whereby conditions of opulence and harmony may be attracted to you.
25. This is the leaven which is gradually permeating the general consciousness
and is largely responsible for the conditions of unrest which are everywhere
evident.
26. In the last Part you created a mental image, you brought it from the invisible
into the visible; this week I want you to take an object and follow it back to its
origination, see of what it really consists. If you do this you will develop
imagination, insight, perception, and sagacity. These come not by the
superficial observation of the multitude, but by a keen analytical observation
which sees below the surface.
27. It is the few who know that the things which they see are only effects, and
understand the causes by which these effects were brought into existence.
28. Take the same position as heretofore and visualize a Battleship; see the grim
monster floating on the surface of the water; there appears to be no life
anywhere about; all is silence; you know that by far the largest part of the
vessel is under water; out of sight; you know that the ship is as large and as
heavy as a twenty-story skyscraper; you know that there are hundreds of men
ready to spring to their appointed task instantly; you know that every
department is in charge of able, trained, skilled officials who have proven
themselves competent to take charge of this marvelous piece of mechanism;
you know that although it lies apparently oblivious to everything else, it has
eyes which see everything for miles around, and nothing is permitted to
escape its watchful vision; you know that while it appears quiet, submissive
and innocent, it is prepared to hurl a steel projectile weighing thousands of
pounds at an enemy many miles away; this and much more you can bring to
mind with comparatively no effort whatever. But how did the battleship come
- 107 -
“Before The Secret”
to be where it is; how did it come into existence in the first place? All of this
you want to know if you are a careful observer.
29. Follow the great steel plates through the foundries, see the thousands of men
employed in their production; go still further back, and see the ore as it comes
from the mine, see it loaded on barges or cars, see it melted and properly
treated; go back still further and see the architect and engineers who planned
the vessel; let the thought carry you back still further in order to determine
why they planned the vessel; you will see that you are now so far back that
the vessel is something intangible, it no longer exists, it is now only a thought
existing in the brain of the architect; but from where did the order come to
plan the vessel? Probably from the Secretary of Defense; but probably this
vessel was planned long before the war was thought of, and that Congress
had to pass a bill appropriating the money; possibly there was opposition, and
speeches for or against the bill. Whom do these Congressmen represent?
They represent you and me, so that our line of thought begins with the
Battleship and ends with ourselves, and we find in the last analysis that our
own thought is responsible for this and many other things, of which we
seldom think, and a little further reflection will develop the most important fact
of all and that is, if someone had not discovered the law by which this
tremendous mass of steel and iron could be made to float upon the water,
instead of immediately going to the bottom, the battleship could not have
come into existence at all.
30. This law is that, "the specific gravity of any substance is the weight of any
volume of it, compared with an equal volume of water." The discovery of this
law revolutionized every kind of ocean travel, commerce and warfare, and
made the existence of the battleship, aircraft carriers, and cruise-ships
possible.
31. You will find exercises of this kind invaluable. When the thought has been
trained to look below the surface everything takes on a different appearance,
the insignificant becomes significant, the uninteresting interesting; the things
which we supposed to be of no importance are seen to be the only really vital
things in existence.
- 108 -
“Before The Secret”
LOOK TO THIS DAY…












For it is Life, the very Life of Life.
In Its brief course lie all the Verities and
Realities of your existence;
The Bliss of Growth;
The Glory of Action;
The Splendor of Beauty;
For Yesterday is but a Dream,
And tomorrow is only a Vision:
But Today well lived makes every
Yesterday a Dream of Happiness, and
Every Tomorrow a Vision of Hope.
Look well, therefore, to This Day!
- 109 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON EIGHT Study Questions with Answers
71Q: What is the imagination?
71A: A form of constructive thought. The light by which we penetrate new worlds of
thought and experience. The mighty instrument by which every inventor or
discoverer opened the way from precedent to experience.
72Q: What is the result of imagination?
72A: The cultivation of the imagination leads to the development of the ideal out of
which your future will emerge.
73Q: How may it be cultivated?
73A: By exercise; it must be supplied with nourishment or it cannot live.
74Q: How does imagination differ from day dreaming?
74A: Day dreaming is a form of mental dissipation, while imagination is a form of
constructive thought which must precede every constructive action.
75Q: What are mistakes?
75A: The result of ignorance.
76Q: What is knowledge?
76A: The result of man's ability to think.
77Q: What is the power with which successful men build?
77A: Mind is the very moving force with which they secure the persons and
circumstances necessary to complete their plans.
78Q: What pre-determines the result?
78A: The ideal held steadily in mind attracts the necessary conditions for its
fulfillment.
79Q: What is the result of a keen analytical observation?
79A: The development of imagination, insight, perception and sagacity.
80Q: To what do these lead?
80A: Opulence and harmony.
- 110 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON NINE
In this lesson you may learn to fashion the tools by which you may build for yourself
any condition you desire.
If you wish to change conditions you must change yourself. Your whims, your
wishes, your fancies, your ambitions may be thwarted at every step, but your inmost
thoughts will find expression just as certainly as the plant springs from the seed.
Suppose, then, we desire to change conditions, how are we to bring this about? The
reply is simple: By the law of growth. Cause and effect are as absolute and
undeviating in the hidden realm of thought as in the world of material things.
Hold in mind the condition desired; affirm it as an already existing fact. This indicates
the value of powerful affirmations. By constant repetition it becomes a part of
ourselves. We are actually changing ourselves; are making ourselves what we want
to be.
Character is not a thing of chance, but it is the result of continued effort. If you are
timid, vacillating, self-conscious, or if you are over-anxious or harassed by thoughts
of fear or impending danger, remember that is axiomatic that "two things cannot exist
- 111 -
“Before The Secret”
in the same place at the same time." Exactly the same thing is true in the mental and
spiritual world; so that your remedy is plainly to substitute thoughts of courage,
power, self-reliance and confidence, for those of fear, lack and limitation.
The easiest and most natural way to do this is to select an affirmation which seems
to fit your particular case. The positive thought will destroy the negative as certainly
as light destroys darkness, good destroy evil and the results will be just as effectual.
Act is the blossom of thought, and conditions are the result of action, so that you
constantly have in your possession the tools by which you will certainly and
inevitably make or unmake yourself, and joy or suffering will be the reward.
The most powerful affirmation is “IAM THAT, I AM”…when visualizing exactly what
you want and saying out loud “I AM THAT, I AM”.
Watch the video here:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=elFm4e5P5Z0
- 112 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON NINE
1. There are only three things which can possibly be desired in the "world
without" and each of them can be found in the "world within." The secret of
finding them is simply to apply the proper "mechanism" of attachment to the
omnipotent power to which each individual has access.
2. The three things which all mankind desires and which are necessary for his
highest expression and complete development are Health, Wealth and Love.
All will admit that Health is absolutely essential; no one can be happy if the
physical body is in pain. All will not so readily admit that Wealth is necessary,
but all must admit that a sufficient supply at least is necessary, and what
would be considered sufficient for one, would be considered absolute and
painful lack for another; and as Nature provides not only enough but
abundantly, wastefully, lavishly, we realize that any lack or limitation is only
the limitation which has been made by an artificial method of distribution.
3. All will probably admit that Love is the third, or maybe some will say the first
essential necessary to the happiness of mankind; at any rate, those who
possess all three, Health, Wealth, and Love, find nothing else which can be
added to their cup of happiness.
4. We have found that the Universal substance is "All Health," "All Substance"
and "All Love" and that the mechanism of attachment whereby we can
consciously connect with this Infinite supply is in our method of thinking. To
think correctly is therefore to enter into the "Secret Place of the Most High."
5. What shall we think? If we know this we shall have found the proper
mechanism of attachment which will relate us to "Whatsoever things we
desire." This mechanism may seem very simple when I give it to you, but
read on; you will find that it is in reality the "Master-Key," the "Aladdin’s lamp,"
if you please; you will find that it is the foundation, the imperative condition,
the absolute law of well-doing, which means, well-being.
6. To think correctly, accurately, we must know the "Truth." The truth then is the
underlying principle in every business or social relation. It is a condition
precedent to every right action. To know the truth, to be sure, to be confident,
affords a satisfaction beside which no other is at all comparable; it is the only
solid ground in a world of doubt, conflict and danger.
7. To know the Truth is to be in harmony with the Infinite and Omnipotent power.
To know the truth is, therefore, to connect yourself with a power which is
- 113 -
“Before The Secret”
irresistible and which will sweep away every kind of discord, disharmony,
doubt or error of any kind, because the "Truth is mighty and will prevail."
8. The humblest intellect can readily foretell the result of any action when he
knows that it is based on truth, but the mightiest intellect, the most profound
and penetrating mind loses its way hopelessly and can form no conception of
the results which may ensue when his hopes are based on a premise which
he knows to be false.
9. Every action which is not in harmony with Truth, whether through ignorance
or design, will result in discord, and eventual loss in proportion to its extent
and character.
10. How then are we to know the truth in order to attach this mechanism which
will relate us to the Infinite?
11. We can make no mistake about this if we realize that truth is the vital principle
of the Universal Mind and is Omnipresent. For instance, if you require health,
a realization of the fact that the "I" in you is spiritual and that all spirit is one;
that wherever a part is the whole must be, will bring about a condition of
health, because every cell in the body must manifest the truth as you see it. If
you see sickness; they will manifest sickness; if you see perfection they must
manifest perfection. The affirmation, "I am whole, perfect, strong, powerful,
loving, harmonious and happy”, will bring about harmonious conditions. The
reason for this is because the affirmation is in strict accordance with the
Truth, and when truth appears every form of error or discord must necessarily
disappear.
12. You have found that the "I" is spiritual; it must necessarily then always be no
less than perfect, the affirmation. "I am whole, perfect, strong, powerful,
loving, harmonious and happy" is therefore an exact scientific statement.
13. Thought is a spiritual activity and spirit is creative, therefore the result of
holding this thought in mind must necessarily bring about conditions in
harmony with the thought.
14. If you require Wealth a realization of the fact that the "I" in you is one with the
Universal mind which is all substance, and is Omnipotent, will assist you in
bringing into operation the law of attraction which will bring you into vibration
with those forces which make for success and bring about conditions of
- 114 -
“Before The Secret”
power and affluence in direct proportion with the character and purpose of
your affirmation.
15. Visualization is the mechanism of the attachment which you require.
Visualization is a very different process from seeing; seeing is physical, and is
therefore related to the objective world, the "world without," but Visualization
is a product of the imagination, and is therefore a product of the subjective
mind, the "world within." It therefore possesses vitality; it will grow. The thing
visualized will manifest itself in form. The mechanism is perfect; it was
created by the Master Architect who "doeth all things well," but unfortunately
sometimes the operator is inexperienced or inefficient, but practice and
determination will overcome this defect.
16. If you require Love try to realize that the only way to get love is by giving it,
that the more you give the more you will get, and the only way in which you
can give it, is to fill yourself with it, until you become a magnet. The method
was explained in another lesson.
17. He who has learned to bring the greatest spiritual truths into touch with the
so-called lesser things of life has discovered the secret of the solution of his
problem. One is always quickened, made more thoughtful, by his nearness of
approach to great ideas, great events, great natural objects, and great men.
Lincoln is said to have begotten in all who came near him the feeling
awakened when one approaches a mountain, and this sense asserts itself
most keenly when one comes to realize that he has laid hold upon things that
are eternal, the power of Truth.
18. It is sometimes an inspiration to hear from someone who has actually put
these principles to the test, someone who has demonstrated them in their
own life. A letter from Frederick Andrews offers the following insight:
19. I was about thirteen years old when Dr. T. W. Marsee, since passed over,
said to my mother: "There is no possible chance, Mrs. Andrews. I lost my little
boy the same way, after doing everything for him that it was possible to do. I
have made a special study of these cases, and I know there is no possible
chance for him to get well."
20. She turned to him and said: "Doctor, what would you do if he were your boy?"
and he answered, "I would fight, fight, as long as there is a breath of life to
fight for."
- 115 -
“Before The Secret”
21. That was the beginning of a long drawn-out battle, with many ups and downs,
the doctors all agreeing that there was no chance for a cure, though they
encouraged and cheered us the best they could.
22. But at last the victory came, and I have grown from a little, crooked, twisted,
cripple, going about on my hands and knees, to a strong, straight, wellformed man.
23. Now, I know you want the formula, and I will give it to you as briefly and
quickly as I can.
24. I built up an affirmation for myself, taking the qualities I most needed, and
affirming for myself over and over again, "I am whole, perfect, strong,
powerful, loving, harmonious and happy." I kept up this affirmation, always
the same, never varying, till I could wake up in the night and find myself
repeating, "I am whole, perfect, strong, powerful, loving, harmonious and
happy." It was the last thing on my lips at night and the first thing in the
morning.
25. Not only did I affirm it for myself, but for others that I knew needed it. I want to
emphasize this point. Whatever you desire for yourself, affirm it for others,
and it will help you both. We reap what we sow. If we send out thoughts of
love and health, they return to us like bread cast upon the waters; but if we
send out thoughts of fear, worry, jealousy, anger, hate, etc., we will reap the
results in our own lives.
26. It used to be said that man is completely built over every seven years, but
some scientists now declare that we build ourselves over entirely every
eleven months; so we are really only eleven months old. If we build the
defects back into our bodies year after year, we have no one to blame but
ourselves.
27. Man is the sum total of his own thoughts; so the question is, how are we
going to entertain only the good thoughts and reject the evil ones? At first we
can't keep the evil thoughts from coming, but we can keep from entertaining
them. The only way to do this is to forget them -- which means, get something
for them. This is where the ready-made affirmation comes into play.
28. When a thought of anger, jealousy, fear or worry creeps in, just start your
affirmation going. The way to fight darkness is with light -- the way to fight
cold is with heat -- the way to overcome evils is with good. For myself, I never
- 116 -
“Before The Secret”
could find any help in denials. Affirm the good, and the bad will vanish. Frederick Elias Andrews If there is anything you require, it will be well for you
to make use of this affirmation; it cannot be improved upon. Use it just as it is;
take it into the silence with you, until it sinks into your sub-consciousness, so
that you can use it anywhere, in your car, in the office, at home; this is the
advantage of spiritual methods; they are always available. Spirit is
omnipresent, every ready; all that is required is a proper recognition of its
omnipotence, and a willingness or desire to become the recipient of its
beneficent effects.
29. If our predominant mental attitude is one of power, courage, kindliness and
sympathy, we shall find that our environment will reject conditions in
correspondence with these thoughts; if it is weak, critical, envious and
destructive, we shall find our environment reflecting conditions corresponding
to these thoughts.
30. Thoughts are causes and conditions are effects. Herein is the explanation of
the origin of both good and evil. Thought is creative and will automatically
correlate with its object. This is a Cosmological law (a universal law), the law
of Attraction, the law of Cause and Effect; the recognition and application of
this law will determine both beginning and end; it is the law by which in all
ages and in all times the people were led to believe in the power of prayer.
"As thy faith is, so be it unto thee," is simply another, shorter and a better way
of stating it.
31. This week visualize a plant; take a flower, the one you most admire, bring it
from the unseen into the seen, plant the tiny seed, water it, care for it, place it
where it will get the direct rays of the morning sun, see the seed burst; it is
now a living thing, something which is alive and beginning to search for the
means of subsistence. See the roots penetrating the earth, watch them shoot
out in all directions and remember that they are living cells dividing and
subdividing, and that they will soon number millions, that each cell is
intelligent, that it knows what is wants and knows how to get it. See the stem
shoot forward and upward, watch it burst through the surface of the earth, see
it divide and form branches, see how perfect and symmetrical each branch is
formed, see the leaves begin to form, and then the tiny stems, each one
holding aloft a bud, and as you watch you see the bud begin to unfold and
your favorite flower comes to view; and now if you will concentrate intently
you will become conscious of a fragrance; it is the fragrance of the flower as
the breeze gently sways the beautiful creation which you have visualized.
- 117 -
“Before The Secret”
32. When you are enabled to make your vision clear and complete you will be
enabled to enter into the spirit of a thing; it will become very real to you; you
will be learning to concentrate and the process is the same, whether you are
concentrating on health, a favorite flower, an ideal, a complicated business
proposition or any other problem of life.
33. Every success has been accomplished by persistent concentration upon the
object in view.
- 118 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON NINE Study Questions with Answers
81Q: What is the imperative condition of all well-being?
81A: Well doing.
82Q: What is the condition precedent to every right action?
82A: Right thinking.
83Q: What is the underlying condition necessary in every business transaction
or social relation?
83A: To know the Truth.
84Q: What is the result of knowledge of the Truth?
84A: We can readily predict the result of any action that is based upon a true
premise.
85Q: What is the result of any action based upon a false premise?
85A: We can form no conception of the results which may ensue.
86Q: How may we know the Truth?
86A: By a realization of the fact that Truth is the vital principle of the Universe and is
therefore omnipresent.
87Q: What is the nature of Truth?
87A: It is spiritual.
88Q: What is the secret of the solution to every problem?
88A: To apply spiritual Truth.
89Q: What is the advantage of spiritual methods?
89A: They are always available.
90Q: What are the necessary requirements?
90: Recognition of the omnipotence of spiritual power and a desire to become the
recipient of its beneficent effects.
"Thought means life, since those who do not think do not live in any high or real
sense. Thinking makes the man." - A. B. Alcott
- 119 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON TEN
If you get a thorough understanding or the thought contained in Part Ten, you will
have learned that nothing happens without a definite cause. You will be enabled to
formulate your plans in accordance with exact knowledge. You will know how to
control any situation by bringing adequate causes into play. When you win, as you
will, you will know exactly why.
The ordinary man, who has no definite knowledge of cause and effect, is governed
by his feelings or emotions. He thinks chiefly to justify his action. If he fails as a
businessman, he says that luck is against him. If he dislikes music, he says that
music is an expensive luxury. If he is a poor office man, he says that he could
succeed better at some outdoor work. If he lacks friends, he says his individuality is
too fine to be appreciated.
He never thinks his problem through to the end. In short, he does not know that
every effect is the result of a certain definite cause, but he seeks to console himself
with explanations and excuses. He thinks only in self-defense.
On the contrary, the man who understands that there is no effect without an
adequate cause thinks impersonally. He gets down to bed rock facts regardless of
- 120 -
“Before The Secret”
consequences. He is free to follow the trail of truth wherever it may lead. He sees
the issue clear to the end, and he meets the requirements fully and fairly, and the
result is that the world gives him all that it has to give, in friendship, honor, love,
health, abundance and approval.
And it happen naturally, without any effort whatsoever other than changing his
thoughts and acting according to the law, once he understand the law, apply it and
use it to his life.
CAUSE
Preparation
Effort in high yield activities
Procrastination and excuses
Good eating & exercise habits
Professional development
Positive thoughts
Negative thoughts
EFFECT
Productive business presentation
Results and success
Low results and loss of opportunities
Good health and weight control
Greater efficiency and productivity
Positive results
Negative results
- 121 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TEN
1. Abundance is a natural law of the Universe. The evidence of this law is
Conclusive; we see it on every hand. Everywhere Nature is lavish, wasteful,
extravagant. Nowhere is economy observed in any created thing. Profusion is
manifested in everything. The millions and millions of trees and flowers and
plants and animals and the vast scheme of reproduction where the process of
creating and recreating is forever going on, all indicates the lavishness with
which Nature has made provision for man. That there is abundance for
everyone is evident, but that many fail to participate in this abundance is also
evident; they have not yet come into a realization of the Universality of all
substance, and that mind is the active principle whereby we are related to the
things we desire.
2. All wealth is the offspring of power; possessions are of value only as they
confer power. Events are significant only as they affect power; all things
represent certain forms and degrees of power.
3.
Knowledge of cause and effect as shown by the laws governing electricity,
chemical affinity and gravitation, enables man to plan courageously and
execute fearlessly. These laws are called Natural Laws, because they govern
in the physical world, but all power is not physical power; there is also mental
power, and there is moral and spiritual power.
4. Spiritual power is superior because it exists on a higher plane. It has enabled
man to discover the law by which these wonderful forces of Nature could be
harnessed and made to do the work of hundreds and thousands of men. It
has enabled man to discover laws whereby time and space have been
annihilated and the law of gravitation to be overcome. The operation of this
law is dependent upon spiritual contact, as Henry Drummond well says:
5. "In the physical world as we know it, there exists the organic and the
inorganic. The inorganic of the mineral world is absolutely cut off from the
plant or animal world; the passage is hermetically sealed. These barriers
have never yet been crossed. No change of substance, no modification of
environment, no chemistry, no electricity, no form of energy, no evolution of
any kind can ever endow a single atom of the mineral world with the attribute
of Life.”
6. "Only by the bending down into this dead world of some living form can those
dead atoms be gifted with the properties of vitality; without this contact with
- 122 -
“Before The Secret”
life they remain fixed in the inorganic sphere forever. Huxley says that the
doctrine of Biogenesis (or life only from life) is victorious all along the line, and
Tyndall is compelled to say: 'I affirm that no shred of trustworthy evidence
exists to prove that life in our day has ever appeared independent of
antecedent life.'
7. Physical laws may explain the inorganic, Biology explains and accounts for
the development of the organic, but of the point of contact Science is silent. A
similar passage exists between the Natural world and the Spiritual world; this
passage is hermetically sealed on the natural side. The door is closed; no
man can open it, no organic change, no mental energy, no moral effort, no
progress of any kind can enable any human being to enter the spiritual
world."
8. But as the plant reaches down into the mineral world and touches it with the
mystery of Life, so the Universal Mind reaches down into the human mind
and endows it with new, strange, wonderful and even marvelous qualities. All
men or women who have every accomplished anything in the world of
industry, commerce or art have accomplished because of this process.
9. Thought is the connecting link between the Infinite and the finite, between the
Universal and the individual. We have seen that there is an impassable
barrier between the organic and the inorganic, and that the only way that
matter can unfold is to be impregnated with life; as a seed reaches down into
the mineral world and begins to unfold and reach out, the dead matter begins
to live, a thousand invisible fingers begin to weave a suitable environment for
the new arrival, and as the law of growth begins to take effect, we see the
process continue until the Lily finally appears, and even "Solomon in all his
glory was not arrayed like one of these".
10. Even so, a thought is dropped into the invisible substance of the Universal
Mind, that substance from which all things are created, and as it takes root,
the law of growth begins to take effect and we find that conditions and
environment are but the objective form of our thought.
11. The law is that Thought is an active vital form of dynamic energy which has
the power to correlate with its object and bring it out of the invisible substance
from which all things are created into the visible or objective world. This is the
law by which, and through which all things come into manifestation; it is the
Master Key by which you are admitted into the Secret Place of the Most High
and are "given dominion over all things." With an understanding of this law
you may "decree a thing and it shall be established unto thee."
- 123 -
“Before The Secret”
12. It could not be otherwise; if the soul of the Universe as we know it is the
Universal Spirit, then the Universe is simply the condition which the Universal
Spirit has made for itself. We are simply individualized spirit and are creating
the conditions for our growth in exactly the same way.
13. This creative power depends upon our recognition of the potential power of
spirit or mind and must not be confused with Evolution. Creation is the calling
into existence of that which does not exist in the objective world. Evolution is
simply the unfolding of potentialities involved in things which already exist.
14. In taking advantage of the wonderful possibilities opened up to us through the
operation of this law, we must remember that we ourselves contribute nothing
to its efficacy as the Great Teacher said: "It is not I that doeth the works, but
the Father that dwelled in me, He doeth the work". We must take exactly the
same position; we can do nothing to assist in the manifestation, we simply
comply with the law, and the All-originating Mind will bring about the result.
15. The great error of the present day is the idea that Man has to originate the
intelligence whereby the Infinite can proceed to bring about a specific
purpose or result. Nothing of this kind is necessary; the Universal Mind can
be depended upon to find the ways and means for bringing about any
necessary manifestation. We must, however, create the ideal, and this ideal
should be perfect.
16. We know that the laws governing Electricity have been formulated in such a
way that this invisible power can be controlled and used for our benefit and
comfort in thousands of ways. We know that messages are carried around
the world, that ponderous machinery does its bidding, that it now illuminates
practically the whole world, but we know too that if we consciously or
ignorantly violate its law by touching a live wire, when it is not properly
insulated, the result will be unpleasant and possibly disastrous. A lack of
understanding of the laws governing in the invisible world has the same
result, and many are suffering the consequences all the time.
17. It has been explained that the law of causation depends upon polarity, a
circuit must be formed; this circuit cannot be formed unless we operate in
harmony with the law. How shall we operate in harmony with the law unless
we know what the law is? How shall we know what the Law is? By study, by
observation.
- 124 -
“Before The Secret”
18. We see the law in operation everywhere; all nature testifies to the operation
of the law by silently, constantly expressing itself in the law of growth. Where
there is growth, there must be life; where there is life there must be harmony,
so that everything that has life is constantly attracting to itself the conditions
and the supply which is necessary for its most complete expression.
19. If your thought is in harmony with the creative Principle of Nature, it is in tune
with the Infinite Mind, and it will form the circuit, it will not return to you void;
but it is possible for you to think thoughts that are not in tune with the Infinite,
and when there is no polarity, the circuit is not formed. What, then, is the
result? What is the result when a dynamo is generating electricity, the circuit
is cut off and there is no outlet? The dynamo stops.
20. It will be exactly the same with you, if you entertain thoughts which are not in
accordance with the Infinite and cannot therefore be polarized; there is no
circuit, you are isolated, the thoughts cling to you, harass you, worry you, and
finally bring about disease and possibly death; the physician may not
diagnose the case exactly in this way, he may give it some fancy name which
has been manufactured for the various ills which are the result of wrong
thinking, but the cause is the same nevertheless.
21. Constructive thought must necessarily be creative, but creative thought must
be harmonious, and this eliminates all destructive or competitive thought.
22. Wisdom, strength, courage and all harmonious conditions are the result of
power and we have seen that all power is from within; likewise, every lack,
limitation or adverse circumstance is the result of weakness, and weakness is
simply absence of power; it comes from nowhere, it is nothing -- the remedy
then is simply to develop power, and this is accomplished in exactly the same
manner that all power is developed, by exercise.
23. This exercise consists in making an application of your knowledge.
Knowledge will not apply itself. You must make the application. Abundance
will not come to you out of the sky, neither will it drop into your lap, but a
conscious realization of the law of attraction and the intention to bring it into
operation for a certain, definite and specific purpose, and the will to carry out
this purpose will bring about the materialization of your desire by a natural law
of transference. If you are in business, it will increase and develop along
regular channels, possibly new or unusual channels of distribution will be
opened and when the law becomes fully operative, you will find that the
things you seek are seeking you.
- 125 -
“Before The Secret”
24. This week select a blank space on the wall, or any other convenient spot,
from where you usually sit, mentally draw a black horizontal line about six
inches long, try to see the line as plainly as though it were painted on the
wall; now mentally draw two vertical lines connecting with this horizontal line
at either end; now draw another horizontal line connecting with the two
vertical lines; now you have a square. Try to see the square perfectly; when
you can do so draw a circle within the square; now place a point in the center
of the circle; now draw the point toward you about 10 inches; now you have a
cone on a square base; you will remember that your work was all in black;
change it to white, to red, to yellow.
25. If you can do this, you are making excellent progress and will soon be
enabled to concentrate on any problem you may have in mind. "When any
object or purpose is clearly held in thought, its precipitation, in tangible and
visible form, is merely a question of time.
“The vision always precedes and itself determines the realization.” - Lillian Whiting
- 126 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TEN Study Questions with Answers
91Q: What is Wealth?
91A: Wealth is the offspring of power.
92Q: Of what value are possessions?
92A: Possessions are of value only as they confer power.
93Q: Of what value is knowledge of cause and effect?
93A: It enables men to plan courageously and execute fearlessly.
94Q: How does life originate in the inorganic world?
94A: Only by the introduction of some living form. There is no other way.
95Q: What is the connecting link between the finite and the Infinite?
95A: Thought is the connecting link.
96Q: Why is that so?
96A: Because the Universal can manifest only through the individual.
97Q: Upon what does causation depend?
97A: Upon polarity; a circuit must be formed; the Universal is the positive side of the
battery of life, the individual is the negative, and thought forms the circuit.
98Q: Why do many fail to secure harmonious conditions?
98A: They do not understand the law; there is no polarity; they have not formed the
circuit.
99Q: What is the remedy?
99A: A conscious recognition of the law of attraction with the intention of brings it into
existence for a definite purpose.
100Q: What will be the result?
100A: Thought will correlate with its object and bring it into manifestation, because
thought is a product of the spiritual man, and spirit is the creative Principle of the
Universe.
“A vivid thought brings the power to paint it; and in proportion to the depth of its
source is the force of its projection.” – Emerson
- 127 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON ELEVEN
You should already learn that your life is governed by an invisible law - by actual,
immutable principles that never vary. Law is in operation at all times; in all places.
Fixed laws underlie all human actions. For this reason, men who control giant
industries are enabled to determine with absolute precision just what percentage of
every hundred thousand people will respond to any given set of conditions.
It is well, however, to remember that while every effect is the result of a cause, the
effect in turn becomes a cause, which creates other effects, which in turn create still
other causes; so that when you put the law of attraction into operation you must
remember that you are starting a train of causation for good or otherwise which
may have endless possibilities.
We frequently hear it said, "A very distressing situation came into my life, which
could not have been the result of my thought, as I certainly never entertained any
thought which could have such a result." We fail to remember that like attracts like in
the mental world, and that the thought which we entertain brings to us certain
friendships, companionships of a particular kind, and these in turn bring about
conditions and environment, which in turn are responsible for the conditions of which
we complain.
- 128 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON ELEVEN
1. Inductive reasoning is the process of the objective mind by which we
compare a number of separate instances with one another until we see the
common factor that gives rise to them all.
2. Induction proceeds by comparison of facts; it is this method of studying
nature which has resulted in the discovery of a reign of law which has marked
an epoch in human progress.
3. It is the dividing line between superstition and intelligence; it has eliminated
the elements of uncertainty and caprice from men's lives and substituted law,
reason, and certitude.
4. It is the "Watchman at the Gate" mentioned in a former lesson.
5. When, by virtue of this principle, the world to which the senses were
accustomed had been revolutionized; when the sun had been arrested in his
course, the apparently flat earth had been shaped into a ball and set whirling
around him; when the inert matter had been resolved into active elements,
and the universe presented itself wherever we directed the telescope and
microscope, full of force, motion and life; we are constrained to ask by what
possible means the delicate forms of organization in the midst of it are kept in
order and repair.
6. Like poles and like forces repel themselves or remain impenetrable to each
other, and this cause seems in general sufficient to assign a proper place and
distance to stars, men and forces. As men of different virtues enter into
partnership, so do opposite poles attract each other, elements that have no
property in common like acids and gases cling to each other in preference
and a general exchange is kept up between the surplus and the demand.
7. As the eye seeks and receives satisfaction from colors complementary to
those which are given, so does need, want and desire, in the largest sense,
induce, guide and determine action.
8. It is our privilege to become conscious of the principle and act in accordance
with it. Cuvier sees a tooth belonging to an extinct race of animals. This tooth
wants a body for the performance of its function, and it defines the peculiar
body it stands in need of with such precision that Cuvier is able to reconstruct
the frame of this animal.
- 129 -
“Before The Secret”
9. Perturbations are observed in the motion of Uranus. Liverier needs another
star at a certain place to keep the solar system in order, and Neptune
appears in the place and hour appointed.
10. The instinctive wants of the animal and the intellectual wants of Cuvier, the
wants of nature and of the mind of liverier were alike, and thus the results;
here the thoughts of an existence, there an existence. A well-defined lawful
want, therefore, furnishes the reason for the more complex operations of
nature.
11. Having recorded correctly the answers furnished by nature and stretched our
senses with the growing science over her surface; having joined hands with
the levers that move the earth; we become conscious of such a close, varied
and deep contact with the world without, that our wants and purposes
become no less identified with the harmonious operations of this vast
organization, than the life, liberty, and happiness of the citizen is identified
with the existence of his government.
12. As the interests of the individual are protected by the arms of the country,
added to his own; and his needs may depend upon certain supply in the
degree that they are felt more universally and steadily; in the same manner
does conscious citizenship in the Republic of nature secure us from the
annoyances of subordinate agents by alliance with superior powers; and by
appeal to the fundamental laws of resistance or inducement offered to
mechanical or chemical agents, distribute the labor to be performed between
them and man to the best advantage of the inventor.
13. If Plato could have witnessed the pictures executed by the sun with the
assistance of the photographer, or a hundred similar illustrations of what man
does by induction, he would perhaps have been reminded of the intellectual
midwifery of his master and, in his own mind might have arisen the vision of a
land where all manual, mechanical labor and repetition is assigned to the
power of nature, where our wants are satisfied by purely mental operations
set in motion by the will, and where the supply is created by the demand.
14. However distant that land may appear, induction has taught men to make
strides toward it and has surrounded him with benefits which are, at the same
time, rewards for past fidelity and incentives for more assiduous devotion.
- 130 -
“Before The Secret”
15. It is also an aid in concentrating and strengthening our faculties for the
remaining part, giving unerring solution for individual as well as universal
problems, by the mere operations of mind in the purest form.
16. Here we find a method, the spirit of which is, to believe that what is sought
has been accomplished, in order to accomplish it: a method, bequeathed
upon us by the same Plato who, outside of this sphere, could never find how
the ideas became realities.
17. This conception is also elaborated by Swedenborg in his doctrine of
correspondences; and a still greater teacher has said, "What things so ever
ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and ye shall have
them." (Mark 11:24) The difference of the tenses in this passage is
remarkable.
18. We are first to believe that our desire has already been fulfilled, its
accomplishment will then follow. This is a concise direction for making use of
the creative power of thought by impressing on the Universal subjective mind,
the particular thing which we desire as an already existing fact.
19. We are thus thinking on the plane of the absolute and eliminating all
consideration of conditions or limitation and are planting a seed which, if left
undisturbed, will finally germinate into external fruition.
20. To review: Inductive reasoning is the process of the objective mind, by which
we compare a number of separate instances with one another until we see
the common factor that gives rise to them all. We see people in every civilized
country on the globe, securing results by some process which they do not
seem to understand themselves, and to which they usually attach more or
less mystery. Our reason is given to us for the purpose of ascertaining the
law by which these results are accomplished.
21. The operation of this thought process is seen in those fortunate natures that
possess everything that others must acquire by toil, who never have a
struggle with conscience because they always act correctly, and can never
conduct themselves otherwise than with tact, learn everything easily,
complete everything they begin with a happy knack, live in eternal harmony
with themselves, without ever reflecting much what they do, or ever
experiencing difficulty or toil.
- 131 -
“Before The Secret”
22. The fruit of this thought is, as it were, a gift of the gods, but a gift which few as
yet realizes, appreciate, or understand. The recognition of the marvelous
power which is possessed by the mind under proper conditions and the fact
that this power can be utilized, directed, and made available for the solution
of every human problem is of transcendental importance.
23. All truth is the same, whether stated in modern scientific terms or in the
language of apostolic times. There are timid souls who fail to realize that the
very completeness of truth requires various statement -- that no one human
formula will show every side of it.
24. Changing, emphasis, new language, novel interpretations, unfamiliar
perspectives, are not, as some suppose, signs of departure from truth but on
the contrary, they are evidence that the truth is being apprehended in new
relations to human needs, and is becoming more generally understood.
25. The truth must be told to each generation and to every people in new and
different terms, so that when the Great Teacher said -- "Believe that ye
receive and ye shall receive" or, when Paul said -- "Faith is the substance of
things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen" or, when modern science
says -- "The law of attraction is the law by which thought correlates with its
object", each statement when subjected to analysis, is found to contain
exactly the same truth. The only difference being in the form of presentation.
26. We are standing on the threshold of a new era. The time has arrived when
man has learned the secrets of mastery and the way is being prepared for a
new social order, more wonderful than anything every heretofore dreamed of.
The conflict of modern science with theology, the study of comparative
religions, the tremendous power of new social movements, all of these are
but clearing the way for the new order. They may have destroyed traditional
forms which have become antiquated and impotent, but nothing of value has
been lost.
27. A new faith has been born, a faith which demands a new form of expression,
and this faith is taking form in a deep consciousness of power which is being
manifested, in the present spiritual activity found on every hand.
28. The spirit which sleeps in the mineral, breathes in the vegetable, moves in the
animal and reaches its highest development in man is the Universal Mind,
and it behooves us to span the gulf between being and doing, theory and
practice, by demonstrating our understanding of the dominion which we have
been given.
- 132 -
“Before The Secret”
29. By far the greatest discovery of all the centuries is the power of thought. The
importance of this discovery has been a little slow in reaching the general
consciousness, but it has arrived, and already in every field of research the
importance of this greatest of all great discoveries is being demonstrated.
30. You ask in what the creative power of thought consists. It consists in creating
ideas, and these in turn objectify themselves by appropriating, inventing,
observing, discerning, discovering, analyzing, ruling, governing, combining,
and applying matter and force. It can do this because it is an intelligent
creative power.
31. Thought reaches its loftiest activity when plunged into its own mysterious
depth; when it breaks through the narrow compass of self and passes from
truth to truth to the region of eternal light, where all which is, was or ever will
be, melt into one grand harmony.
32. From this process of self-contemplation comes inspiration which is creative
intelligence, and which is undeniably superior to every element, force or law
of nature, because it can understand, modify, govern and apply them to its
own ends and purposes and therefore possess them.
33. Wisdom begins with the dawn of reason, and reason is but an understanding
of the knowledge and principles whereby we may know the true meaning of
things. Wisdom, then, is illuminated reason, and this wisdom leads to
humility, for humility is a large part of Wisdom.
34. We all know many who have achieved the seemingly impossible, who have
realized lifelong dreams, who have changed everything including themselves.
We have sometimes marveled at the demonstration of an apparently
irresistible power, which seemed to be ever available just when it was most
needed, but it is all clear now. All that is required is an understanding of
certain definite fundamental principles and their proper application.
35. For your exercise this week, concentrate on the quotation taken from the
Sacred Bible, "Whatsoever things ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye
receive them and ye shall have them"; notice that there is no limitation,
"Whatsoever things" is very definite and implies that the only limitation which
is placed upon us in our ability to think, to be equal to the occasion, to rise to
the emergency, to remember that Faith is not a shadow, but a substance, "the
substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen."
- 133 -
“Before The Secret”
“Death is but the natural process whereby all material forms are thrown into the
crucible for reproduction in fresh diversity.”
- 134 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON ELEVEN Study Questions with Answers
101Q: What is inductive reasoning?
101A: The process of the objective mind by which we compare a number of separate
instances with each other until we see the common factor which gives rise to them
all.
102Q: What has this method of studying accomplished?
102A: It has resulted in the discovery of a reign of law which has marked an epoch in
human progress.
103Q: What is it that guides and determines action?
103A: It is need, want and desire which in the largest sense induce, guide and
determine action.
104Q: What is the formula for the unerring solution of every individual
problem?
104A: We are to believe that our desire has already been fulfilled; its
accomplishment will then follow.
105Q: What great Teachers advocated it?
105A: Jesus, Plato, Swedenborg and thousands of spiritual, religious and mystical
leaders.
106Q: What is the result of this thought process?
106A: We are thinking on the plane of the absolute and planting a seed, which if left
undisturbed will germinate into fruition.
107Q: Why is it scientifically exact?
107A: Because it is Natural Law.
108Q: What is Faith?
108A: "Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things unseen."
109Q: What is the Law of Attraction?
109A: The Law by which Faith is brought into manifestation.
110Q: What importance do you attach to an understanding of this law?
110A: It has eliminated the elements of uncertainty and caprice from men's lives and
substituted law, reason, and certitude.
- 135 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON TWELVE
Lesson Twelve is enclosed herewith. In the fourth paragraph you will find the
following statement: "You must first have the knowledge of your power; second, the
courage to dare; third, the faith to do."
If you concentrate upon the thoughts given, if you give them your entire attention,
you will find a world of meaning in each sentence, and will attract to yourself other
thoughts in harmony with them, and you will soon grasp the full significance of the
vital knowledge upon which you are concentrating.
Knowledge does not apply itself; we as individuals must make the application, and
the application consists in fertilizing the thought with a living purpose.
The time and thought which most persons waste in aimless effort would accomplish
wonders if properly directed with some special object in view. In order to do this, it is
necessary to center your mental force upon a specific thought and hold it there, to
the exclusion of all other thoughts.
If you have ever looked through the viewfinder on a video camera, you found that
when the object was not in focus, the impression was indistinct and possibly blurred,
but when the proper focus was obtained the picture was clear and distinct.
- 136 -
“Before The Secret”
This illustrates the power of concentration. Unless you can concentrate upon the
object which you have in view, you will have but a hazy, indifferent, vague, indistinct
and blurred outline of your ideal and the results will be in accordance with your
mental picture.
- 137 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWELVE
1. There is no purpose in life that cannot be best accomplished through a
scientific understanding of the creative power of thought.
2. This power to think is common to all. Man is, because he thinks. Man's power
to think is infinite; consequently his creative power is unlimited.
3. We know that thought is building for us the thing we think of and actually
bringing it nearer, yet we find it difficult to banish fear, anxiety or
discouragement, all of which are powerful thought forces, and which
continually send the things we desire further away, so that it is often one step
forward and two steps backward.
4. The only way to keep from going backward is to keep going forward. Eternal
vigilance is the price of success. There are three steps, and each one is
absolutely essential. You must first have the knowledge of your power;
second, the courage to dare; third, the faith to do.
5. With this as a basis you can construct an ideal business, ideal home, ideal
friends, and an ideal environment. You are not restricted as to material or
cost. Thought is omnipotent and has the power to draw on the Infinite bank of
primary substance for all that it requires. Infinite resources are therefore at
your command.
6. But your ideal must be sharp, clear-cut, and definite; to have one ideal today,
another tomorrow, and a third next week, means to scatter your forces and
accomplish nothing; your result will be a meaningless and chaotic
combination of wasted material.
7. Unfortunately this is the result which many are securing, and the cause is
self-evident. If a sculptor started out with a piece of marble and a chisel and
changed his ideal every fifteen minutes, what result could he expect? And
why should you expect any different result in molding the greatest and most
plastic of all substances, the only real substance?
8. The result of this indecision and negative thought is often found in the loss of
material wealth. Supposed independence which required many years of toil
and effort suddenly disappears. It is often found then that money and property
are not independence at all. On the contrary, the only independence is found
to be a practical working knowledge of the creative power of thought.
- 138 -
“Before The Secret”
9. This practical working method cannot come to you until you learn that the
only real power which you can have is the power to adjust yourself to Divine
and unchangeable principles. You cannot change the Infinite, but you can
come into an understanding of Natural laws. The reward of this understanding
is a conscious realization of your ability to adjust your thought faculties with
the Universal Thought which is Omnipresent. Your ability to cooperate with
this Omnipotence will indicate the degree of success with which you meet.
10. The power of thought has many counterfeits which are more or less
fascinating, but the results are harmful instead of helpful.
11. Of course, worry, fear, and all negative thoughts produce a crop after their
kind; those who harbor thoughts of this kind must inevitably reap what they
have sown.
12. Again, there are the Phenomena seekers who gormandize on the so-called
proofs and demonstration obtained at materializing seances. They throw
open their mental doors and soak themselves in the most poisonous currents
which can be found in the psychic world. They do not seem to understand
that it is the ability to become negative, receptive and passive, and thus drain
themselves of all their vital force, which enables them to bring about these
vibratory thought forms.
13. There are also the Hindu worshippers, who see in the materializing
phenomena which are performed by the so-called adepts, a source of power,
forgetting, or never seeming to realize that as soon as the will is withdrawn
the forms wither, and the vibratory forces of which they are composed vanish.
14. Telepathy, or thought transference, has received considerable attention, but
as it requires a negative mental state on the part of the receiver, the practice
is harmful. A thought may be sent with the intention of hearing or seeing, but
it will bring the penalty attached to the inversion of the principle involved.
15. In many instances, hypnotism is positively dangerous to the subject as well
as the operator. No one familiar with the laws governing in the mental world
would think of attempting to dominate the will of another, for by so doing, he
will gradually (but surely) divest himself of his own power.
16. All of these perversions have their temporary satisfaction and for some a
keen fascination, but there is an infinitely greater fascination in a true
- 139 -
“Before The Secret”
understanding of the world of power within, a power which increases with
use; is permanent instead of fleeing; which not only is potent as a remedial
agency to bring about the remedy for past error or results of wrong thinking,
but is a prophylactic agency protecting us from all manner and form of
danger, and finally is an actual creative force with which we can build new
conditions and new environment.
17. The law is that thought will correlate with its object and bring forth in the
material world the correspondence of the thing thought or produced in the
mental world. We then discern the absolute necessity of seeing that every
thought has the inherent germ of truth in order that the law of growth will bring
into manifestation good, for good alone can confer any permanent power.
18. The principle which gives the thought the dynamic power to correlate with its
object, and therefore to master every adverse human experience, is the law
of attraction, which is another name for love. This is an eternal and
fundamental principle, inherent in all things, in every system of Philosophy, in
every Religion, and in every Science. There is no getting away from the law
of love. It is feeling that imparts vitality to thought. Feeling is desire, and
desire is love. Thought impregnated with love becomes invincible.
19. We find this truth emphasized wherever the power of thought is understood,
The Universal Mind is not only Intelligence, but it is substance, and this
substance is the attractive force which brings electrons together by the law of
attraction so that they form atoms; the atoms in turn are brought together by
the same law and form molecules; molecules take objective forms; and so we
find that the law of love is the creative force behind every manifestation, not
only of atoms, but of worlds, of the Universe, of everything of which the
imagination can form any conception.
20. It is the operation of this marvelous law of attraction which has caused men in
all ages and all times to believe that there must be some personal being who
responded to their petitions and desires, and manipulated events in order to
comply with their requirements.
21. It is the combination of Thought and Love which forms the irresistible force,
called the law of attraction. All natural laws are irresistible, the law of
Gravitation, or Electricity, or any other law operates with mathematical
exactitude. There is no variation; it is only the channel of distribution which
may be imperfect. If a bridge falls, we do not attribute the collapse to any
variation of the law of gravitation. If a light fails us, we do not conclude that
the laws governing electricity cannot be depended upon, and if the law of
- 140 -
“Before The Secret”
attraction seems to be imperfectly demonstrated by an inexperienced or
uninformed person, we are not to conclude that the greatest and most
infallible law upon which the entire system of creation depends has been
suspended. We should rather conclude that a little more understanding of the
law is required, for the same reason that a correct solution of a difficult
problem in Mathematics is not always readily and easily obtained.
22. Things are created in the mental or spiritual world before they appear in the
outward act or event. by the simple process of governing our thought forces
today, we help create the events which will come into our lives in the future,
perhaps even tomorrow. Educated desire is the most potent means of
bringing into action the law of attraction.
23. Man is so constituted that he must first create the tools, or implements by
which he gains the power to think. The mind cannot comprehend an entirely
new idea until a corresponding vibratory brain cell has been prepared to
receive it. This explains why it is so difficult for us to receive or appreciate an
entirely new idea; we have no brain cell capable of receiving it; we are
therefore incredulous; we do not believe it.
24. If, therefore, you have not been familiar with the Omnipotence of the law of
attraction, and the scientific method by which it can be put into operation, or if
you have not been familiar with the unlimited possibilities which it opens to
those who are enabled to take advantage of the resources it offers, begin
now and create the necessary brain cells which will enable you to
comprehend the unlimited powers which may be yours by cooperating with
Natural Law. This is done by concentration or attention.
25. The intention governs the attention. Power comes through repose. It is by
concentration that deep thoughts, wise speech, and all forces of high
potentiality are accomplished.
26. It is in the Silence that you get into touch with the Omnipotent power of the
subconscious mind from which all power is evolved.
27. He who desires wisdom, power, or permanent success of any kind will find it
only within; it is an unfoldment. The unthinking may conclude that the silence
is very simple and easily attained, but it should be remembered that only in
absolute silence may one come into contact with Divinity itself; may learn of
the unchangeable law and open for himself the channels by which persistent
practice and concentration lead to perfection. 28. This week go to the same
room, take the same chair, the same position as previously; be sure to relax,
- 141 -
“Before The Secret”
let go, both mentally and physically; always do this; never try to do any
mental work under pressure; see that there are no tense muscles or nerves,
that you are entirely comfortable. Now realize your unity with omnipotence;
get into touch with this power, come into a deep and vital understanding,
appreciation, and realization of the fact that your ability to think is your ability
to act upon the Universal Mind, and bring it into manifestation, realize that it
will meet any and every requirement; that you have exactly the same
potential ability which any individual ever did have or ever will have, because
each is but an expression or manifestation of the One, all are parts of the
whole, there is no difference in kind or quality, the only difference being one
of degree.
"Thought cannot conceive of anything that may not be brought to expression. He
who first uttered it may be only the suggester, but the doer will appear." - Wilson.
- 142 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWELVE Study Questions with Answers
111Q: How may any purpose in life be best accomplished?
111A: Through a scientific understanding of the spiritual nature of thought.
112Q: What three steps are absolutely essential?
112A: The knowledge of our power, the courage to dare, the faith to do.
113Q: How is the practical working knowledge secured?
113A: By an understanding of Natural laws.
114Q: What is the reward of an understanding of these laws?
114A: A conscious realization of our ability to adjust ourselves to Divine and
unchanging principle.
115Q: What will indicate the degree of success with which we meet?
115A: The degree in which we realize that we cannot change the Infinite but must
cooperate with it.
116Q: What is the principle which gives thought its dynamic power?
The Law of Attraction which rests on vibration, which in turn rests upon the law of
love. Thought impregnated with love becomes invincible.
117Q: Why is this law irresistible?
117A: Because it is a Natural law. All Natural laws are irresistible and unchangeable
and act with mathematical exactitude. There is no deviation or variation.
118Q: Why then does it sometimes seem to be difficult to find the solution to
our problems in life?
118A: For the same reason that it is sometimes difficult to find the correct solution to
a difficult mathematical problem. The operator is uninformed or inexperienced.
119Q: Why is it impossible for the mind to grasp an entirely new idea?
119A: We have no corresponding vibratory brain cell capable of receiving the idea.
120Q: How is wisdom secured?
120A: By concentration; it is an unfoldment; it comes from within.
- 143 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON THIRTEEN
Physical science is responsible for the marvelous age of invention in which we are
now living, but spiritual science is now setting out on a career whose possibilities
no one can foretell.
Spiritual science has previously been the football of the uneducated, the
superstitious, the mystical, but men are now interested in definite methods and
demonstrated facts only.
We have come to know that thinking is a spiritual process, that vision and
imagination preceded action and event that the day of the dreamer has come. The
following lines by Mr. Herbert Kaufman are interesting in this connection.
"They are the architects of greatness, their vision lies within their souls, they peer
beyond the veils and mists of doubt and pierce the walls of unborn Time. The belted
wheels, the trail of steel, the churning screw, are shuttles in the loom on which they
weave their magic tapestries. Makers of Empire, they have fought for bigger things
than crowns and higher seats than thrones. Your homes are set upon the land a
dreamer found. The pictures on its walls are visions from a dreamer's soul.
- 144 -
“Before The Secret”
They are the chose few -- the blazers of the way. Walls crumble and Empires fall,
the tidal wave sweeps from the sea and tears a fortress from its rocks. The rotting
nations drop off from Time's bough, and only things the dreamer's make live on."
Lesson Thirteen which follows tells why the dreams of the dreamer come true. It
explains the law of causation by which dreamers, inventors, authors, financiers,
bring about the realization of their desires. It explains the law by which the thing
pictured upon our mind eventually becomes our own.
- 145 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON THIRTEEN
1. It has been the tendency, and, as might be proved, a necessity for science to
seek the explanation of everyday facts by a generalization of those others
which are less frequent and form the exception. Thus does the eruption of the
volcano manifest the heat which is continually at work in the interior of the
earth and to which the latter owes much of her configuration.
2. Thus does the lightning reveal a subtle power constantly busy to produce
changes in the inorganic world, and, as dead languages now seldom heard
were once ruling among the nations, so does a giant tooth in Siberia, or a
fossil in the depth of the earth, not only bear record of the evolution of past
ages, but thereby explains to us the origin of the hills and valleys which we
inhabit today.
3. In this way a generalization of facts which are rare, strange, or form the
exception, has been the magnetic needle guiding to all the discoveries of
inductive science.
4. This method is founded upon reason and experience and thereby destroyed
superstition, precedent and conventionality.
5. It is almost three-hundred years since Lord Bacon recommended this method
of study, to which the civilized nations owe the greater part of their prosperity
and the more valuable part of their knowledge; purging the mind from narrow
prejudices, denominated theories, more effectually than by the keenest irony;
calling the attention of men from heaven to earth more successfully by
surprising experiments than by the most forcible demonstration of their
ignorance; educating the inventive faculties more powerfully by the near
prospect of useful discoveries thrown open to all, than by talk of bringing to
light the innate laws of our mind.
6. The method of Bacon has seized the spirit and aim of the great philosophers
of Greece and carried them into effect by the new means of observation
which another age offered; thus gradually revealing a wondrous field of
knowledge in the infinite space of astronomy, in the microscopic egg of
embryology, and the dim age of geology; disclosing an order of the pulse
which the logic of Aristotle could never have unveiled, and analyzing into
formerly unknown elements the material combinations which no dialectic of
the scholastics could force apart.
- 146 -
“Before The Secret”
7. It has lengthened life; it has mitigated pain; it has extinguished diseases; it
has increased the fertility of the soil; it has given new securities to the
mariner; it has spanned great rivers with bridges of form unknown to our
fathers; it has guided the thunderbolt from heaven to earth; it has lighted up
night with the splendor of day; it has extended the range of human vision; it
has multiplied the power of the human muscles; it has accelerated motion; it
has annihilated distance; it has facilitated intercourse, correspondence, all
friendly offices, all dispatch of business; it has enabled men to descend into
the depths of the sea, to soar into the air, to penetrate securely into the
noxious recesses of the earth.
8. This then is the true nature and scope of induction. But the greater the
success which men have achieved in the inductive science, the more does
the whole tenor of their teachings and example impress us with the necessity
of observing carefully, patiently, accurately, with all the instruments and
resources at our command the individual facts before venturing upon a
statement of general laws.
9. To ascertain the bearing of the spark drawn from the electric machine under
every variety of circumstances, that we thus may be emboldened with
Franklin to address, in the form of a kite, the question to the cloud about the
nature of the lightning. To assure ourselves of the manner in which bodies fall
with the exactness of a Galileo, that with Newton we may dare to ask the
moon about the force that fastens it to the earth.
10. In short, by the value we set upon truth, by our hope in a steady and universal
progress, not to permit a tyrannical prejudice to neglect or mutilate
unwelcome facts, but to rear the superstructure of science upon the broad
and unchangeable basis, of full attention paid to the most isolated as well as
the most frequent phenomena.
11. An ever-increasing material may be collected by observation, but the
accumulated facts are of very different value for the explanation of nature,
and as we esteem most highly those useful qualities of men which are of the
rarest occurrence, so does natural philosophy sift the facts and attach a preeminent importance to that striking class which cannot be accounted for by
the usual and daily observation of life.
12. If then, we find that certain persons seem to possess unusual power, what
are we to conclude? First, we may say, it is not so, which is simply an
acknowledgment of our lack of information because every honest investigator
admits that there are many strange and previously unaccountable
- 147 -
“Before The Secret”
phenomena constantly taking place. Those, however, who become
acquainted with the creative power of thought, will no longer consider them
unaccountable.
13. Second, we may say that they are the result of supernatural interference, but
a scientific understanding of Natural Laws will convince us that there is
nothing supernatural. Every phenomenon is the result of an accurate definite
cause, and the cause is an immutable law or principle, which operates with
invariable precision, whether the law is put into operation consciously or
unconsciously.
14. Third, we may say that we are on "forbidden ground," that there are some
things which we should not know. This objection was used against every
advance in human knowledge. Every individual who ever advanced a new
idea, whether a Columbus, a Darwin, a Galileo, a Fulton or an Emerson, was
subjected to ridicule or persecution; so that this objection should receive no
serious consideration; but, on the contrary, we should carefully consider
every fact which is brought to our attention; by doing this we will more readily
ascertain the law upon which it is based.
15. It will be found that the creative power of thought will explain every possible
condition or experience, whether physical, mental or spiritual.
16. Thought will bring about conditions in correspondence with the predominant
mental attitude. Therefore, if we fear disaster, as fear is a powerful form of
thought, disaster will be the certain result of our thinking. It is this form of
thought which frequently sweeps away the result of many years of toil and
effort.
17. If we think of some form of material wealth we may secure it. By concentrated
thought the required conditions will be brought about, and the proper effort
put forth, which will result in bringing about the circumstances necessary to
realize our desires; but we often find that when we secure the things we
thought we wanted, they do not have the effect we expected. That is, the
satisfaction is only temporary, or possibly is the reverse of what we expected.
18. What, then, is the proper method of procedure? What are we to think in order
to secure what we really desire? What you and I desire, what we all desire,
what everyone is seeking, is Happiness and Harmony. If we can be truly
happy we shall have everything the world can give. If we are happy ourselves
we can make others happy.
- 148 -
“Before The Secret”
19. But we cannot be happy unless we have, health, strength, congenial friends,
pleasant environment, sufficient supply, not only to take care of our
necessities but to provide for those comforts and luxuries to which we are
entitled.
20. The old orthodox way of thinking was to be "a worm," to be satisfied with our
portion whatever it is; but the modern idea is to know that we are entitled to
the best of everything, that the "Father and I are one" and that the "Father" is
the Universal Mind, the Creator, the Original Substance from which all things
proceed.
21. Now admitting that his is all true in theory, and it has been taught for two
thousand years, and is the essence of every system of Philosophy or
Religion, how are we to make it practical in our lives? How are we to get the
actual, tangible results here and now?
22. In the first place, we must put our knowledge into practice. Nothing can be
accomplished in any other way. The athlete may read books and lessons on
physical training all his life, but unless he begins to give out strength by actual
work he will never receive any strength; he will eventually get exactly what he
gives; but he will have to give it first. It is exactly the same with us; we will get
exactly what we give, but we shall have to give it first. It will then return to us
many fold, and the giving is simply a mental process, because thoughts are
causes and conditions are effects; therefore in giving thoughts of courage,
inspiration, health or help of any kind we are setting causes in motion which
will bring about their effect.
23. Thought is a spiritual activity and is therefore creative, but make no mistake,
thought will create nothing unless it is consciously, systematically, and
constructively directed; and herein is the difference between idle thinking,
which is simply a dissipation of effort, and constructive thinking, which means
practically unlimited achievement.
24. We have found that everything we get comes to us by the Law of Attraction. A
happy thought cannot exist in an unhappy consciousness; therefore the
consciousness must change, and, as the consciousness changes, all
conditions necessary to meet the changed consciousness must gradually
change, in order to meet the requirements of the new situation.
25. In creating a Mental Image or an Ideal, we are projecting a thought into the
Universal Substance from which all things are created. This Universal
Substance is Omnipresent, Omnipotent and Omniscient. Are we to inform the
- 149 -
“Before The Secret”
Omniscient as to the proper channel to be used to materialize our demand?
Can the finite advise the Infinite? This is the cause of failure; of every failure.
We recognize the Omnipresence of the Universal Substance, but we fail to
appreciate the fact that this substance is not only Omnipresent, but is
Omnipotent and Omniscient, and consequently will set causes in motion
concerning which we may be entirely ignorant.
26. We can best conserve our interests by recognizing the Infinite Power and
Infinite Wisdom of the Universal Mind, and in this way become a channel
whereby the Infinite can bring about the realization of our desire. This means
that recognition brings about realization, therefore for your exercise this week
make use of the principle, recognize the fact that you are a part of the whole,
and that a part must be the same in kind and quality as the whole; the only
difference there can possibly by, is in degree.
27. When this tremendous fact begins to permeate your consciousness, when
you really come into a realization of the fact that you (not your body, but the
Ego), the "I," the spirit which thinks is an integral part of the great whole, that
it is the same in substance, in quality, in kind, that the Creator could create
nothing different from Himself, you will also be able to say, "The Father and I
are one" and you will come into an understanding of the beauty, the grandeur,
the transcendental opportunities which have been placed at your disposal.
"Increase in me that wisdom Which discovers my truest interest, Strengthen my
resolution To perform that which wisdom dictates." – Franklin
- 150 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON THIRTEEN Study Questions with Answers
121Q: What is the method by which natural philosophers obtain and apply
their knowledge?
121A: To observe individual facts carefully, patiently, accurately, with all the
instruments and resources at their command, before venturing upon a statement of
general laws.
122Q: How may we be certain that this method is correct?
122A: By not permitting a tyrannical prejudice to neglect or mutilate unwelcome
facts.
123Q: what classes of facts are esteemed most highly?
123A: Those which cannot be accounted for by the usual daily observation of life.
124Q: Upon what is this principle founded?
124A: Upon reason and experience.
125Q: What does it destroy?
125A: Superstition, precedent and conventionality.
126Q: How have these laws been discovered?
126A: By a generalization of facts which are uncommon, rare, strange and form the
exception.
127Q: How may we account for much of the strange and heretofore
unexplainable phenomena which is constantly taking place?
127A: By the creative power of thought.
128Q: Why is this so?
128A: Because when we learn of a fact we can be sure that it is the result of a
certain definite cause and that this cause will operate with invariable precision.
129Q: What is the result of this knowledge?
129A: It will explain the cause of every possible condition, whether physical, mental
or spiritual.
130Q: How will our best interest be conserved?
130A: By a recognition of the fact that a knowledge of the creative nature of thought
puts us in touch with Infinite power.
- 151 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON FOURTEEN
You have found from your study thus far that thought is a spiritual activity and is
therefore endowed with creative power. This does not mean that some thought is
creative, but that all thought is creative. This same principle can be brought into
operation in a negative way, through the process of denial.
The conscious and subconscious are but two phases of action in connection with
one mind. The relation of the subconscious to the conscious is quite analogous to
that existing between a weather vane and the atmosphere. Just as the least
pressure of the atmosphere causes an action on the part of the weather vane, so
does the least thought entertained by the conscious mind produce within your
subconscious mind action in exact proportion to the depth of feeling characterizing
the thought and the intensity with which the thought is indulged.
It follows that if you deny unsatisfactory conditions, you are withdrawing the creative
power of your thought from these conditions. You are cutting them away at the root.
You are sapping their vitality.
- 152 -
“Before The Secret”
Remember that the law of growth necessarily governs every manifestation in the
objective, so that a denial of unsatisfactory conditions will not bring about instant
change. A plant will remain visible for some time after its roots have been cut, but it
will gradually fade away and eventually disappear, so the withdrawal of your thought
from the contemplation of unsatisfactory conditions will gradually, but surely,
terminate these conditions.
You will see that this is an exactly opposite course from the one which we would
naturally be inclined to adopt. It will therefore have an exactly opposite effect to the
one usually secured. Most persons concentrate intently upon unsatisfactory
conditions, thereby giving the condition that measure of energy and vitality which is
necessary in order to supply a vigorous growth.
- 153 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON FOURTEEN
1. The Universal Energy, in which all motion, light, heat, and color have their
origin, does not partake of the limitation of the many effects of which it is the
cause, but it is supreme over them all. This Universal Substance is the source
of all Power, Wisdom and Intelligence.
2. To recognize this Intelligence is to acquaint yourself with the knowing quality
of Mind and through it to move upon the Universal Substance, and bring it
into harmonious relations in your affairs.
3. This is something that the most learned physical science teacher has not
attempted – a field of discovery upon which he has not yet launched; in fact,
but few of the materialistic schools have ever caught the first ray of this light.
It does not seem to have dawned upon them that wisdom is just as much
present everywhere as are force and substance.
4. Some will say, if these principles are true, why are we not demonstrating
them? As the fundamental principle is obviously correct, why do we not get
proper results? We do. We get results in exact accordance with our
understanding of the law and our ability to make the proper application. We
secured no results from the laws governing electricity until someone
formulated the law and showed us how to apply it.
5. This puts us in an entirely new relation to our environment, opening up
possibilities previously undreamed of, and this by an orderly sequence of law
which is naturally involved in our new mental attitude.
6. Mind is creative and the principle upon which this law is based is sound and
legitimate and is inherent in the nature of things; but this creative power does
not originate in the individual, but in the Universal, which is the source and
fountain of all energy and substance, the individual is simply the channel for
the distribution of this energy. The individual is the means by which the
Universal produces the various combinations which result in the formation of
phenomena.
7. We know that scientists have resolved matter into an immense number of
molecules; these molecules have been resolved into atoms, and the atoms
into electrons. The discovery of electrons in high vacuum glass tubes
containing fused terminals of hard metal, indicates conclusively that these
electrons fill all space; that they exist everywhere, that they are omnipresent.
- 154 -
“Before The Secret”
They fill all material bodies and occupy the whole of what we call empty
space. This, then, is the Universal Substance from which all things proceed.
8. Electrons would forever remain electrons unless directed where to go to be
assembled into atoms and molecules, and this director is Mind. A number of
electrons revolving around a center of force constitute an atom; atoms unite
in absolutely regular mathematical ratios and form molecules, and these unite
with each other to form a multitude of compounds which unite to build the
Universe.
9. The lightest known atom is hydrogen and this is 1,700 times heavier than an
electron. An atom of mercury is 300,000 times heavier than an electron.
Electrons are pure negative electricity, and as they have the same potential
velocity as all other cosmic energy, such as heat, light, electricity and thought
(189,380 miles per second), neither time nor space require consideration.
The manner in which the velocity of light was ascertained is interesting.
10. The velocity of light was obtained by the Danish astronomer Roemer in 1676,
by observing the eclipses of Jupiter's moons. When the earth was nearest to
Jupiter, the eclipse appeared about eight and one-half minutes too soon for
the calculations, and when the earth was most remote from Jupiter, they were
about eight and one-half minutes too late. Roemer concluded the reason to
be that it required 17 minutes for light from the planet to traverse the diameter
of the earth's orbit, which measured the difference of the distances of the
earth from Jupiter. This calculation has since been verified, and proves that
light travels about 186,000 miles a second.
11. Electrons manifest in the body as cells, and possess mind and intelligence
sufficient for them to perform their functions in the human physical anatomy.
Every part of the body is composed of cells, some of which operate
independently; others in communities. Some are busy building tissue, while
others are engaged in forming the various secretions necessary for the body.
Some act as carriers of material; others are the surgeons whose work it is to
repair damage; others are scavengers, carrying off waste; others are
constantly ready to repel invaders or other undesirable intruders of the germ
family.
12. All these cells are moving for a common purpose and each one is not only a
living organism, but has sufficient intelligence to enable it to perform its
necessary duties. It is also endowed with sufficient intelligence to conserve
the energies and perpetuate its own life. It must, therefore, secure sufficient
- 155 -
“Before The Secret”
nourishment and it has been found that it exercises choice in the selection of
such nourishment.
13. Each cell is born, reproduces itself, dies and is absorbed. The maintenance of
health and life itself depends upon the constant regeneration of these cells.
14. It is therefore apparent that there is mind in every atom of the body; this mind
is negative mind, and the power of the individual to think makes him positive,
so that he can control this negative mind. This is the scientific explanation for
metaphysical healing, and will enable anyone to understand the principle
upon which this remarkable phenomenon rests.
15. This negative mind, which is contained in every cell of the body, has been
called the subconscious mind, because it acts without our conscious
knowledge. We have found that this subconscious mind is responsive to the
will of the conscious mind.
16. All things have their origin in mind, and appearances are the result of thought.
So that we see that things in themselves have no origin, permanency, or
reality. Since they are produced by thought, they can be erased by thought.
17. In mental, as in natural science, experiments are being made and each
discovery lifts man one step higher toward his possible goal. We find that
every man is the reflection of the thought he has entertained during his
lifetime. This is stamped on his face, his form, his character, his environment.
18. Back of every effect there is a cause, and if we follow the trail to its starting
point, we shall find the creative principle out of which it grew. Proofs of this
are now so complete that this truth is generally accepted.
19. The objective world is controlled by an unseen and, heretofore, unexplainable
power. We have, heretofore, personalized this power and called it God. We
have now, however, learned to look upon it as the permeating essence or
Principle of all that exists -- the Infinite or Universal Mind.
20. The Universal Mind, being infinite and omnipotent, has unlimited resources at
its command, and when we remember that it is also omnipresent, we cannot
escape the conclusion that we must be an expression or manifestation of that
Mind.
- 156 -
“Before The Secret”
21. A recognition and understanding of the resources of the subconscious mind
will indicate that the only difference between the subconscious and the
Universal is one of degree. They differ only as a drop of water differs from the
ocean. They are the same in kind and quality, the difference is one of degree
only.
22. Do you, can you, appreciate the value of this all-important fact; do you realize
that a recognition of this tremendous fact places you in touch with
Omnipotence? The subconscious mind being the connecting link between the
Universal Mind and the conscious mind, is it not evident that the conscious
mind can consciously suggest thoughts which the subconscious mind will put
into action, and as the subconscious is one with the Universal, is it not
evident that no limit can be placed upon its activities?
23. A scientific understanding of this principle will explain the wonderful results
which are secured through the power of prayer. The results which are
secured in this way are not brought about by any special dispensations of
providence, but on the contrary, they are the result of the operation of a
perfectly natural law. There is, therefore, nothing either religious or
mysterious about it.
24. Yet there are many who are not ready to enter into the discipline necessary to
think correctly, even though it is evident that wrong thinking has brought
failure.
25. Thought is the only reality; conditions are but the outward manifestations; as
the thought changes, all outward or material conditions must change in order
to be in harmony with their creator, which is thought.
26. But the thought must be clear cut, steady, fixed, definite, unchangeable; you
cannot take one step forward and two steps backward, neither can you spend
twenty or thirty years of your life building up negative conditions as the result
of negative thoughts, and then expect to see them all melt away as the result
of fifteen or twenty minutes of right thinking.
27. If you enter into the discipline necessary to bring about a radical change in
your life, you must do so deliberately, after giving the matter careful thought
and full consideration, and then you must allow nothing to interfere with your
decision.
- 157 -
“Before The Secret”
28. This discipline, this change of thought, this mental attitude will not only bring
you the material things which are necessary for your highest and best
welfare, but will bring health and harmonious conditions generally.
29. If you wish harmonious conditions in your life, you must develop an
harmonious mental attitude.
30. Your world without will be a reflection of your world within.
31. For your exercise this week, concentrate on Harmony, and when I say
concentrate, I mean all that the word implies; concentrate so deeply, so
earnestly, that you will be conscious of nothing but harmony. Remember, we
learn by doing. Reading these lessons will get you nowhere. It is in the
practical application that the value consists.
"Learn to keep the door shut, keep out of your mind and out of your world, every
element that seeks admittance with no definite helpful end in view." - George
Matthew Adams
- 158 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON FOURTEEN Study Questions with Answers
131Q: What is the source of all Wisdom, Power and Intelligence?
131A: The Universal Mind.
132Q: Where do all motion, light, heat and color have their origin?
132A: In the Universal Energy, which is one manifestation of the Universal Mind.
133Q: Where does the creative power of thought originate?
133A: In the Universal Mind.
134Q: What is thought?
134A: Mind in motion.
135Q: How is the Universal differentiated in form?
135A: The individual is the means by which the Universal produces the various
combinations which result in formation of phenomena.
136Q: How is this accomplished?
136A: The power of the individual to think is his ability to act upon the Universal and
bring it into manifestation.
137Q: What is the first form which the Universal takes so far as we know?
137A: Electrons, which fill all space.
138Q: Where do all things have their origin?
138A: In mind.
139Q: What is the result of a change of thought?
139A: A change in conditions.
140Q: What is the result of a harmonious mental attitude?
140A: Harmonious conditions in life. Thought, immaterial though it may be, is the
matrix that shapes the issues of life.
"The mind has been active in all fields during this fruitful century, but it is to science
we must look for the thoughts that have shaped all thinking."
- 159 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON FIFTEEN
Experiments with parasites found on plants indicate that even the lowest order of life
is enabled to take advantage of natural law. This experiment was made by
Jacques Loch, M.D., Ph. D., a member of the Rockefeller Institute.
"In order to obtain the material, potted rose bushes are brought into a room and
placed in front of a closed window. If the plants are allowed to dry out, the aphids
(parasites), previously wingless, change to winged insects. After the metamorphosis,
the animals leave the plants, fly to the window and then creep upward on the glass."
It is evident that these tiny insects found that the plants on which they had been
thriving were dead, and that they could therefore secure nothing more to eat and
drink from this source. The only method by which they could save themselves from
starvation was to grow temporary wings and fly, which they did.
Experiments such as these indicate that Omniscience as well as Omnipotence is
omnipresent and that the tiniest living thing can take advantage of it in an
emergency.
Lesson Fifteen will tell you more about the law under which we live. It will explain
that these laws operate to our advantage; that all conditions and experiences that
come to us are for our benefit; that we gain strength in proportion to the effort
- 160 -
“Before The Secret”
expended, and that our happiness is best attained through a conscious cooperation
with natural laws.
- 161 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON FIFTEEN
1. The laws under which we live are designed solely for our advantage. These
laws are immutable and we cannot escape from their operation.
2. All the great eternal forces act in solemn silence, but it is in our power to
place ourselves in harmony with them and thus express a life of comparative
peace and happiness.
3. Difficulties, disharmonies, and obstacles, indicate that we are either refusing
to give out what we no longer need, or refusing to accept what we require.
4. Growth is attained through an exchange of the old for the new, of the good for
the better; it is a conditional or reciprocal action, for each of us is a complete
thought entity and this completeness makes it possible for us to receive only
as we give.
5. We cannot obtain what we lack if we tenaciously cling to what we have. We
are able to consciously control our conditions as we come to sense the
purpose of what we attract, and are able to extract from each experience only
what we require for our further growth. Our ability to do this determines the
degree of harmony or happiness we attain.
6. The ability to appropriate what we require for our growth, continually
increases as we reach higher planes and broader visions, and the greater our
abilities to know what we require, the more certain we shall be to discern its
presence, to attract it and to absorb it. Nothing may reach us except what is
necessary for our growth.
7. All conditions and experiences that come to us do so for our benefit.
Difficulties and obstacles will continue to come until we absorb their wisdom
and gather from them the essentials of further growth.
8. That we reap what we sow is mathematically exact. We gain permanent
strength exactly to the extent of the effort required to overcome difficulties.
9. The inexorable requirements of growth demand that we exert the greatest
degree of attraction for what is perfectly in accord with us. Our highest
happiness will be best attained through our understanding of, and conscious
cooperation with natural laws.
- 162 -
“Before The Secret”
10. In order to possess vitality thought must be impregnated with love. Love is a
product of the emotions. It is therefore essential that the emotions be
controlled and guided by the intellect and reason.
11. It is love which imparts vitality to thought and thus enables it to germinate.
The law of attraction, or the law of love, for they are one and the same, will
bring to it the necessary material for its growth and maturity.
12. The first form which thought will find is language, or words; this determines
the importance of words; they are the first manifestation of thought -- the
vessels in which thought is carried. They take hold of the ether and by setting
it in motion reproduce the thought to others in the form of sound.
13. Thought may lead to action of any kind, but whatever the action, it is simply
the thought attempting to express itself in visible form. It is evident, therefore,
that if we wish desirable conditions, we can afford to entertain only desirable
thoughts.
14. This leads to the inevitable conclusion that if we wish to express abundance
in our lives, we can afford to think abundance only, and as words are only
thoughts taking form, we must be especially careful to use nothing but
constructive and harmonious language, which when finally crystallized into
objective forms, will prove to our advantage.
15. We cannot escape from the pictures we incessantly photograph on the mind,
and this photography of erroneous conceptions is exactly what is being done
by the use of words, when we use any form of language which is not
identified with our welfare.
16. We manifest more and more life as our thought becomes clarified and takes
higher planes. This is obtained with greater facility as we use word pictures
that are clearly defined, and relieved of the conceptions attached to them on
lower planes of thought.
17. It is with words that we must express our thoughts, and if we are to make use
of higher forms of truth, we may use only such material as has been carefully
and intelligently selected with this purpose in view.
18. This wonderful power of clothing thoughts in the form of words is what
differentiates man from the rest of the animal kingdom; by the use of the
- 163 -
“Before The Secret”
written word he has been enabled to look back over the centuries and see the
stirring scenes by which he has come into his present inheritance.
19. He has been enabled to come into communion with the greatest writers and
thinkers of all time, and the combined record which we possess today is
therefore the expression of Universal Thought as it has been seeking to take
form in the mind of Man.
20. We know that the Universal Thought has for its goal the creation of form, and
we know that the individual thought is likewise forever attempting to express
itself in form, and we know that the word is a thought form, and a sentence is
a combination of thought forms, therefore, if we wish our ideal to be beautiful
or strong, we must see that the words out of which this temple will eventually
be created are exact, that they are put together carefully, because accuracy
in building words and sentences is the highest form of architecture in
civilization and is a passport to success.
21. Words are thoughts and are therefore an invisible and invincible power which
will finally objectify themselves in the form they are given.
22. Words may become mental places that will live forever, or they may become
shacks which the first breeze will carry away. They may delight the eye as
well as the ear; they may contain all knowledge; in them we find the history of
the past as well as the hope of the future; they are living messengers from
which every human and superhuman activity is born.
23. The beauty of the word consists in the beauty of the thought; the power of the
word consists in the power of the thought, and the power of the thought
consists in its vitality. How shall we identify a vital thought? What are its
distinguishing characteristics? It must have principle. How shall we identify
principle?
24. There is a principle of Mathematics, but none of error; there is a principle of
health, but none of disease; there is a principle of truth, but none of
dishonesty; there is a principle of light, but none of darkness, and there is a
principle of abundance, but none of poverty.
25. How shall we know that this is true? Because if we apply the principle of
Mathematics correctly we shall be certain of our results. Where there is health
there will be no disease. If we know the Truth we cannot be deceived by
- 164 -
“Before The Secret”
error. If we let in light there can be no darkness, and where there is
abundance there can be no poverty.
26. These are self-evident facts, but the all-important truth that a thought
containing principle is vital and therefore contains life and consequently takes
root, and eventually but surely and certainly displace the negative thoughts,
which by their very nature can contain no vitality, is one which seems to have
been overlooked.
27. But this is a fact which will enable you to destroy every manner of discord,
lack and limitation.
28. There can be no question but that he who "is wise enough to understand" will
readily recognize that the creative power of thought places an invincible
weapon in his hands and makes him a master of destiny.
29. In the physical world there is a law of compensation which is that "the
appearance of a given amount of energy anywhere means the disappearance
of the same amount somewhere else," and so we find that we can get only
what we give; if we pledge ourselves to a certain action we must be prepared
to assume the responsibility for the development of that action. The
subconscious cannot reason. It takes us at our word; we have asked for
something; we are now to receive it; we have made our bed, we are now to
lie in it; the die has been cast; the threads will carry out the pattern we have
made.
30. For this reason Insight must be exercised so that the thought which we
entertain contains no mental, moral or physical germ which we do not wish
objectified in our lives.
31. Insight is a faculty of the mind whereby we are enabled to examine facts and
conditions at long range, a kind of human telescope; it enables us to
understand the difficulties, as well as the possibilities, in any undertaking.
32. Insight enables us to be prepared for the obstacles which we shall meet; we
can therefore overcome them before they have any opportunity of causing
difficulty.
33. Insight enables us to plan to advantage and turn our thought and attention in
the right direction, instead of into channels which can yield no possible return.
- 165 -
“Before The Secret”
34. Insight is therefore absolutely essential for the development of any great
achievement, but with it we may enter, explore and possess any mental field.
35. Insight is a product of the world within and is developed in the Silence, by
concentration.
36. For your exercise this week, concentrate on Insight; take your accustomed
position and focus the thought on the fact that to have knowledge of the
creative power of thought does not mean to possess the art of thinking. Let
the thought dwell on the fact that knowledge does not apply itself. That our
actions are not governed by knowledge, but by custom, precedent and habit.
That the only way we can get ourselves to apply knowledge is by a
determined conscious effort. Call to mind the fact that knowledge unused
passes from the mind, that the value of the information is in the application of
the principle; continue this line of thought until you gain sufficient insight to
formulate a definite program for applying this principle to your own particular
problem.
"Think truly, and thy thoughts
Shall the world's famine feed;
Speak truly, and each word of thine
Shall be a fruitful seed;
Live truly, and thy life shall be
A great and noble creed."
- Horatio Bonar
- 166 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON FIFTEEN Study Questions with Answers
141Q: What determines the degree of harmony which we attain?
141A: Our ability to appropriate what we require for our growth from each
experience.
142Q: What do difficulties and obstacles indicate?
142A: That they are necessary for our wisdom and spiritual growth.
143Q: How may these difficulties be avoided?
143A: By a conscious understanding of and cooperation with Natural laws.
144Q: What is the principle by which thought manifests itself in form?
144A: The Law of Attraction.
145Q: How is the necessary material secured by which the growth,
development and maturity of the idea take form?
145A: The law of love, which is the creative principle of the Universe, imparts vitality
to the thought, and the law of attraction brings the necessary substance by the law of
growth.
146Q: How are desirable conditions secured?
146A: By entertaining desirable thoughts only.
147Q: How are undesirable conditions brought about?
147A: By thinking, discussing and visualizing conditions of lack, limitation, disease,
disharmony and discord of every kind. This mental photography of erroneous
conceptions is taken up by the subconscious and the law of attraction will inevitable
crystallizes it into objective form. That we reap what we sow is scientifically exact.
148Q: How can we overcome every kind of fear, lack, limitation, poverty and
discord?
148A: By substituting principle for error.
149Q: How may we recognize principle?
149A: By a conscious realization of the fact that Truth invariably destroys error. We
do not have to laboriously shovel the darkness out; all that is necessary is to turn on
the light. The same principle applies to every form of negative thought.
150Q: What is the value of Insight?
150A: It enables us to understand the value of making application of the knowledge
which we gain. Many seem to think that knowledge will automatically apply itself,
which is by no means true.
- 167 -
“Before The Secret”
"To every man there openeth a way,
And the high soul climbs the high way,
And the low soul gropes the low;
And in between on the misty flats,
The rest drift to and fro.
But to every man there openeth
A high way and a low
And every man decideth
The way his soul shall go."
- 168 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON SIXTEEN
The vibratory activities of the planetary Universe are governed by a law of
periodicity. Everything that lives has periods of birth, growth, fruitage, and decline.
These periods are governed by the Septimal Law.
The Law of Sevens governs the days of the week, the phases of the moon, the
harmonies of sound, light, heat, electricity, magnetism, and atomic structure. It
governs the life of individuals and of nations, and it dominates the activities of the
commercial world.
Life is growth, and growth is change, each seven years period takes us into a new
cycle. The first seven years is the period of infancy. The next seven the period of
childhood, representing the beginning of individual responsibility. The next seven
represents the period of adolescence. The fourth period marks the attainment of full
growth. The fifth period is the constructive period, when men begin to acquire
property, possessions, a home and family. The next from 35 to 42, is a period of
reactions and changes, and this in turn is followed by a period of reconstruction,
adjustment and recuperation, so as to be ready for a new cycle of sevens, beginning
with the fiftieth year.
- 169 -
“Before The Secret”
There are many who think that the world is just bout to pass out of the sixth period;
that it will soon enter into the seventh period, the period of readjustment,
reconstruction and harmony; the period which is frequently referred to as the
Millennium.
Those familiar with these cycles will not be disturbed when things seem to go wrong,
but can apply the principle outlined in these lessons with the full assurance that a
higher law will invariably control all other laws, and that through an understanding
and conscious operation of spiritual laws, we can convert every seeming difficulty
into a blessing.
- 170 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON SIXTEEN
1. Wealth is a product of labor. Capital is an effect, not a cause; a servant, not a
master; a means, not an end.
2. The most commonly accepted definition of wealth is that it consists of all
useful and agreeable things which possess exchange value. It is this
exchange value which is the predominant characteristic of wealth.
3. When we consider the small addition made by wealth to the happiness of the
possessor, we find that the true value consists not in its utility but in its
exchange.
4. This exchange value makes it a medium for securing the things of real value
whereby our ideals may be realized.
5. Wealth should then never be desired as an end, but simply as a means of
accomplishing an end. Success is contingent upon a higher ideal than the
mere accumulation of riches, and he who aspires to such success must
formulate an ideal for which he is willing to strive.
6. With such an ideal in mind, the ways and means can and will be provided, but
the mistake must not be made of substituting the means for the end. There
must be a definite fixed purpose, an ideal.
7. Prentice Mulford said: "The man of success is the man possessed of the
greatest spiritual understanding and every great fortune comes of superior
and truly spiritual power." Unfortunately, there are those who fail to recognize
this power; they forget that Andrew Carnegie's mother had to help support the
family when they came to America, that Harriman's father was a poor
clergyman with a salary of only $200.00 a year, that Sir Thomas Lipton
started with only 25 cents. These men had no other power to depend upon,
but it did not fail them.
8. The power to create depends entirely upon spiritual power; there are three
steps, idealization, visualization and materialization. Every captain of industry
depends upon this power exclusively. In an article in everybody’s Magazine,
Henry M. Flagler, the Standard Oil multi-millionaire, admitted that the secret
of his success was his power to see a thing in its completeness. The following
conversation with the reporter shows his power of idealization, concentration
and visualization, all spiritual powers:
- 171 -
“Before The Secret”
9. "Did you actually vision to yourself the whole thing? I mean, did you, or could
you, really close your eyes and see the tracks? And the trains running? and
hear the whistles blowing: Did you go as far as that?" "Yes." "How clearly?"
"Very clearly."
10. Here we have a vision of the law, we see "cause and effect", we see that
thought necessarily precedes and determines action. If we are wise, we shall
come into a realization of the tremendous fact that no arbitrary condition can
exist for a moment, and that human experience is the result of an orderly and
harmonious sequence.
11. The successful business man is more often than not an idealist and is every
striving for higher and higher standards. The subtle forces of thought as they
crystallize in our daily moods are what constitute life.
12. Thought is the plastic material with which we build images of our growing
conception of life. Use determines its existence. As in all other things our
ability to recognize it and use it properly is the necessary condition for
attainment.
13. Premature wealth is but the forerunner of humiliation and disaster, because
we cannot permanently retain anything which we do not merit or which we
have not earned.
14. The conditions, with which we meet in the world without, correspond to the
conditions which we find in the world within. This is brought about by the law
of attraction. How then shall we determine what is to enter into the world
within?
15. Whatever enters the mind through the senses or the objective mind will
impress the mind and result in a mental image which will become a pattern
for the creative energies. These experiences are largely the result of
environment, chance, past thinking and other forms of negative thought, and
must be subjected to careful analysis before being entertained. On the other
hand, we can form our own mental images, through our own interior
processes of thought regardless of the thoughts of others, regardless of
exterior conditions, regardless of environment of every kind, and it is by the
exercise of this power that we can control our own destiny, body, mind and
soul.
- 172 -
“Before The Secret”
16. It is by the exercise of this power that we take our fate out of the hands of
chance, and consciously make for ourselves the experiences which we
desire, because when we consciously realize a condition, that condition will
eventually manifest in our lives; it is therefore evident that in the last analysis
thinking is the one great cause in life.
17. Therefore, to control thought is to control circumstances, conditions,
environment, and destiny.
18. How then we to control are thought; what is the process? To think is to create
a thought, but the result of the thought will depend upon its form, its quality
and its vitality.
19. The form will depend upon the mental images from which it emanates; this
will depend upon the depth of the impression, the predominance of the idea,
the clarity of the vision, the boldness of the image.
20. The quality depends upon its substance, and this depends upon the material
of which the mind is composed; if this material has been woven from thoughts
of vigor, strength, courage, determination, the thought will possess these
qualities.
21. And finally, the vitality depends upon the feeling with which the thought is
impregnated. If the thought is constructive, it will possess vitality; it will have
life, it will grow, develop, expand, it will be creative; it will attract to itself
everything necessary for its complete development.
22. If the thought is destructive, it will have within itself the germ of its own
dissolution; it will die, but in the process of dying, it will bring sickness,
disease, and every other form of discord.
23. This we call evil, and when we bring it upon ourselves, some of us are
disposed to attribute our difficulties to a Supreme Being, but this Supreme
Being is simply Mind in equilibrium.
24. It is neither good nor bad, it simply is.
25. Our ability to differentiate it into form is our ability to manifest good or evil.
- 173 -
“Before The Secret”
26. Good and evil therefore are not entities, they are simply words which we use
to indicate the result of our actions, and these actions are in turn
predetermined by the character of our thought.
27. If our thought is constructive and harmonious we manifest good; if it is
destructive and discordant we manifest evil.
28. If you desire to visualize a different environment, the process is simply to hold
the ideal in mind, until your vision has been made real; give no thought to
persons, places or things; these have no place in the absolute; the
environment you desire will contain everything necessary; the right persons,
and the right things will come at the right time and in the right place.
29. It is sometimes not plain how character, ability, attainment, achievement,
environment and destiny can be controlled through the power of visualization,
but this is an exact scientific fact.
30. You will readily see that what we think determines the quality of mind, and
that the quality of mind in turn determines our ability and mental capacity, and
you can readily understand that the improvement in our ability will naturally be
followed by increase in attainment and a greater control of circumstances.
31. It will thus be seen that Natural laws work in a perfectly natural and
harmonious manner; everything seems to "just happen." If you want any
evidence of this fact simply compare results of your efforts in your own life,
when your actions were prompted by high ideals and when you had selfish or
ulterior motives in mind. You will need no further evidence.
32. If you wish to bring about the realization of any desire, form a mental picture
of success in your mind, by consciously visualizing your desire; in this way
you will be compelling success, you will be externalizing it in your life by
scientific methods.
33. We can only see what already exists in the objective world, but what we
visualize already exists in the spiritual world, and this visualization is a
substantial token of what will one day appear in the objective world, if we are
faithful to our ideal. The reason for this is not difficult; visualization is a form of
imagination; this process of thinking forms impressions on the mind, and
these impressions in turn form concepts and ideals, and they in turn are the
plans from which the Master architect will weave the future.
- 174 -
“Before The Secret”
34. The psychologists have come to the conclusion that there is but one sense,
the sense of feeling, and that all other senses are but modifications of this
one sense; this being true, we know why feeling is the very fountain head of
power, why the emotions so easily overcome the intellect, and why we must
put feeling into our thought, if we wish results. Thought and feeling is the
irresistible combination.
35. Visualization must, of course, be directed by the will; we are to visualize
exactly what we want; we must be careful not to let the imagination run riot.
Imagination is a good servant but a poor master, and unless it is controlled it
may easily lead us into all kinds of speculations and conclusions which have
no basis or foundation of fact whatever. Every kind of plausible opinion is
liable to be accepted without any analytical examination and the inevitable
result is mental chaos.
36. We must therefore construct only such mental images as are known to be
scientifically true. Subject every idea to a searching analysis and accept
nothing which is not scientifically exact. When you do this you will attempt
nothing but what you know you can carry out and success will crown your
efforts; this is what businessmen call far-sightedness; it is much the same as
insight, and is one of the great secrets of success in all important
undertakings.
37. For your exercise this week, try to bring yourself to a realization of the
important fact that harmony and happiness are states of consciousness and
do not depend upon the possession of things. That things are effects and
come as a consequence of correct mental states. So that if we desire material
possession of any kind our chief concern should be to acquire the mental
attitude which will bring about the result desired. This mental attitude is
brought about by a realization of our spiritual nature and our unity with the
Universal Mind which is the substance of all things. This realization will bring
about everything which is necessary for our complete enjoyment. This is
scientific or correct thinking. When we succeed in bringing about this mental
attitude it is comparatively easy to realize our desire as an already
accomplished fact; when we can do this we shall have found the "Truth"
which makes us "free" from every lack or limitation of any kind.
"A man might frame and let loose a star, to roll in its orbit, and yet not have done so
memorable a thing before God as he who lets a golden-orbed thought to roll through
the generations of time." - H. W. Beecher
- 175 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON SIXTEEN Study Questions with Answers
151Q: Upon what does wealth depend?
151A: Upon an understanding of the creative nature of thought.
152Q: Upon what does its true value consist?
152A: Upon its exchange value.
153Q: Upon what does success depend?
153A: Upon spiritual power.
154Q: Upon what does this power depend?
154A: Upon use; use determines its existence.
155Q: How may we take our fate out of the hands of chance?
155A: By consciously realizing the conditions which we desire to see manifested in
our lives.
156Q: What then is the greatest business of life?
156A: Thinking- CORRECT Thinking!
157Q: Why is this so?
157A: Because thought is spiritual and therefore creative. To consciously
control thought is therefore to control circumstances, conditions, environment and
destiny.
158Q: What is the source of all evil?
158A: Destructive thinking.
159Q: What is the source of all good?
159A: Scientific correct thinking.
160Q: What is scientific thinking?
160A: Recognition of the creative nature of spiritual energy and our ability to control
it.
“The greatest events of an age are its best thoughts. It is the nature of thought to find
its way into action." -Bovee.
- 176 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON SEVENTEEN
The kind of Deity which a man, consciously or unconsciously, worships, indicates the
intellectual status of the worshipper.
Ask the Indian of God, and he will describe to you a powerful chieftain of a glorious
tribe. Ask the Pagan of God, and he will tell you of a God of fire, a God of water, a
god of this, that, and the other.
Ask the Israelite of God, and he will tell you of the God of Moses, who conceived it
expedient to rule by coercive measures; hence, the Ten Commandments. Or of
Joshua, who led the Israelites into battle, confiscated property, murdered the
prisoners, and laid waste to cities.
The so-called heathen made "graven images" of their Gods, whom they were
accustomed to worship, but among the most intelligent, at least, these images were
but the visible fulcrums with which they were enabled to mentally concentrate on the
qualities which they desired to externalize in their lives.
We of the twenty-first century worship a God of Love in theory, but in practice we
make for ourselves "graven images" of "Wealth," "Power," "Fashion," "Custom" and
"Conventionality."
- 177 -
“Before The Secret”
We "fall down" before them and worship them. We concentrate on them and they are
thereby externalized in our lives.
The student who masters the contents of lesson Seventeen will not mistake the
symbols for the reality; he will be interested in causes, rather than effects. He will
concentrate on the realities of life, and will then not be disappointed in the results
(which are the effects form the causes).
- 178 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON SEVENTEEN
1. We are told that Man has "dominion over all things"; this dominion is
established through Mind. Thought is the activity which controls every
principle beneath it. The highest principle by reason of its superior essence
and qualities necessarily determines the circumstances, aspects and relation
of everything with which it comes in contact.
2. The vibrations of mental forces are the finest and consequently the most
powerful in existence. To those who perceive the nature and transcendency
of mental force, all physical power sinks into insignificance.
3. We are accustomed to look upon the Universe with a lens of five senses, and
from these experiences our anthropomorphic conceptions originate, but true
conceptions are only secured by spiritual insight. This insight requires a
quickening of the vibrations of the Mind, and is only secured when the mind is
continuously concentrated in a given direction.
4. Continuous concentration means an even, unbroken flow of thought and is
the result of patient, persistent, persevering and well-regulated system.
5. Great discoveries are the result of long-continued investigation. The science
of mathematics requires years of concentrated effort to master it, and the
greatest science -- that of the Mind -- is revealed only through concentrated
effort.
6. Concentration is much misunderstood; there seems to be an idea of effort or
activity associated with it, when just the contrary is necessary. The greatness
of an actor lies in the fact that he forgets himself in the portrayal of his
character, becoming so identified with it, that the audience is swayed by the
realism of the performance. This will give you a good idea of true
concentration; you should be so interested in your thought, so engrossed in
your subject, as to be conscious of nothing else. Such concentration leads to
intuitive perception and immediate insight into the nature of the object
concentrated upon.
7. All knowledge is the result of concentration of this kind; it is thus that the
secrets of Heaven and Earth have been wrested; it is thus that the mind
becomes a magnet and the desire to know draws the knowledge, irresistibly
attracts it, makes it your own.
- 179 -
“Before The Secret”
8. Desire is largely subconscious; conscious desire rarely realizes its object
when the latter is out of immediate reach. Subconscious desire arouses the
latent faculties of the mind, and difficult problems seem to solve themselves.
9. The subconscious mind may be aroused and brought into action in any
direction and made to serve us for any purpose, by concentration. The
practice of concentration requires the control of the physical, mental, and
physical being; all modes of consciousness whether physical, mental, or
physical, must be under control.
10. Spiritual Truth is therefore the controlling factor; it is this which will enable you
to grow out of limited attainment and reach a point where you will be able to
translate modes of thought into character and consciousness.
11. Concentration does not mean mere thinking of thoughts, but the
transmutation of these thoughts into practical values; the average person has
no conception of the meaning of concentration. There is always the cry "to
have" but never the cry "to be"; they fail to understand that they cannot have
one without the other, that they must first find the "kingdom" before they can
have the "things added." Momentary enthusiasm is of no value; it is only with
unbounded self-confidence that the goal is reached.
12. The mind may place the ideal a little too high and fall short of the mark; it may
attempt to soar on untrained wings and instead of flying, fall to earth; but that
is no reason for not making another attempt.
13. Weakness is the only barrier to mental attainment; attribute your weakness to
physical limitations or mental uncertainties and try again; ease and perfection
are gained by repetition.
14. The astronomer centers his mind on the stars and they give forth their
secrets; the geologists centers his mind on the construction of the earth and
we have geology; so with all things. Men center their minds on the problems
of life, and the result is apparent in the vast and complex social order of the
day.
15. All mental discovery and attainment are the result of desire plus
concentration; desire is the strongest mode of action; the more persistent the
desire, the more authoritative the revelation. Desire added to concentration
will wrench any secret from nature.
- 180 -
“Before The Secret”
16. In realizing great thoughts, in experiencing great emotions that correspond
with great thoughts, the mind is in a state where it appreciates the value of
higher things.
17. The intensity of one moment's earnest concentration and the intense longing
to become and to attain may take you further than years of slow normal and
forced effort; it will unfasten the prison bars of unbelief, weakness, impotence
and self-belittlement, and you will come into a realization of the joy of
overcoming.
18. The spirit of initiative and originality is developed through persistence and
continuity of mental effort. Business teaches the value of concentration and
encourages decision of character; it develops practical insight and quickness
of conclusion. The mental element in every commercial pursuit is dominant as
the controlling factor, and desire is the predominating force; all commercial
relations are the externalization of desire.
19. Many of the sturdy and substantial virtues are developed in commercial
employment; the mind is steadied and directed; it becomes efficient. The
principal necessity is the strengthening of the mind so that it rises superior to
the distractions and wayward impulses of instinctive life and thus successfully
overcomes in the conflict between the higher and lower self.
20. All of us are dynamos, but the dynamo of itself is nothing; the mind must work
the dynamo; then it is useful and its energy can be definitely concentrated.
The mind is an engine whose power is undreamed; thought is an Omniworking power. It is the ruler and creator of all form and all events occurring in
form. Physical energy is nothing in comparison with the omnipotence of
thought, because thought enables man to harness all other natural power.
21. Vibration is the action of thought; it is vibration which reaches out and attracts
the material necessary to construct and build. There is nothing mysterious
concerning the power of thought; concentration simply implies that
consciousness can be focalized to the point where it becomes identified with
the object of its attention. As food absorbed is the essence of the body, so the
mind absorbs the object of its attention, gives it life and being.
22. If you concentrate on some matter of importance, the intuitive power will be
set in operation, and help will come in the nature of information which will
lead to success.
- 181 -
“Before The Secret”
23. Intuition arrives at conclusions without the aid of experience or memory.
Intuition often solves problems that are beyond the grasp of the reasoning
power. Intuition often comes with a suddenness that is startling; it reveals the
truth for which we are searching, so directly that it seems to come from a
higher power. Intuition can be cultivated and developed; in order to do this it
must be recognized and appreciated; if the intuitive visitor is given a royal
welcome when he comes, he will come again; the more cordial the welcome
the more frequent his visits will become, but if he is ignored or neglected he
will make his visits few and far apart.
24. Intuition usually comes in the Silence; great minds seek solitude frequently; it
is here that all the larger problems of life are worked out. For this reason
every businessman who can afford it has a private office, where he will not be
disturbed; if you cannot afford a private office you can at least find
somewhere, where you can be alone a few minutes each day, to train the
thought along lines which will enable you to develop that invincible power
which is necessary to achieve.
25. Remember that fundamentally the subconscious is omnipotent; there is no
limit to the things that can be done when it is given the power to act. Your
degree of success is determined by the nature of your desire. If the nature of
your desire is in harmony with Natural Law or the Universal Mind, it will
gradually emancipate the mind and give you invincible courage.
26. Every obstacle conquered, every victory gained, will give you more faith in
your power, and you will have greater ability to win. Your strength is
determined by your mental attitude; if this attitude is one of success, and is
permanently held with an unswerving purpose, you will attract to you from the
invisible domain the things you silently demand.
27. By keeping the thought in mind, it will gradually take tangible form. A definite
purpose sets causes in motion which go out in the invisible world and find the
material necessary to serve your purpose.
28. You may be pursuing the symbols of power, instead of power itself. You may
be pursuing fame instead of honor, riches instead of wealth, position instead
of servitude; in either event you will find that they turn to ashes just as you
overtake them.
29. Premature wealth or position cannot be retained because it has not been
earned; we get only what we give, and those who try to get without giving
- 182 -
“Before The Secret”
always find that the law of compensation is relentlessly bringing about an
exact equilibrium.
30. The race has usually been for money and other mere symbols of power, but
with an understanding of the true source of power, we can afford to ignore the
symbols. The man with a large bank account finds it unnecessary to load his
pockets down with gold; so with the man who has found the true source of
power; he is no longer interested in its shams or pretensions.
31. Thought ordinarily leads outwardly in evolutionary directions, but it can be
turned within where it will take hold of the basic principles of things, the heart
of things, the spirit of things. When you get to the heart of things it is
comparatively easy to understand and command them.
32. This is because the Spirit of a thing is the thing itself, the vital part of it, the
real substance. The form is simply the outward manifestation of the spiritual
activity within.
33. For your exercise this week concentrate as nearly as possible in accordance
with the method outlined in this lesson; let there be no conscious effort or
activity associated with your purpose. Relax completely, avoid any thought of
anxiety as to results. Remember that power comes through repose. Let the
thought dwell upon your object, until it is completely identified with it, until you
are conscious of nothing else.
34. If you wish to eliminate fear, concentrate on courage.
35. If you wish to eliminate lack, concentrate on abundance.
36. If you wish to eliminate disease, concentrate on health.
37. Always concentrate on the ideal as an already existing fact; this is the germ
cell, the life principle which goes forth and sets in motion those causes which
guide, direct and bring about the necessary relation, which eventually
manifest in form.
"Thought is the property of those only who can entertain it." – Emerson
- 183 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON SEVENTEEN Study Questions with Answers
161Q: What is the true method of concentration?
161A: To become so identified wit the object of your thought that you are conscious
of nothing else.
162Q: What is the result of this method of concentration?
162A: Invisible forces are set in motion which irresistibly brings about conditions in
correspondence with your thought.
163Q: What is the controlling factor in this method of thought?
163A: Spiritual Truth.
164Q: Why is this so?
164A: Because the nature of our desire must be in harmony with Natural Law.
165Q: What is the practical value of this method of concentration?
165A: Thought is transmuted into character, and character is the magnet which
creates the environment of the individual.
166Q: What is the controlling factor in every commercial pursuit?
166A: The mental element.
167Q: Why is this so?
168A: Because Mind is the ruler and creator of all form and all events occurring
in form.
168Q: How does concentration operate?
168A: By the development of the powers of perception, wisdom, intuition, and
sagacity.
169Q: Why is intuition superior to reason?
Because it does not depend upon experience or memory and frequently brings about
the solution to our problems by methods concerning which we are in entire
ignorance.
170Q: What is the result of pursuing the symbol of the reality?
170A: They frequently turn to ashes just as we overtake them, because the symbol
is only the outward form of the spiritual activity within, therefore unless we can
possess the spiritual reality, the form disappears.
- 184 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON EIGHTEEN
In order to grow we must obtain what is necessary for our growth. This is brought
about through the law of attraction. This principle is the sole means by which the
individual is differentiated from the Universal.
Think for a moment, what would man be if he were not a husband, father, or brother,
if he were not interested in the social, economical, political or religious world. He
would be nothing but an abstract theoretical ego. He exists, therefore, only in his
relation to the whole, in his relation to other men, in his relation to society. This
relation constitutes his environment and in no other way.
It is evident, therefore, that the individual is simply the differentiation of the one
Universal Mind "which lighteth every man that cometh into the world," and his socalled individuality or personality consists of nothing but the manner in which he
relates with the whole.
This we call his environment and is brought about by the law of attraction. Lesson
Eighteen, which follows, has something more to say concerning this important law.
- 185 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON EIGHTEEN
1. There is a change in the thought of the world. This change is silently
transpiring in our midst, and is more important than any which the world has
undergone since the downfall of Paganism.
2. These present revolution in the opinions of all classes of men, the highest
and most cultured of men as well as those of the laboring class, stands
unparalleled in the history of the world.
3. Science has of late made such vast discoveries, has revealed such an infinity
of resources, has unveiled such enormous possibilities and such
unsuspected forces, that scientific men more and more hesitate to affirm
certain theories as established and beyond doubt or to deny other theories as
absurd or impossible.
4. A new civilization is being born; customs, creeds, and precedent are passing;
vision, faith and service are taking their place. The fetters of tradition are
being melted off from humanity, and as the impurities of materialism are
being consumed, thought is being liberated and truth is rising full robed
before an astonished multitude.
5. The whole world is on the eve of a new consciousness, a new power, and a
new realization within the self.
6. Physical Science has resolved matter into molecules, molecules into atoms,
atoms into energy, and it has remained for Mr. J. A. Fleming, in an address
before the Royal Institution, to resolve this energy into mind. He says, "In its
ultimate essence, energy may be incomprehensible by us except as an
exhibition of the direct operation of that which we call Mind or Will."
7. And this mind is the indwelling and ultimate. It is imminent in matter as in
spirit. It is the sustaining, energizing, all pervading Spirit of the universe.
8. Every living thing must be sustained by this omnipotent Intelligence, and we
find the difference in individual lives to be largely measured by the degree of
this intelligence, which they manifest. It is greater intelligence that places the
animal in a higher scale of being than the plant, the man higher than the
animal, and we find that this increased intelligence is again indicated by the
power of the individual to control modes of action and thus to consciously
adjust himself to his environment.
- 186 -
“Before The Secret”
9. It is this adjustment that occupies the attention of the greatest minds, and this
adjustment consists in nothing else than the recognition of an existing order in
the universal mind, for it is well known that this mind will obey us precisely in
proportion as we first obey it.
10. It is the recognition of Natural Laws that has enabled us to annihilate time and
space, to soar in the air and to make iron float, and the greater the degree of
intelligence the greater will be our recognition of these Natural Laws and the
greater will be the power we can possess.
11. It is the recognition of the self as an individualization of this Universal
Intelligence that enables the individual to control those forms of intelligence
which have not yet reached this level of self-recognition; they do not know
that this Universal Intelligence permeates all things ready to be called into
action; they do not know that it is responsive to every demand, and they are
therefore in bondage to the law of their own being.
12. Thought is creative and the principle on which the law is based is sound and
legitimate and is inherent in the nature of things; but this creative power does
not originate in the individual, but in the universal, which is the source and
foundation of all energy and substance; the individual is simply the channel
for the distribution of this energy.
13. The individual is simply the means by which the universal produces the
various combinations which result in the formation of phenomena, which
depends upon the law of vibration, whereby various rates of rapidity of motion
in the primary substance form new substances only in certain exact numerical
ratios.
14. Thought is the invisible link by which the individual comes into communication
with the Universal, the finite with the Infinite, the seen with the Unseen.
Thought is the magic by which the human is transformed into a being who
thinks and knows and feels and acts.
15. As the proper apparatus has enabled the eye to discover worlds without
number millions of miles away, so, with the proper understanding, man has
been enabled to communicate with the Universal Mind, the source of all
power.
16. The Understanding which is usually developed is about as valuable as a VCR
without a videotape; in fact, it is usually nothing more than a "belief", which
- 187 -
“Before The Secret”
means nothing at all. The savages of the Cannibal Islands believe something;
but that proves nothing.
17. The only belief which is of any value to anyone is a belief that has been put to
a test and demonstrated to be a fact; it is then no longer a belief, but has
become a living Faith or Truth.
18. And this Truth has been put to the test by hundreds of thousands of people
and has been found to be the Truth exactly in proportion to the usefulness of
the apparatus which they used.
19. A man would not expect to locate stars hundreds of millions of miles away
without a sufficiently strong telescope, and for this reason Science is
continually engaged in building larger and more powerful telescopes and is
continually rewarded by additional knowledge of the heavenly bodies.
20. So with understanding; men are continually making progress in the methods
which they use to come into communication with the Universal Mind and its
infinite possibilities.
21. The Universal Mind manifests itself in the objective, through the principle of
attraction that each atom has for every other atom, in infinite degrees of
intensity.
22. It is by this principle of combining and attracting that things are brought
together. This principle is of universal application and is the sole means
whereby the purpose of existence is carried into effect.
23. The expression of growth is met in a most beautiful manner through the
instrumentality of this Universal Principle.
24. In order to grow we must obtain what is essential for our growth, but as we
are at all times a complete thought entity, this completeness makes it
possible for us to receive only as we give; growth is therefore conditioned on
reciprocal action, and we find that on the mental plane like attracts like, that
mental vibrations respond only to the extent of their vibratory harmony.
25. It is clear, therefore, that thoughts of abundance will respond only to similar
thoughts; the wealth of the individual is seen to be what he inherently is.
Affluence within is found to be the secret of attraction for affluence without.
The ability to produce is found to be the real source of wealth of the
- 188 -
“Before The Secret”
individual. It is for this reason that he who has his heart in his work is certain
to meet with unbounded success. He will give and continually give; and the
more he gives, the more he will receive.
26. What do the great financiers of Wall Street, the captains of industry, the
statesmen, the great corporation attorneys, the inventors, the physicians, the
authors -- what do each of these contribute to the sum of human happiness
but the power of their thought?
27. Thought is the energy which the law of attraction is brought into operation,
which eventually manifests in abundance.
28. The Universal Mind is static Mind or Substance in equilibrium. It is
differentiated into form by our power to think. Thought is the dynamic phase
of mind.
29. Power depends upon consciousness of power; unless we use it, we shall lose
it, and unless we are conscious of it, we cannot use it.
30. The use of this power depends upon attention; the degree of attention
determines our capacity for the acquirement of knowledge which is another
name for power.
31. Attention has been held to be the distinguishing mark of genius. The
cultivation of attention depends upon practice.
32. The incentive of attention is interest; the greater the interest, the greater the
attention; the greater the attention, the greater the interest, action and
reaction; begin by paying attention; before long you will have aroused
interest; this interest will attract more attention, and this attention will produce
more interest, and so on. This practice will enable you to cultivate the power
of attention.
33. This week concentrate upon your power to create; seek insight, perception;
try to find a logical basis for the faith which is in you. Let the thought dwell on
the fact that the physical man lives and moves and has his being in the
sustainer of all organic life air, that he must breathe to live. Then let the
thought rest on the fact that the spiritual man also lives and moves and has
his being in a similar but subtler energy upon which he must depend for life,
and that as in the physical world no life assumes form until after a seed is
sown, and no higher fruit than that of the parent stock can be produced; so in
- 189 -
“Before The Secret”
the spiritual world no effect can be produced until the seed is sown and the
fruit will depend upon the nature of the seed, so that the results which you
secure depend upon your perception of law in the mighty domain of
causation, the highest evolution of human consciousness.
"There is no thought in my mind but it quickly tends to convert itself into a power and
organizes a huge instrumentality of means." – Emerson
- 190 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON EIGHTEEN Study Questions with Answers
171Q: How is the difference in individual lives measured?
171A: By the degree of intelligence which they manifest.
172Q: What is the law by which the individual may control other forms of
intelligence?
172A: Recognition of the self as an individualization of the Universal Intelligence.
173Q: Where does the creative power originate?
173A: In the Universal Intelligence.
174Q: How does the Universal create form?
174A: By means of the individual.
175Q: What is the connecting link between the individual and the Universal
Intelligence?
175A: Thought.
176Q: What is the principle by which the means of existence is carried into
effect?
176A: The Law of Love.
177Q: How is this principle brought into expression?
177A: By the law of growth.
178Q: Upon what condition does the law of growth depend?
178A: Upon reciprocal action. The individual is complete at all times and this makes
it possible to receive only as we give.
179Q: What is it that we give?
179A: Thought.
180Q: What do we receive?
180A: Thought, which substance in equilibrium is and which is constantly being
differentiated in form by what we think.
- 191 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON NINETEEN
Fear is a powerful form of thought. It paralyzes the nerve centers, thus affecting the
circulation of the blood. This, in turn, paralyzes the muscular system, so that fear
affects the entire being, body, brain and nerve, physical, mental, and muscular.
Of course the way to overcome fear is to become conscious of power. What is this
mysterious vital force which we call power? We do not know, but then, neither do we
know what electricity is. But we do know that by conforming to the requirements of
the law by which electricity is governed, it will be our obedient servant; that it will light
our homes, our cities, run our machinery, and serve us in many useful capacities.
And so it is with vital force. Although we do not know what it is, and possibly may
never know, we do know that it is a primary force which manifests through living
bodies, and that by complying with the laws and principles by which it is governed,
we can open ourselves to a more abundant inflow of this vital energy, and thus
express the highest possible degree of mental, moral, and spiritual efficiency.
This lesson tells of a very simply way of developing this vital force. If you put into
practice the information outlined in this lesson you will soon develop the sense of
power which has ever been the distinguishing mark of genius.
- 192 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON NINETEEN
1. The search for truth is no longer a haphazard adventure, but it is a systematic
process, and is logical in its operation. Every kind of experience is given a
voice in shaping its decision.
2. In seeking the truth we are seeking ultimate cause; we know that every
human experience is an effect; then if we may ascertain the cause, and if we
shall find that this cause is one which we can consciously control, the effect
or the experience will be within our control also.
3. Human experience will then no longer be the football of fate; a man will not be
the child of fortune, but destiny. Fate and fortune will be controlled as readily
as a captain controls his ship, or an engineer his train.
4. All things are finally resolvable into the same element and as they are thus
translatable, one into the other, they must ever be in relation and may never
be in opposition to one another.
5. In the physical world there are innumerable contrasts, and these may for
convenience sake, be designated by distinctive names. There are sizes,
colors, shades or ends to all things. There is a North Pole, and a South Pole,
an inside and an outside, a seen and an unseen, but these expressions
merely serve to place extremes in contrast.
6. They are names given to two different parts of one quantity. The two
extremes are relative; they are not separate entities, but are two parts or
aspects of the whole.
7. In the mental world we find the same law; we speak of knowledge and
ignorance, but ignorance is but a lack of knowledge and is therefore found to
be simply a word to express the absence of knowledge; it has no principle in
itself.
8. In the Moral World we again find the same law; we speak of good and evil,
but Good is a reality, something tangible, while Evil is found to be simply a
negative condition, the absence of Good. Evil is sometimes thought to be a
very real condition, but it has no principle, no vitality, no life; we know this
because it can always be destroyed by Good; just as Truth destroys Error
and light destroys darkness, so Evil vanishes when Good appears; there is
therefore but one principle in the Moral World.
- 193 -
“Before The Secret”
9. We find exactly the same law obtaining in the Spiritual world; we speak of
Mind and Matter as two separate entities, but clearer insight makes it evident
that there is but one operative principle and that is Mind.
10. Mind is the real and the eternal. Matter is forever changing; we know that in
the eons of time a hundred years is but as a day. If we stand in any large city
and let the eye rest on the innumerable large and magnificent buildings, the
vast array of modern automobiles, cellular telephones, the electric lights, and
all the other conveniences of modern civilization, we may remember that not
one of them was there just over a century ago, and if we could stand on the
same spot in a hundred years from now, in all probability we should find that
but few of them remained.
11. In the animal kingdom we find the same law of change. The millions and
millions of animals come and go, a few years constituting their span of life. In
the plant world the change is still more rapid. Many plants and nearly all
grasses come and go in a single year. When we pass to the inorganic, we
expect to find something more substantial, but as we gaze on the apparently
solid continent, we are told that it arose from the ocean; we see the giant
mountain and are told that the place where it now stands was once a lake;
and as we stand in awe before the great cliffs in the Yosemite Valley we can
easily trace the path of the glaciers which carried all before them.
12. We are in the presence of continual change, and we know that this change is
but the evolution of the Universal Mind, the grand process whereby all things
are continually being created anew, and we come to know that matter is but a
form which Mind takes and is therefore simply a condition. Matter has no
principle; Mind is the only principle.
13. We have then come to know that Mind is the only principle which is operative
in the physical, mental, moral and spiritual world.
14. We also know that this mind is static, mind at rest, we also know that the
ability of the individual to think is his ability to act upon the Universal Mind and
convert it into dynamic mind, or mind in motion.
15. In order to do this fuel must be applied in the form of food, for man cannot
think without eating, and so we find that even a spiritual activity such as
thinking cannot be converted into sources of pleasure and profit except by
making use of material means.
- 194 -
“Before The Secret”
16. It requires energy of some kind to collect electricity and convert it into a
dynamic power, it requires the rays of the sun to give the necessary energy to
sustain plant life, so it also requires energy in the form of food to enable the
individual to think and thereby act upon the Universal Mind.
17. You may know that thought constantly, eternally is taking form, is forever
seeking expression, or you may not, but the fact remains that if your thought
is powerful, constructive, and positive, this will be plainly evident in the state
of your health, your business and your environment; if your thought is weak,
critical, destructive and negative generally, it will manifest in your body as
fear, worry and nervousness, in your finance as lack and limitation, and in
discordant conditions in your environment.
18. All wealth is the offspring of power; possessions are of value only as they
confer power. Events are significant only as they affect power; all things
represent certain forms and degrees of power.
19. A knowledge of cause and effect as shown by the laws governing steam,
electricity, chemical affinity and gravitation enables men to plan courageously
and to execute fearlessly. These laws are called Natural Laws, because they
govern the physical world, but all power is not physical power; there is also
mental power, and there is moral and spiritual power.
20. What are our schools, our universities, but mental powerhouses, places
where mental power is being developed?
21. As there are many mighty powerhouses for the application of power to
ponderous machinery, whereby raw material is collected and converted into
the necessities and comforts of life, so the mental powerhouses collect the
raw material and cultivate and develop it into a power which is infinitely
superior to all the forces of nature, marvelous though they may be.
22. What is this raw material which is being collected in these thousands of
mental powerhouses all over the world and developed into a power which is
evidently controlling every other power? In its static form it is Mind - in its
dynamic form, it is Thought.
23. This power is superior because it exists on a higher plane, because it has
enabled man to discover the law by which these wonderful forces of Nature
could be harnessed and made to do the work of hundreds and thousands of
- 195 -
“Before The Secret”
men. It has enabled man to discover laws whereby time and space have
been annihilated, and the law of gravitation overcomes.
24. Thought is the vital force or energy which is being developed and which has
produced such startling results in the last half century as to bring about a
world which would be absolutely inconceivable to a man existing only 50 or
25 years ago. If such results have been secured by organizing these mental
powerhouses in 50 years, what may not be expected in another 50 years?
25. The substance from which all things are created is infinite in quantity; we
know that light travels at the rate of 186,000 miles per second, and we know
that there are stars so remote that it takes light 2,000 years to reach us, and
we know that such starts exist in all parts of the heaven; we know, too, that
this light comes in waves, so that if the ether on which these waves travel
was not continuous the light would fail to reach us; we can then only come to
the conclusion that this substance, or ether, or raw material, is universally
present.
26. How, then, does it manifest in form? In electrical science a battery is formed
by connecting the opposite poles of zinc and copper, which causes a current
to flow from one to the other and so provides energy. This same process is
repeated in respect to every polarity, and as all form simply depends upon the
rate of vibration and consequent relations of atoms to each other, if we wish
to change the form of manifestation we must change the polarity. This is the
principle of causation.
27. For your exercise this week, concentrate, and when I use the word
concentrate, I mean all that the word implies; become so absorbed in the
object of your thought that you are conscious of nothing else, and do this a
few minutes every day. You take the necessary time to eat in order that the
body may be nourished, why not take the time to assimilate your mental
food?
28. Let the thought rest on the fact that appearances are deceptive. The earth is
not flat, neither is it stationary; the sky is not a dome, the sun does not move,
the stars are not small specks of light, and matter which was once supposed
to be fixed has been found to be in a state of perpetual flux.
29. Try to realize that the day is fast approaching -- its dawn is now at hand -when modes of thought and action must be adjusted to rapidly increasing
knowledge of the operation of eternal principles.
- 196 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON NINETEEN Study Questions with Answers
181Q: How are extremes placed in contrast?
181A: They are designated by distinctive names, such as inside and outside, top and
bottom, light and dark, good and bad.
182Q: Are these separate entities?
182A: No, they are parts or aspects of one Whole.
183Q: What is the one creative Principle in the physical, mental and spiritual
world?
183A: The Universal Mind, or the Eternal Energy from which all things proceed.
184Q: How are we related to this creative Principle?
184A: By our ability to think.
185Q: How does this creative Principle become operative?
185A: Thought is the seed, which results in action and action results in form.
186Q: Upon what does form depend?
186A: Upon the rate of vibration.
187Q: How may the rate of vibration be changed?
187A: By mental action.
188Q: Upon what does mental action depend?
188A: Upon polarity, action and reaction, between the individual and the Universal.
189Q: Does the creative energy originate in the individual or the Universal?
189A: In the Universal, but the Universal can manifest only through the individual.
190Q: Why is the individual necessary?
190A: Because the Universal is static, and requires energy to start it in motion. This
is furnished by food which is converted into energy, which in turn enables the
individual to think. When the individual stops eating he stops thinking; then he no
longer acts upon the Universal; there is consequently no longer any action or
reaction; the Universal is then only pure mind in static form -- mind at rest.
"Silent thought, is, after all, the mightiest agent in human affairs." – Channing
- 197 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON TWENTY
For many years there has been an endless discussion as to the origin of evil.
Theologians have told us that God is Love, and that God is Omnipresent. If this be
true, there is no place where God is not. Where, then, is Evil, Satan and Hell?
Let us see:
God is Spirit.
Spirit is the Creative Principle of the Universe.
Man is made in the image and likeness of God.
Man is therefore a spiritual being.
The only activity which spirit possesses is the power to think.
Thinking is therefore a creative process.
All form is therefore the result of the thinking process.
The destruction of form must also be a result of the thinking process.
- 198 -
“Before The Secret”
Fictitious representations of form are the result of the creative power of thought, as
in Hypnotism.
Apparent representation of form are the result of the creative power of thought, as in
Spiritualism.
Invention, organization and constructive work of all kinds are the result of the
creative power of thought, as in concentration.
When the creative power of thought is manifested for the benefit of humanity, we call
the result good.
When the creative power of thought is manifested in a destructive or evil manner, we
call the result evil.
This indicates the origin of booth good and evil; they are simply words which have
been coined in order to indicate the nature of the result of the thinking or creative
process.
Thought necessarily precedes and predetermines action; action precedes and
predetermines condition.
Lesson Twenty will throw more light upon this important subject.
- 199 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY
1. The spirit of a thing is that thing; it is necessarily fixed, changeless and
eternal. The spirit of you is -- you; without the spirit you would be nothing. It
becomes active through your recognition of it and its possibilities.
2. You may have all the wealth in Christendom, but unless you recognize it and
make use of it, it will have no value; so with your spiritual wealth: unless you
recognize it and use it, it will have no value. The one and only condition of
spiritual power is use or recognition.
3. All great things come through recognition; the scepter of power is
consciousness, and thought is its messenger, and this messenger is
constantly molding the realities of the invisible world into the conditions and
environments of your objective world.
4. Thinking is the true business of life, power is the result. You are at all times
dealing with the magical power of thought and consciousness. What results
can you expect so long as you remain oblivious to the power which has been
placed within your control?
5. So long as you do this you limit yourself to superficial conditions, and make of
yourself a beast of burden for those who think; those who recognize their
power; those who know that unless we are willing to think we shall have to
work, and the less we think the more we shall have to work, and the less we
shall get for our work.
6. The secret of power is a perfect understanding of the principles, forces,
methods and combinations of Mind, and a perfect understanding of our
relationship to the Universal Mind. It is well to remember that this principle is
unchangeable; if this were not so, it would not be reliable; all principles are
changeless.
7. This stability is your opportunity; you are its active attribute, the channel for its
activity; the Universal can act only through the individual.
8. When you begin to perceive that the essence of the Universal is within
yourself -- is you -- you begin to do things; you begin to feel your power; it is
the fuel which fires the imagination; which lights the torch of inspiration; which
gives vitality to thought; which enables you to connect with all the invisible
- 200 -
“Before The Secret”
forces of the Universe. It is this power which will enable you to plan fearlessly,
to execute masterfully.
9. But perception will come only in the Silence; this seems to be the condition
required for all great purposes. You are a visualizing entity. Imagination is
your workshop. It is here that your ideal is to be visualized.
10. As a perfect understanding of the nature of this power is a primary condition
for its manifestation, visualize the entire method over and over again, so that
you may use it whenever occasion requires. The infinity of wisdom is to follow
the method whereby we may have the inspiration of the omnipotent Universal
Mind on demand at any time.
11. We can fail to recognize this world within, and so exclude it from our
consciousness, but it will still be the basic fact of all existence; and when we
learn to recognize it, not only in ourselves, but in all persons, events, things
and circumstances we shall have found the "Kingdom of heaven" which we
are told is "within" us.
12. Our failures are a result of the operation of exactly the same principle; the
principle is unchangeable; its operation is exact, there is no deviation; if we
think lack, limitation, discord, we shall find their fruits on every hand; if we
think poverty, unhappiness or disease, the thought messengers will carry the
summons as readily as any other kind of thought and the result will be just as
certain. If we fear a coming calamity, we shall be able to say with Job, "the
thing I feared has come upon me"; if we think unkindly or ignorantly we shall
thus attract to ourselves the results of our ignorance.
13. This power of thought, if understood and correctly used, is the greatest laborsaving device ever dreamed of, but if not understood or improperly used, the
result will in all probability be disastrous, as we have already seen; by the
help of this power you can confidently undertake things that are seemingly
impossible, because this power is the secret of all inspiration, all genius.
14. To become inspired means to get out of the beaten path, out of the rut,
because extraordinary results require extraordinary means. When we come
into recognition of the Unity of all things and that the source of all power is
within, we tap the source of inspiration.
15. Inspiration is the art of imbibing, the art of self-realization; the art of adjusting
the individual mind to that of the Universal Mind; the art of attaching the
- 201 -
“Before The Secret”
proper mechanism to the source of all power; the art of differentiating the
formless into form; the art of becoming a channel for the flow of Infinite
Wisdom; the art of visualizing perfection; the art of realizing the omnipresence
of Omnipotence.
16. An understanding and appreciation of the fact that the infinite power is
omnipresent and is therefore in the infinitely small as well as the infinitely
large will enable us to absorb its essence; a further understanding of the fact
that this power is spirit and therefore indivisible will enable us to appreciate its
present at all points at the same time.
17. An understanding of these facts, first intellectually and then emotionally, will
enable us to drink deeply from this ocean of infinite power. An intellectual
understanding will be of no assistance; the emotions must be brought into
action; thought without feeling is cold. The required combination is thought
and feeling.
18. Inspiration is from within. The Silence is necessary, the senses must be
stilled, the muscles relaxed, repose cultivated. When you have thus come into
possession of a sense of poise and power you will be ready to receive the
information or inspiration or wisdom which may be necessary for the
development of your purpose.
19. Do not confuse these methods with those of the clairvoyant; they have
nothing in common. Inspiration is the art of receiving and makes for all that is
best in life; your business in life is to understand and command these invisible
forces instead of letting them command and rule you. Power implies service;
inspiration implies power; to understand and apply the method of inspiration
is to become a superman.
20. We can live more abundantly every time we breathe, if we consciously
breathe with that intention. The IF is a very important condition in this case,
as the intention governs the attention, and without the attention you can
secure only the results which everyone else secures. That is, a supply equal
to the demand.
21. In order to secure the larger supply your demand must be increased, and as
you consciously increase the demand the supply will follow, you will find
yourself coming into a larger and larger supply of life, energy and vitality.
- 202 -
“Before The Secret”
22. The reason for this is not difficult to understand, but it is another of the vital
mysteries of life which does not seem to be generally appreciated. If you
make it your own, you will find it one of the great realities of life.
23. We are told that "In Him we live and move and have our being," and we are
told that "He" is a Spirit, and again that "He" is Love, so that every time we
breathe, we breathe this life, love, and spirit. This is Pranic Energy, or Pranic
Ether, we could not exist a moment without it. It is the Cosmic Energy; it is the
Life of the Solar Plexus.
24. Every time we breathe we fill our lungs with air and at the same time vitalize
our body with this Pranic Ether which is Life itself, so that we have the
opportunity of making a conscious connection with All Life, All Intelligence
and All Substance.
25. A knowledge of your relation and oneness with this Principle that governs the
Universe and the simple method whereby you can consciously identify
yourself with it gives you a scientific understanding of a law whereby you may
free yourself from disease, from lack or limitation of any kind; in fact, it
enables you to breathe the "breath of life" into your own nostrils.
26. This "breath of life" is a super-conscious reality. It is the essence of the "I
am." It is pure "Being" or Universal Substance, and our conscious unity with it
enables us to localize it, and thus exercise the powers of this creative energy.
27. Thought is creative vibration and the quality of the conditions created will
depend upon the quality of our thought, because we cannot express powers
which we do not possess. We must "be" before we can "do" and we can "do"
only to the extent to which we "are," and so what we do will necessarily
coincide with what we "are" and what we are depends upon what we "think."
28. Every time you think you start a train of causation which will create a
condition in strict accordance with the quality of the thought which originated
it. Thought which is in harmony with the Universal Mind will result in
corresponding conditions. Thought which is destructive or discordant will
produce corresponding results. You may use thought constructively or
destructively, but the immutable law will not allow you to plant a thought of
one kind and reap the fruit of another. You are free to use this marvelous
creative power as you will, but you must take the consequences.
- 203 -
“Before The Secret”
29. This is the danger from what is called Will Power. There are those who seem
to think that by force of will they can coerce this law; that they can sow seed
of one kind and by "Will Power" make it bear fruit of another, but the
fundamental principle of creative power is in the Universal, and therefore the
idea of forcing a compliance with our wishes by the power of the individual
will is an inverted conception which may appear to succeed for a while but is
eventually doomed to failure - because it antagonizes the very power which it
is seeking to use.
30. It is the individual attempting to coerce the Universal, the finite in conflict with
the Infinite. Our permanent well-being will be best conserved by a conscious
cooperation with the continuous forward movement of the Great Whole.
31. For your exercise this week, go into the Silence and concentrate on the fact
that "In him we live and move and have our being" is literally and scientifically
exact! That you ARE because He IS, that if He is Omnipresent He must be in
you. That if He is all in all you must be in Him! That He is Spirit and you are
made in "His image and likeness" and that the only difference between His
spirit and your spirit is one of degree, that a part must be the same in kind
and quality as the whole. When you can realize this clearly you will have
found the secret of the creative power of thought, you will have found the
origin of both good and evil, you will have found the secret of the wonderful
power of concentration, you will have found the key to the solution of every
problem whether physical, financial, or environmental.
"The power to think consecutively and deeply and clearly, is an avowed and deadly
enemy to mistakes and blunders, superstitions, unscientific theories, irrational
beliefs, unbridled enthusiasm, fanaticism." – Haddock
- 204 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY Study Questions with Answers
191Q: Upon what condition does power depend?
191A: Upon recognition and use.
192Q: What is recognition?
192A: Consciousness.
193Q: How do we become conscious of power?
193A: By thinking.
194Q: What then is the true business of life?
194A: Correct scientific thinking.
195Q: What is correct scientific thinking?
195A: The ability to adjust our thought processes to the will of the Universal. In other
words to cooperate with the Natural laws.
196Q: How is this accomplished?
196A: By securing a perfect understanding of the principles, forces, methods and
combinations of mind.
197Q: What is this Universal Mind?
197A: The basic fact of all existence.
198Q: What is the cause of all lack, limitation, disease and discord?
198A: It is due to the operation of exactly the same law, the law operates relentlessly
and is continually bringing about conditions in correspondence with the thought
which originated or created them.
199Q: What is inspiration?
199A: The art of realizing the omnipresence of Omniscience.
200Q: Upon what do the conditions with which we meet depend?
200A: Upon the quality of our thought. Because what we do depends upon what we
are and what we are depends upon what we think.
- 205 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON TWENTY-ONE
It is my privilege to enclose lesson Twenty-One. In paragraph 7 you will find that one
of the secrets of success, one of the methods of organizing victory, one of the
accomplishments of the Master Mind is to think big thoughts.
In paragraph 8 you will find that everything which we hold in our consciousness for
any length of time becomes impressed upon our sub-consciousness and so
becomes a pattern which the creative energy will wave into our life and environment.
This is the secret of the wonderful power of prayer.
We know that the universe is governed by law; that for every effect there must be a
cause, and that the same cause, under the same conditions, will invariably produce
the same effect. Consequently, if prayer has ever been answered, it will always be
answered, if the proper conditions are complied with.
- 206 -
“Before The Secret”
This must necessarily be true; otherwise the universe would be a chaos instead of a
cosmos. The answer to prayer is therefore subject to law, and this law is definite,
exact and scientific, just as are the laws governing gravitation, growth and electricity.
An understanding of this law takes the foundation of Christianity out of the realm of
superstition and credulity and places it upon the firm rock of scientific understanding.
But, unfortunately, there are comparatively few persons who know how to pray. They
understand that there are laws governing electricity, mathematics, and chemistry,
but, for some inexplicable reason, it never seems to occur to them that there are also
spiritual laws, and that these laws are also definite, scientific, exact, and operate with
immutable precision.
If you want to try one of the most powerful prayer from the times of Moses, then say
out loud “I AM THAT, IAM” when visualizing whatever you want out of life…healing
your body from an illness, finding the right companion and happiness, getting a
more rewarding job or creating wealth for you and your family.
- 207 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY-ONE
1. The real secret of power is consciousness of power. The Universal Mind is
unconditional; therefore, the more conscious we become of our unity with this
mind, the less conscious we shall become of conditions and limitations, and
as we become emancipated or freed from conditions we come into a
realization of the unconditional. We have become free!
2. As soon as we become conscious of the inexhaustible power in the world
within, we begin to draw on this power and apply and develop the greater
possibilities which this discernment has realized, because whatever we
become conscious of, is invariably manifested in the objective world, is
brought forth into tangible expression.
3. This is because the Infinite mind, which is the source from which all things
proceed, is one and indivisible, and each individual is a channel whereby this
Eternal Energy is being manifested. Our ability to think is our ability to act
upon this Universal substance, and what we think is what is created or
produced in the objective world.
4. The result of this discovery is nothing less than marvelous, and means that
mind is extraordinary in quality, limitless in quantity, and contains possibilities
without number. To become conscious of this power is to become a "live
wire"; it has the same effect as placing an ordinary wire in contact with a wire
that is charged. The Universal is the live wire. It carries power sufficient to
meet every situation which may arise in the life of every individual. When the
individual mind touches the Universal Mind it receives all the power it
requires. This is the world within. All science recognizes the reality of this
world, and all power is contingent upon our recognition of this world.
5. The ability to eliminate imperfect conditions depends upon mental action, and
mental action depends upon consciousness of power; therefore, the more
conscious we become of our unity with the source of all power, the greater
will be our power to control and master every condition.
6. Large ideas have a tendency to eliminate all smaller ideas so that it is well to
hold ideas large enough to counteract and destroy all small or undesirable
tendencies. This will remove innumerable petty and annoying obstacles from
your path. You also become conscious of a larger world of thought, thereby
increasing your mental capacity as well as placing yourself in position to
accomplish something of value.
- 208 -
“Before The Secret”
7. This is one of the secrets of success, one of the methods of organizing
victory, one of the accomplishments of the Master-mind. He thinks big
thoughts. The creative energies of mind find no more difficulty in handling
large situations, than small ones. Mind is just as much present in the Infinitely
large as in the Infinitely small.
8. When we realize these facts concerning mind we understand how we may
bring ourselves any condition by creating the corresponding conditions in our
consciousness, because everything which is held for any length of time in the
consciousness, eventually becomes impressed upon the subconscious and
thus becomes a pattern which the creative energy will wave into the life and
environment of the individual.
9. In this way conditions are produced and we find that our lives are simply the
reflection of our predominant thoughts, our mental attitude; we see then that
the science of correct thinking is the one science, that it includes all other
sciences.
10. From this science we learn that every thought creates an impression on the
brain, that these impressions create mental tendencies, and these tendencies
create character, ability and purpose, and that the combined action of
character, ability and purpose determines the experiences with which we
shall meet in life.
11. These experiences come to us through the law of attraction; through the
action of this law we meet in the world without the experiences which
correspond to our world within.
12. The predominant thought or the mental attitude is the magnet, and the law is
that “like attracts like”, consequently the mental attitude will invariably attract
such conditions as correspond to its nature.
13. This mental attitude is our personality and is composed of the thoughts which
we have been creating in our own mind; therefore, if we wish a change in
conditions all that is necessary is to change our thought; this will in turn
change our mental attitude, which will in turn change our personality, which
will in turn change the persons, things and conditions, or, the experiences
with which we meet in life.
- 209 -
“Before The Secret”
14. It is, however, no easy matter to change the mental attitude, but by persistent
effort it may be accomplished; the mental attitude is patterned after the
mental pictures which have been photographed on the brain; if you do not like
the pictures, destroy the negatives and create new pictures; this is the art of
visualization.
15. As soon as you have done this you will begin to attract new things, and the
new things will correspond to the new pictures. To do this: impress on the
mind a perfect picture of the desire which you wish to have objectified and
continue to hold the picture in mind until results are obtained.
16. If the desire is one which requires determination, ability, talent, courage,
power or any other spiritual power, these are necessary essentials for your
picture; build them in; they are the vital part of the picture; they are the feeling
which combines with thought and creates the irresistible magnetic power
which draws the things you require to you. They give your picture life, and life
means growth, and as soon as it beings to grow, the result is practically
assured.
17. Do not hesitate to aspire to the highest possible attainments in anything you
may undertake, for the mind forces are ever ready to lend themselves to a
purposeful will in the effort to crystallize its highest aspirations into acts,
accomplishments, and events.
18. An illustration of how these mind forces operate is suggested by the method
in which all our habits are formed. We do a thing, then do it again, and again,
and again, until it becomes easy and perhaps almost automatic; and the
same rule applies in breaking any and all bad habits; we stop doing a thing,
and then avoid it again, and again until we are entirely free from it; and if we
do fail now and then, we should by no means lose hope, for the law is
absolute and invincible and gives us credit for every effort and every success,
even though our efforts and successes are perhaps intermittent.
19. There is no limit to what this law can do for you; dare to believe in your own
idea; remember that Nature is plastic to the ideal; think of the ideal as an
already accomplished fact.
20. The real battle of life is one of ideas; it is being fought out by the few against
the many; on the one side is the constructive and creative thought, on the
other side the destructive and negative thought; the creative thought is
dominated by an ideal, the passive thought is dominated by appearances. On
both sides are men of science, men of letters, and men of affairs.
- 210 -
“Before The Secret”
21. On the creative side are men who spend their time in laboratories, or over
microscopes and telescopes, side by side with the men who dominate the
commercial, political, and scientific world; on the negative side or men who
spend their time investigating law and precedent, men who mistake theology
for religion, statesmen who mistake might for right, and all the millions who
seem to prefer precedent to progress, who are eternally looking backward
instead of forward, who see only the world without, but know nothing of the
world within.
22. In the last analysis there are but these two classes; all men will have to take
their place on one side or the other; they will have to go forward, or go back;
there is no standing still in a world where all is motion; it is this attempt to
stand still that gives sanction and force to arbitrary and unequal codes of law.
23. That we are in a period of transition is evidenced by the unrest which is
everywhere apparent. The complaint of humanity is as a roll of heaven's
artillery, commencing with low and threatening notes and increasing until the
sound is sent from cloud to cloud, and the lightning splits the air and earth.
24. The sentries who patrol the most advanced outposts of the Industrial,
Political, and Religious world are calling anxiously to each other. What of the
night? The danger and insecurity of the position they occupy and attempt to
hold is becoming more apparent every hour. The dawn of a new era
necessarily declares that the existing order of things cannot much longer be.
25. The issue between the old regime and the new, the crux of the social
problem, is entirely a question of conviction in the minds of the people as to
the nature of the Universe. When they realize that the transcendent force of
spirit or mind of the Cosmos is within each individual, it will be possible to
frame laws that shall consider the liberties and rights of the many instead of
the privileges of the few.
26. As long as the people regard the Cosmic power as a power non-human and
alien to humanity, so long will it be comparatively easy for a supposed
privileged class to rule by Divine right in spite of every protest of social
sentiment. The real interest of democracy is therefore to exalt, emancipate
and recognize the divinity of the human spirit. To recognize that all power is
from within. That no human being has any more power than any other human
being, except such as may willingly be delegated to him. The old regime
would have us believe that the law was superior to the law-makers; herein is
- 211 -
“Before The Secret”
the gist of the social crime of every form of privilege and personal inequality,
the institutionalizing of the fatalistic doctrine of Divine election.
27. The Divine Mind is the Universal Mind; it makes no exceptions, it plays no
favorites; it does not act through sheer caprice or from anger, jealousy or
wrath; neither can it be flattered, cajoled or moved by sympathy or petition to
supply man with some need which he thinks necessary for his happiness or
even his existence. The Divine Mind makes no exceptions in favor any
individual; but when the individual understands and realizes his Unity with the
Universal principle he will appear to be favored because he will have found
the source of all health, all wealth, and all power.
28. For your exercise this week, concentrate on the Truth. Try to realize that the
Truth shall make you free, that is, nothing can permanently stand in the way
of your perfect success when you learn to apply the scientifically correct
thought methods and principles. Realize that you are externalizing in your
environment your inherent soul potencies. Realize that the Silence offers an
ever available and almost unlimited opportunity for awakening the highest
conception of Truth. Try to comprehend that Omnipotence itself is absolute
silence, all else is change, activity, limitation. Silent thought concentration is
therefore the true method of reaching, awakening, and then expressing the
wonderful potential power of the world within.
"The possibilities of thought training are infinite, its consequence eternal, and yet few
take the pains to direct their thinking into channels that will do them good, but
instead leave all to chance." – Marden
- 212 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY-ONE Study Questions with Answers
201Q: What is the real secret of power?
201A: The consciousness of power, because whatever we become conscious of, is
invariably manifested in the objective world, is brought forth into tangible expression.
202Q: What is the source of this power?
202A: The Universal Mind, from which all things proceed, and which is one and
indivisible.
203Q: How is this power being manifested?
203A: Through the individual, each individual is a channel whereby this energy is
being differentiated in form.
204Q: How may we connect with this Omnipotence?
204A: Our ability to think is our ability to act on this Universal Energy, and what we
think is what is produced or created in the objective world.
205Q: What is the result of this discovery?
205A: The result is nothing less than marvelous, it opens unprecedented and
limitless opportunity.
206Q: How, then, may we eliminate imperfect conditions?
206A: By becoming conscious of our Unity with the source of all power.
207Q: What is one of the distinctive characteristics of the Master Mind?
207A: He thinks big thoughts, he holds ideas large enough to counteract and destroy
all petty and annoying obstacles.
208Q: How do experiences come to us?
208A: Through the law of attraction.
209Q: How is this law brought into operation?
209A: By our predominant mental attitude.
210Q: What is the issue between the old regime and the new?
210A: A question of conviction as to the nature of the Universe. The old regime is
trying to cling to the fatalistic doctrine of Divine election. The new regime recognizes
the divinity of the individual, the democracy of humanity.
- 213 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON TWENTY-TWO
In lesson Twenty-two you will find that thoughts are spiritual seeds, which, when
planted in the subconscious mind, have a tendency to sprout and grow, but
unfortunately the fruit is frequently not to our liking.
The various forms of inflammation, paralysis, nervousness and diseased conditions
generally, are the manifestation of fear, worry, care, anxiety, jealousy, hatred and
similar negative thoughts.
The life processes are carried on by two distinct methods; first, the taking up and
making use of nutritive material necessary for constructing cells; second, breaking
down and excreting the waste material.
All life is based upon these constructive and destructive activities, and as food, water
and air are the only requisites necessary for the construction of cells, it would seem
that the problem of prolonging life indefinitely would not be a very difficult one.
However strange it may seem, it is the second or destructive activity that is, with rare
exception, the cause of all disease. The waste material accumulates and saturates
the tissues, which causes autointoxication. This may be partial or general. In the first
case the disturbance will be local; in the second place it will affect the whole system.
The problem, then, before us in the healing of disease is to increase the inflow and
distribution of vital energy throughout the system, and this can only be done by
eliminating thoughts of fear, worry, care, anxiety, jealousy, hatred, and every other
- 214 -
“Before The Secret”
destructive negative thoughts, which tend to tear down and destroy the nerves and
glands which control the excretion and elimination of poisonous and waste matter.
"Nourishing foods and strengthening tonics" cannot bestow life, because these are
but secondary manifestations to life. The primary manifestation of life and how you
may get in touch with it is explained in the Part which I have the privilege of
enclosing herewith.
- 215 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY-TWO
1. Knowledge is of priceless value, because by applying knowledge we can
make our future what we wish it to be. When we realize that our present
character, our present environment, our present ability, our present physical
condition are all the result of past methods of thinking, we shall begin to have
some conception of the value of knowledge.
2. If the state of our health is not all that could be desired, let us examine our
method of thinking; let us remember that every thought produces an
impression on the mind; every impression is a seed which will sink into the
subconscious and form a tendency; the tendency will be to attract other
similar thoughts and before we know it we shall have a crop which must be
harvested.
3. If these thoughts contain disease germs, the harvest will be sickness, decay,
weakness, and failure; the question is, what are we thinking, what are we
creating, what is the harvest to be?
4. If there is any physical condition which it is necessary to change, the law
governing visualization will be found effective. Make a mental image of
physical perfection, hold it in the mind until it is absorbed by the
consciousness. Many have eliminated chronic ailments in a few weeks by this
method, and thousands have overcome and destroyed all manner of ordinary
physical disturbances by this method in a few days, sometimes in a few
minutes.
5. It is through the law of vibration that the mind exercises this control over the
body. We know that every mental action is a vibration, and we know that all
form is simply a mode of motion, a rate of vibration. Therefore, any given
vibration immediately modifies every atom in the body, every life cell is
affected and an entire chemical change is made in every group of life cells.
6. Everything in the Universe is what it is by virtue of its rate of vibration.
Change the rate of vibration and you change the nature, quality and form.
The vast panorama of nature, both visible and invisible, is being constantly
changed by simply changing the rate of vibration, and as thought is a
vibration we can also exercise this power. We can change the vibration and
thus produce any condition which we desire to manifest in our bodies.
- 216 -
“Before The Secret”
7. We are all using this power every minute. The trouble is most of us are using
it unconsciously and thus producing undesirable results. The problem is to
use it intelligently and produce only desirable results. This should not be
difficult, because we all have had sufficient experience to know what
produces pleasant vibration in the body, and we also know the causes which
produce the unpleasant and disagreeable sensations.
8. All that is necessary is to consult our own experience. When our thought has
been uplifted, progressive, constructive, courageous, noble, kind or in any
other way desirable, we have set in motion vibrations which brought about
certain results. When our thought has been filled with envy, hatred, jealousy,
criticism or any of the other thousand and one forms of discord, certain
vibrations were set in motion which brought about certain other results of a
different nature, and each of these rates of vibration, if kept up, crystallized in
form. In the first case the result was mental, moral and physical health, and in
the second case discord, disharmony and disease.
9. We can understand, then, something of the power which the mind possesses
over the body.
10. The objective mind has certain effects on the body which are readily
recognized. Someone says something to you which strikes you as ludicrous
and you laugh, possibly until your whole body shakes, which shows that
thought has control over the muscles of your body; or someone says
something which excites your sympathy and your eyes fill with tears, which
shows that thought controls the glands of your body; or someone says
something which makes you angry and the blood mounts to your cheek,
which shows that thought controls the circulation of your blood. But as these
experiences are all the results of the action of your objective mind over the
body, the results are of a temporary nature; they soon pass away and leave
the situation as it was before.
11. Let us see how the action of the subconscious mind over the body differs.
You receive a wound; thousands of cells being the work of healing at once; in
a few days or a few weeks the work is complete. You may even break a
bone. No surgeon on earth can weld the parts together (I am not referring to
the insertion of rods or other devices to strengthen or replace bones). He may
set the bone for you, and the subjective mind will immediately begin the
process of welding the parts together, and in a short time the bone is as solid
as it ever was. You may swallow poison; the subjective mind will immediately
discover the danger and make violent efforts to eliminate it. You may become
infected with a dangerous germ; the subjective will at once commence to
- 217 -
“Before The Secret”
build a wall around the infected area and destroy the infection by absorbing it
in the white blood corpuscles which it supplies for the purpose.
12. These processes of the subconscious mind usually proceed without our
personal knowledge or direction, and so long as we do not interfere the result
is perfect, but, as these millions of repair cells are all intelligent and respond
to our thought, they are often paralyzed and rendered impotent by our
thoughts of fear, doubt, and anxiety. They are like an army of workmen, ready
to start an important piece of work, but every time they get started on the
undertaking a strike is called, or plans changed, until they finally get
discouraged and give up.
13. The way to health is founded on the law of vibration, which is the basis of all
science, and this law is brought into operation by the mind, the "world within."
It is a matter of individual effort and practice. Our world of power is within; if
we are wise we shall not waste time and effort in trying to deal with effects as
we find them in the "world without," which is only an external, a reflection.
14. We shall always find the cause in the "world within"; by changing the cause,
we change the effect.
15. Every cell in your body is intelligent and will respond to your direction. The
cells are all creators and will create the exact pattern which you give them.
16. Therefore, when perfect images are placed before the subjective, the creative
energies will build a perfect body.
17. Brain cells are constructed in the same way. The quality of the brain is
governed by the state of mind, or mental attitude, so that if undesirable
mental attitudes are conveyed to the subjective they will in turn be transferred
to the body; we can therefore readily see that if we wish the body to manifest
health, strength and vitality this must be the predominant thought.
18. We know then that every element of the human body is the result of a rate of
vibration.
19. We know that mental action is a rate of vibration.
20. We know that a higher rate of vibration governs, modifies, controls, changes,
or destroys a lower rate of vibration.
- 218 -
“Before The Secret”
21. We know that the rate of vibration is governed by the character of brain cells,
and finally,
22. We know how to create these brain cells; therefore,
23. We know how to make any physical change in the body we desire, and
having secured a working knowledge of the power of mind to this extent, we
have come to know that there is practically no limitation which can be placed
upon our ability to place ourselves in harmony with natural law, which is
omnipotent.
24. This influence or control over the body by mind is coming to be more and
more generally understood, and many physicians are now giving the matter
their earnest attention. Dr. Albert T. Shofield, who has written several
important books on the subject, say, "The subject of mental therapeutics is
still ignored in medical works generally. In our physiologies no references is
made to the central controlling power that rules the body for its good, and the
power of the mind over the body is seldom spoken of”.
25. No doubt many physicians treat nervous diseases of functional origin wisely
and well, but what we contend is that the knowledge they display was taught
at no school, was learned from no book, but it is intuitive and empirical.
26. This is not as it should be. The power of mental therapeutics should be the
subject of careful, special and scientific teaching in every medical school. We
might pursue the subject of maltreatment, or want of treatment, further in
detail and describe the disastrous results of neglected cases; but the task is
an invidious one.
27. There can be no doubt that few patients are aware how much they can do for
themselves. What the patient can do for himself, the forces he can set in
motion are as yet unknown. We are inclined to believe that they are far
greater than most imagine, and will undoubtedly be used more and more.
Mental therapeutics may be directed by the patient himself to calming the
mind in excitement, by arousing feelings of joy, hope, faith, and love; by
suggesting motives for exertion, by regular mental work, by diverting the
thoughts from the malady.
28. For your exercise this week concentrate on Tennyson's beautiful lines "Speak
to Him, thou, for He hears, and spirit with spirit can meet, Closer is He than
- 219 -
“Before The Secret”
breathing, and nearer than hands and feet." Then try to realize that when you
do "Speak to Him" you are in touch with Omnipotence.
29. This realization and recognition of this Omnipresent power will quickly destroy
any and every form of sickness or suffering and substitute harmony and
perfection. Then remember there are those who seem to think that sickness
and suffering are sent by God; if so, every physician, every surgeon and
every Red Cross nurse is defying the will of God and hospitals and
sanitariums are places of rebellion instead of houses of mercy. Of course, this
quickly reasons itself into an absurdity, but there are many; who still cherish
the idea.
30. Then let the thought rest on the fact that until recently theology has been
trying to teach an impossible Creator, one who created beings capable of
sinning and then allowed them to be eternally punished for such sins. Of
course the necessary outcome of such extraordinary ignorance was to create
fear instead of love, and so, after two thousand years of this kind of
propaganda, Theology is now busily engaged in apologizing for Christendom.
31. You will then more readily appreciate the ideal man, the man made in the
image and likeness of God, and you will more readily appreciate the all
originating Mind that forms, upholds, sustains, originates, and creates all
there is. "All are but parts of one stupendous whole, whose body nature is,
and God the soul." Opportunity follows perception, action follows inspiration,
growth follows knowledge, and eminence flows progress. Always the spiritual
first, then the transformation into the infinite and illimitable possibilities of
achievement.
- 220 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY-TWO Study Questions with Answers
211Q: How may sickness be eliminated?
211A: By placing ourselves in harmony with Natural Law which is Omnipotent.
212Q: What is the process?
212A: A realization that man is a spiritual being and that this spirit must necessarily
be perfect.
213Q: What is the result?
213A: A conscious recognition of this perfection - first intellectually, then emotionally
- brings about a manifestation of this perfection.
214Q: Why is this so?
214A: Because thought is spiritual and therefore creative and correlates with its
object and brings it into manifestation.
215Q: What Natural Law is brought into operation?
215A: The Law of Vibration.
216Q: Why does this govern?
216A: Because a higher rate of vibration governs, modifies, controls, changes, or
destroys a lower rate of vibration.
217Q: Is this system of mental therapeutics generally recognized?
217A: Yes, there are literally millions of people in this country who make use of it in
one form or another (and obviously many more world-wide).
218Q: What is the result of this system of thought?
218A: For the first time in the world's history every man's highest reasoning faculty
can be satisfied by a demonstrable truth which is now fast flooding the world.
219Q: Is this system applicable to other forms of supply?
219A: It will meet every human requirement or necessity.
220Q: Is this system scientific or religious?
220A: Both. True science and true religion are twin sisters, where one goes, the
other necessarily follows.
- 221 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON TWENTY-THREE
In the lesson which I have the honor to transmit herewith you will find that money
weaves itself into the entire fabric of our very existence; that the law of success is
service; that we get what we give, and for this reason we should consider it a great
privilege to be able to give.
We have found that thought is the creative activity behind every constructive
enterprise. We can therefore give nothing of more practical value than our thought.
Creative thought requires attention, and the power of attention is, as we have found,
the weapon of the Super-man. Attention develops concentration, and concentration
develops Spiritual Power, and Spiritual Power is the mightiest force in existence.
This is the science which embraces all sciences. It is the art which, above all arts, is
relevant to human life. In the mastery of this science and this art there is opportunity
for unending progression. Perfection in this is not acquired in six days, or in six
weeks, or in six months. It is the labor of life. Not to go forward is to go backward.
- 222 -
“Before The Secret”
It is inevitable that the entertainment of positive, constructive and unselfish thoughts
should have a far-reaching effect for good. Compensation is the key-note of the
universe.
Nature is constantly seeking to strike equilibrium. Where something is sent out
something must be received; else there should be a vacuum formed. By observance
of this rule you cannot fail to profit in such measure as to amply justify your effort
along this line.
- 223 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY-THREE
1. The money consciousness is an attitude of mind; it is the open door to the
arteries of commerce. It is the receptive attitude. Desire is the attractive force
which sets the current in motion and fear is the great obstacle by which the
current is stopped or completely reversed, turned away from us.
2. Fear is just the opposite from money consciousness; it is poverty
consciousness, and as the law is unchangeable we get exactly what we give;
if we fear we get what we feared. Money weaves itself into the entire fabric of
our very existence; it engages the best thought of the best minds.
3. We make money by making friends, and we enlarge our circle of friends by
making money for them, by helping them, by being of service to them. The
first law of success then is service, and this in turn is built on integrity and
justice. The man who at least is not fair in his intention is simply ignorant; he
has missed the fundamental law of all exchange; he is impossible; he will lose
surely and certainly; he may not know it; he may think he is winning, but he is
doomed to certain defeat. He cannot cheat the Infinite. The law of
compensation will demand of him an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth.
4. The forces of life are volatile; they are composed of our thoughts and ideals
and these in turn are molded into form; our problem is to keep an open mind,
to constantly reach out for the new, to recognize opportunity, to be interested
in the race rather than the goal, for the pleasure is in the pursuit rather than
the possession.
5. You can make a money magnet of yourself, but to do so you must first
consider how you can make money for other people. If you have the
necessary insight to perceive and utilize opportunities and favorable
conditions and recognize values, you can put yourself in position to take
advantage of them, but your greatest success will come as you are enabled
to assist others. What benefits one must benefit all?
6. A generous thought is filled with strength and vitality, a selfish thought
contains the germs of dissolution; it will disintegrate and pass away. Great
financiers like Turner, Gates, Trump, and others are simply channels for the
distribution of wealth; enormous amounts come and go, but it would be as
dangerous to stop the outgo as the income; both ends must remain open; and
so our greatest success will come as we recognize that it is just as essential
to give as to get.
- 224 -
“Before The Secret”
7. If we recognize the Omnipotent power that is the source of all supply we will
adjust our consciousness to this supply in such a way that it will constantly
attract all that is necessary to itself and we shall find that the more we give
the more we get. Giving in this sense implies service. The banker gives his
money, the merchant gives his goods, the author gives his thought, the
workman gives his skill; all have something to give, but the more they can
give, the more they get, and the more they get the more they are enabled to
give.
8. The financier gets much because he gives much; he thinks; he is seldom a
man that lets anyone else do his thinking for him; he wants to know how
results are to be secured; you must show him; when you can do this he will
furnish the means by which hundreds or thousands may profit, and in
proportion as they are successful will he be successful. Morgan, Rockefeller,
Carnegie and others did not get rich because they lost money for other
people; on the contrary, it is because they made money for other people that
they became the wealthiest men in the wealthiest country on the globe.
9. The average person is entirely innocent of any deep thinking; he accepts the
ideas of others, and repeats them, in very much the same way as a parrot;
this is readily seen when we understand the method which is used to form
public opinion, and this docile attitude on the part of a large majority who
seem perfectly willing to let a few persons do all their thinking for them is what
enables a few men in a great many countries to usurp all the avenues of
power and hold the millions in subjection. Creative thinking requires attention.
10. The power of attention is called concentration; this power is directed by the
will; for this reason we must refuse to concentrate or think of anything except
the things we desire. Many are constantly concentrating upon sorrow, loss
and discord of every kind; as thought is creative it necessarily follows that this
concentration inevitable leads to more loss, more sorrow and more discord.
How could it be otherwise? On the other hand, when we meet with success,
gain, or any other desirable condition, we naturally concentrate upon the
effects of these things and thereby create more, and so it follows that much
leads to more.
11. How an understanding of this principle can be utilized in the business world is
well told by an associate of mine:
12. "Spirit, whatever else it may or may not be, must be considered as the
Essence of Consciousness, the Substance of Mind, the reality underlying
- 225 -
“Before The Secret”
Thought. And as all ideas are phases of the activity of Consciousness, Mind
or Thought, it follows that in Spirit, and in it alone, is to be found the Ultimate
Fact, the Real Thing, or Idea."
13. This being admitted, does it not seem reasonable to hold that a true
understanding of Spirit, and its laws of manifestation, would be about the
most "practical" thing that a "practical" person can hope to find? Does it not
seem certain that if the "practical" men of the world could but realize this fact,
they would "fall all over themselves" in getting to the place in which they
might obtain such knowledge of spiritual things and laws? These men are not
fools; they need only to grasp this fundamental fact in order to move in the
direction of that which is the essence of all achievement.
14. Let me give you a concrete example. I know a man in Chicago whom I had
always considered to be quite materialistic. He had made several successes
in life; and also several failures. The last time I had a talk with him he was
practically "down and out," as compared with his former business condition. It
looked as if he had indeed reached "the end of his rope," for he was well
advanced into the stage of middle-age, and new ideas came more slowly,
and less frequently to him than in former years.
15. He said to me, in substance: "I know that all things that 'work out' in business
are the result of Thought; any fool knows that. Just now, I seem to be short
on thoughts and good ideas. But, if this 'All-Mind' teaching is correct, it should
be possible for the individual to attain a 'direct connection' with Infinite Mind;
and in Infinite Mind there must be the possibility of all kinds of good ideas
which a man of my courage and experience could put to practical use in the
business world, and make a big success thereof. It looks good to me; and I
am going to look into it."
16. This was several years ago. The other day I heard of this man again. Talking
to a friend, I said: "What has come of our old friend X? Has he ever gotten on
his feet again?" The friend looked at me in amazement. "Why," said he, "don't
you know about X's great success? He is the Big Man in the '_________
Company' (naming a concern which has made a phenomenal success during
the last eighteen months and is now well known, by reason of its
advertisements, from one end of the country to another, and also abroad). He
is the man who supplied the BIG IDEA for that concern. Why, he is about a
half-million to the good and is moving rapidly toward the million mark; all in
the space of eighteen months." I had not connected this man with the
enterprise mentioned; although I knew of the wonderful success of the
- 226 -
“Before The Secret”
company in question. Investigation has shown that the story is true, and that
the above stated facts are not exaggerated in the slightest.
17. Now, what do you think of that? To me, it means that this man actually made
the "direct connection" with Infinite Mind -- Spirit -- and, having found it, he set
it to work for him. He "used it in his business."
18. Does this sound sacrilegious or blasphemous? I hope not; I do not mean it to
be so. Take away the implication of Personality, or Magnified Human Nature,
from the conception of the "The Infinite," and you have left the conception of
an Infinite Presence-Power, the Quintessence of which is Consciousness -- in
fact, at the last, Spirit. As this man, also, at the last, must be considered as a
manifestation of Spirit; there is nothing sacrilegious in the idea that he, being
Spirit, should so harmonize himself with his Origin and Source that he would
be able to manifest at least a minor degree of its Power. All of us do this,
more or less, when we use our minds in the direction of Creative Thought.
This man did more; he went about it in an intensely "practical" manner.
19. I have not consulted him about his method of procedure, though I intend
doing so at the first opportunity, but, he not only drew upon the Infinite Supply
for the ideas which he needed (and which formed the seed of his success),
but that he also used the Creative Power of Thought in building up for himself
an Idealistic Pattern of that which he hoped to manifest in material form,
adding thereto, changing, improving its detail, from time to time -- proceeding
from the general outline to the finished detail. I judge this to be the facts of the
case, not alone from my recollection of the conversation a few years ago, but
also because I have found the same thing to be true in the cases of other
prominent men who have made similar manifestation of Creative Thought.
20. Those who may shrink from this idea of employing the Infinite Power to aid
one in his work in the material world, should remember that if the Infinite
objected in the least to such a procedure the thing could never happen. The
Infinite is quite able to take care of Itself.
21. "Spirituality" is quite "practical," very "practical," intensely "practical." It
teaches that Spirit is the Real Thing, the Whole Thing, and that Matter is but
plastic stuff, which Spirit is able to create, mold, manipulate, and fashion to its
will. Spirituality is the most "practical" thing in the world -- the only really and
absolutely "practical" thing that there is!
22. This week concentrate on the fact that man is not a body with a spirit, but a
spirit with a body, and that it is for this reason that his desires are incapable of
- 227 -
“Before The Secret”
any permanent satisfaction in anything not spiritual. Money is therefore of no
value except to bring about the conditions which we desire, and these
conditions are necessarily harmonious. Harmonious conditions necessitate
sufficient supply, so that if there appears to be any lack, we should realize
that the idea or soul of money is service, and as this thought takes form,
channels of supply will be opened, and you will have the satisfaction of
knowing that spiritual methods are entirely practical.
"We have discovered that premeditated, orderly thinking for a purpose matures that
purpose into fixed form, so that we may be absolutely sure of the result of our
dynamic experiment." - Francis Larimer Warner
- 228 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY-THREE Study Questions with Answers
221Q: What is the first law of success?
221A: Service.
222Q: How may we be of the most service?
222A: Have an open mind; be interested in the race rather than the goal, in the
pursuit rather than possession.
223Q: What is the result of a selfish thought?
223A: It contains the germs of dissolution.
224Q: How will our greatest success be achieved?
224A: By recognition of the fact that it is just as essential to give as to receive.
225Q: Why do financiers frequently meet with great success?
225A: Because they do their own thinking.
226Q: Why do the great majority in every country remain the docile and
apparently willing tools of the few?
226A: Because they let the few do all their thinking for them.
227Q: What is the effect of concentrating upon sorrow and loss?
227A: More sorrow and more loss.
228Q: What is the effect of concentrating upon gain?
228A: More gain.
229Q: Is this principle used in the business world?
229A: It is the only principle which is ever used, or ever can be used; there is no
other principle. The fact that it may be used unconsciously does not alter the
situation.
230Q: What is the practical application of this principle?
230A: The fact that success is an effect, not a cause, and if we wish to secure the
effect we must ascertain the cause, or idea or thought by which the effect is created.
"Nurture your mind with great thoughts; to believe in the heroic makes heroes." Disraeli
- 229 -
“Before The Secret”
INTRODUCTION - LESSON TWENTY-FOUR
Enclosed you will find lesson Twenty-four, your last and final lesson of this lifechanging course.
If you have practiced each of the exercises a few minutes every day, as suggested,
you will have found that you can get out of life exactly what you wish by first putting
into life that which you wish, and you will probably agree with the student who said:
"The thought is almost overwhelming, so vast, so available, so definite, so
reasonable and so usable."
The fruit of this knowledge is, as it were, a gift of the God; it is the "truth" that
makes men free, not only free from every lack and limitation, but free from sorrow,
worry and care, and, is it not wonderful to realize that this law is no respecter of
persons, that it makes no difference what your habit of thought may be, the way has
been prepared.
If you are inclined to be religious, the greatest religious teacher the world has ever
known made the way so plain that all may follow “Jesus Christ” Other great teacher
called Buddha taught this Universal Law in his teachings…
The Bible, Koran, the I-Ching, Torah, Vedas, Tipitaka and many other sacred
books taught this Universal Law!
If your mental bias is toward physical science, the law will operate with mathematical
certainty. If you are inclined to be philosophical, Plato or Emerson may be your
- 230 -
“Before The Secret”
teacher, but in either case, you may reach degrees of power to which it is impossible
to assign any limit.
An understanding of this principle, I believe, is the secret for which the ancient
Alchemists vainly sought, because it explains how gold in the mind may be
transmuted into gold in the heart and in the hand.
Actually, the message from our image is completely wrong…
APPLY KNOWLEDGE IS POWER!
If you read this life-changing course like a novel, you’ll find the truth and nothing but
the truth, however if you apply what this course teach you, then you’ll find the magic
to get whatever you want out of life.
- 231 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY-FOUR
1. When the scientists first put the Sun in the center of the Solar System and
sent the earth spinning around it, there was immense surprise and
consternation. The whole idea was self-evidently false; nothing was more
certain than the movement of the Sun across the sky, and anyone could see
it descend behind the western hills and sink into the sea; scholars raged and
scientists rejected the idea as absurd, yet the evidence has finally carried
conviction in the minds of all.
2. We speak of a bell as a "sounding body," yet we know that all the bell can do
is to produce vibrations in the air. When these vibrations come at the rate of
sixteen per second, they cause a sound to be heard in the mind. It is also
possible for the mind to hear vibrations up to the rate of 38,000 vibrations per
second. When the number increases beyond this, all is silence again; so that
we know that the sound is not in the bell, it is in our own mind.
3. We speak and even think of the Sun as "giving light." Yet we know it is simply
giving forth energy which produces vibrations in the ether at the rate of four
hundred trillion a second, causing what are termed light waves, so that we
know that we call light is simply a form of energy and that the only light there
is, is the sensation caused in the mind by the motion of the waves. When the
number increases, the light changes in color, each change in color being
caused by shorter and more rapid vibrations; so that although we speak of
the rose as being red, the grass as being green, or the sky as being blue, we
know that the colors exist only in our minds, and are the sensations
experienced by us as the result of the vibrations of light waves. When the
vibrations are reduced below four hundred trillion a second, they no longer
affect us as light, but we experience the sensation of heat. It is evident,
therefore, that we cannot depend upon the evidence of the senses for our
information concerning the realities of things; if we did we should believe that
the sun moved, that the world was flat instead of round, that the stars were
bits of light instead of vast suns.
4. The whole range then of the theory and practice of any system of
metaphysics consists in knowing the Truth concerning yourself and the world
in which you live; in knowing that in order to express harmony, you must think
harmony; in order to express health you must think health; and in order to
express abundance you must think abundance; to do this you must reverse
the evidence of the senses.
- 232 -
“Before The Secret”
5. When you come to know that every form of disease, sickness, lack and
limitation are simply the result of wrong thinking, you will have come to know
"the Truth which shall make you free." You will see how mountains may be
removed. If these mountains consist only of doubt, fear, distrust or other
forms of discouragement, they are none the less real, and they need not only
to be removed but to be "cast into the sea."
6. Your real work consists in convincing yourself of the truth of these
statements. When you have succeeded in doing this you will have no difficulty
in thinking the truth, and as has been shown, the truth contains a vital
principle and will manifest itself.
7. Those who heal diseases by mental methods have come to know this truth,
they demonstrate it in their lives and the lives of others daily. They know that
life, health and abundance are Omnipresent, filling all space, and they know
that those who allow disease or lack of any kind to manifest have as yet not
come into an understanding of this great law.
8. As all conditions are thought creations and therefore entirely mental, disease
and lack are simply mental conditions in which the person fails to perceive the
truth; as soon as the error is removed, the condition is removed.
9. The method for removing this error is to go into the Silence and know the
Truth; as all minds is one mind, you can do this for yourself or anyone else. If
you have learned to form mental images of the conditions desired, this will be
the easiest and quickest way to secure results; if not, results can be
accomplished by argument, by the process of convincing yourself absolutely
of the truth of your statement.
10. Remember, and this is one of the most difficult as well as most wonderful
statements to grasp.... remember that no matter what the difficulty is, no
matter where it is, no matter who is affected, you have no patient but yourself;
you have nothing to do but to convince yourself of the truth which you desire
to see manifested.
11. This is an exact scientific statement in accordance with every system of
Metaphysics in existence, and no permanent results are ever secured in any
other way.
- 233 -
“Before The Secret”
12. Every form of concentration, forming Mental Images, Argument, and AutoSuggestion are all simply methods by which you are enabled to realize the
Truth.
13. If you desire to help someone, to destroy some form of lack, limitation or
error, the correct method is not to think of the person whom you wish to help;
the intention to help them is entirely sufficient, as this puts you in mental
touch with the person. Then drive out of your own mind any belief of lack,
limitation, disease, danger, difficulty or whatever the trouble might be. As
soon as you have succeeded is doing this the result will have been
accomplished, and the person will be free.
14. But remember that thought is creative and consequently every time you allow
your thought to rest on any inharmonious condition, you must realize that
such conditions are apparent only, they have no reality that spirit is the only
reality and it can never be less than perfect.
15. All thought is a form of energy, a rate of vibration, but a thought of the Truth is
the highest rate of vibration known and consequently destroys every form of
error in exactly the same way that light destroys darkness; no form of error
can exist when the "Truth" appears, so that your entire mental work consists
in coming into an understanding of the Truth. This will enable you to
overcome every form of lack, limitation or disease of any kind.
16. We can get no understanding of the truth from the world without; the world
without is relative only; Truth is absolute. We must therefore find it in the
"world within."
17. To train the mind to see Truth only is to express true conditions only; our
ability to do this will be an indication as to the progress we are making.
18. The absolute truth is that the "I" is perfect and complete; the real "I" is
spiritual and can therefore never be less than perfect; it can never have any
lack, limitation, or disease. The flash of genius does not have origin in the
molecular motion of the brain; it is inspired by the ego, the spiritual "I" which
is one with the Universal Mind, and it is our ability to recognize this Unity
which is the cause of all inspiration, all genius. These results are far reaching
and have effect upon generations yet to come; they are the pillars of fire
which mark the path that millions follow.
- 234 -
“Before The Secret”
19. Truth is not the result of logical training or of experimentation, or even of
observation; it is the product of a developed consciousness. Truth within a
Caesar, manifests in a Caesar's deportment, in his life and his action; his
influence upon social forms and progress. Your life and your actions and your
influence in the world will depend upon the degree of truth which you are
enabled to perceive, for truth will not manifest in creeds, but in conduct.
20. Truth manifests in character, and the character of a man, should be the
interpretation of his religion, or what to him is truth, and this will in turn be
evidenced in the character of his possession. If a man complains of the drift
of his fortune he is just as unjust to himself as if he should deny rational truth,
though it stand patent and irrefutable.
21. Our environment and the innumerable circumstances and accidents of our
lives already exist in the subconscious personality which attracts to itself the
mental and physical material which is congenial to its nature. Thus our future
being determined from our present, and if there should be apparent injustice
in any feature or phase of our personal life, we must look within for the cause,
try to discover the mental fact which is responsible for the outward
manifestation.
22. It is this truth which makes you "free" and it is the conscious knowledge of
this truth which will enable you to overcome every difficulty.
23. The conditions with which you meet in the world without are invariably the
result of the conditions obtaining in the world within, therefore it follows with
scientific accuracy that by holding the perfect ideal in mind you can bring
about ideal conditions in your environment.
24. If you see only the incomplete, the imperfect, the relative, the limited, these
conditions will manifest in your life; but if you train your mind to see and
realize the spiritual ego, the "I" which is forever perfect and complete,
harmonious; wholesome, and healthful conditions only will be manifested.
25. As thought is creative, and the truth is the highest and most perfect thought
which anyone can think, it is self-evident that to think the truth is to create that
which is true and it is again evident that when truth comes into being that
which is false must cease to be.
26. The Universal Mind is the totality of all mind which is in existence. Spirit is
Mind, because spirit is intelligent. The words are, therefore, synonymous.
- 235 -
“Before The Secret”
27. The difficulty with which you have to contend is to realize that mind is not
individual. It is omnipresent. It exists everywhere. In other words, there is no
place where it is not. It is, therefore, Universal.
28. Men have, heretofore, generally used the word "God" to indicate this
Universal, creative principle; but the word "God" does not convey the right
meaning. Most people understand this word to mean something outside of
themselves; while exactly the contrary is the fact. It is our very life. Without it
we would be dead. We would cease to exist. The minute the spirit leaves the
body, we are as nothing. Therefore, spirit is really, all there is of us.
29. Now, the only activity which the spirit possesses is the power to think.
Therefore, thought must be creative, because spirit is creative. This creative
power is impersonal and your ability to think is your ability to control it and
make use of it for the benefit of yourself and others.
30. When the truth of this statement is realized, understood, and appreciated, you
will have come into possession of the Master-Key, but remember that only
those who are wise enough to understand, broad enough to weigh the
evidence, firm enough to follow their own judgment, and strong enough to
make the sacrifice exacted, may enter and partake.
31. This week, try to realize that this is truly a wonderful world in which we live,
that you are a wonderful being that many are awakening to a knowledge of
the Truth, and as fast as they awake and come into a knowledge of the
“things which have been prepared for them” they, too, realize that "Eye hath
not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the heart of man," the
splendors which exist for those who find themselves in the Promised Land.
They have crossed the river of judgment and have arrived at the point of
discrimination between the true and the false, and have found that all they
ever willed or dreamed, was but a faint concept of the dazzling reality.
"Though an inheritance of acres may be bequeathed, an inheritance of knowledge
and wisdom cannot. The wealthy man may pay others for doing his work for him, but
it is impossible to get his thinking done for him by another or to purchase any kind of
self-culture." - S. Smiles
- 236 -
“Before The Secret”
LESSON TWENTY-FOUR Study Questions with Answers
231Q: Upon what principle does the theory and practice of every system of
Metaphysics in existence depend?
213A: Upon a knowledge of the "Truth" concerning yourself and the world in which
your life.
232Q: What is the "Truth" concerning yourself?
232A: The real "I" or ego is spiritual and can therefore never be less than perfect.
233Q: What is the method of destroying any form of error?
233A: To absolutely convince yourself of the "Truth" concerning the condition which
you wish to see manifested.
234Q: Can we do this for others?
234A: The Universal Mind in which "we live and move and have our being" is one
and indivisible, it is therefore just as possible to help others as to help ourselves.
235Q: What is the Universal Mind?
235A: The totality of all mind in existence.
236Q: Where is the Universal Mind?
236A: The Universal Mind is omnipresent, it exists everywhere. There is no place
where it is not. It is therefore within us. It is "The World within." It is our spirit, our life.
237Q: What is the nature of the Universal Mind?
237A: It is spiritual and consequently creative. It seeks to express itself in form.
238Q: How may we act on the Universal Mind?
238A: Our ability to think is our ability to act on the Universal Mind and bring it into
manifestation for the benefit of ourselves or others.
239Q: What is meant by thinking?
239A: Clear, decisive, calm, deliberate, sustained thought with a definite end in view.
240Q: What will be the result?
240A: You will also be able to say, "It is not I that doeth the works, but the ‘Father’
that dwelleth within me, He doeth the works." You will come to know that the
"Father" is the Universal Mind and that He does really and truly dwell within you, in
other words, you will come to know that the wonderful promises made in the Bible
are fact, not fiction, and can be demonstrated by anyone having sufficient
understanding.
- 237 -
“Before The Secret”
"Temples have their sacred images, and we see what influence they have always
had over a great part of mankind; but, in truth, the ideas and images in men's minds
are the invisible powers that constantly govern them; and to these they all pay
universally a ready submission." – Jonathan Edwards
- 238 -
“Before The Secret”
TEACHINGS OF THE LAST GREAT MASTER
The teachings of Jesus form the basis of the Christian religion.
Many of Jesus Christ teachings and stories have been so well-known across the
world for so long that rarely does the average person look closely at what Jesus
was really trying to explain. Assumptions about the meanings of his teachings
have often been accepted without question and simply passed down from
generation to generation.
However, in a unique and insightful book, author Philip Harris re-examines many
of these famous, ancient quotes and suggests that Jesus actually had a precise
understanding of The Law of Attraction. And he argues that this knowledge
about Universal Law is what really lies at the heart of the teachings of Jesus
Christ.
Despite Jesus Taught It Too being a top seller in the Law of Attraction category
at Amazon.com, Mr Harris has donated his work to PsiTek to be freely published
online for the benefit of readers across the world, so we are making available to
the readers of Before The Secret for a deep understanding of the Law of
Attraction from the religion’s perspective.
- 239 -
“Before The Secret”
This book is copyrighted by Philip F Harris and is reproduced here with the
author’s permission. For further information, visit Philip Harris’s website
JESUS TAUGH IT TOO
The world is being increasingly exposed to challenges to traditional religious
thought. The film and book, “The Secret,” the release of “The Gospel of Judas”,
the film, “The Lost Tomb of Jesus”, the book “The End of Faith” by Sam Harris,
and the novel, “Walking God” by authors Doe and Harris are but a small
examples of the onslaught directed at religious dogma.
With publicity for these new ideas being heralded by Larry King, Oprah and
DeGeneres as well as the exponential increase in the number of ebooks, web
sites, blogs and forums regarding the Law of Attraction and manifesting your own
reality, religious institutions are facing their greatest trials since the Reformation.
Added to this siege are the frequent and highly publicized church scandals.
Issues of gay ministers, abuse scandals, the right of clergy to marriage, potential
schisms and the role of women in the various churches have been frequent page
one headlines. Some would label these The End Times or End of Days. Others
would argue that this is not an end, but a beginning of a New Age of spirituality.
The latter would say that we are in a “time of questioning” that will lead humanity
to a new level of understanding between humanity and the Cosmos. Quantum
science is peering into the very fabric of reality and discovering that appearances
have long been deceiving. Rather than disproving the claim of Intelligent Design,
science may yet prove that behind all that we term reality is a guiding
consciousness.
People are beginning to question the interpretation of holy texts and new
archeological discoveries are raising doubts over what was held by many as
historical fact. Was Jesus married? Did he leave behind physical remains? Did
early religious leaders and messengers actually tell of a stream of thought that is
far different from what has been preached in the pulpit? Are religious teachings
really about worship, the struggle of good versus evil and the concept of sin and
punishment or do they describe a unified Universe where there is duality without
judgment and a blueprint for the spiritual evolution of humanity?
While dogma and institution have certainly come under fire, the actual teachings
of early religious leaders have not. While those who may have distorted and
- 240 -
“Before The Secret”
skewed teachings have been backed against the wall, the messages of the early
Masters are receiving revived interest and new interpretations. What are
emerging are new sets of Spiritual Laws that contradict common theological
“wisdom.” These Laws are common threads found in all religious texts but which
have, for millennia, been downplayed or kept secret.
The “new spirituality” is not at all new. The late 1800’s and early 1900’s saw new
views of the Universe in existentialism, transcendentalism and theosophy. The
writings of H. Spencer Lewis, often overlooked, began to make known some of
the secrets held within the Rose Cross.
Since then, there have been books on everything from creating wealth to thinking
yourself well. In the sixties there was the emergent guru and music of that time
was filled with spiritual messages. The 80’s witnessed the New Age movement
and many flocked to their daily dose of affirmations, positive thinking and
messages from beyond that flowed into willing “channelers.”
Today we have moved beyond “positive thinking” as new revelations and secrets
are being revealed to millions over the Internet and through mass media outlets.
At the same time we are witnessing the growth of religious fundamentalism as
the old institutions and ways of thinking try to maintain their historical sway on the
minds and hearts of the former faithful. As in the days of the Reformation, the
lines of spiritual thought have been drawn in the sand, sometimes with blood.
“JESUS TAUGHT IT TOO” is not an attempt to revive or support traditional
Christian thought. On the contrary, it presents a unique interpretation of the
sayings of the Master that stand in juxtaposition to conventional religious thought.
This work shows that most of the literature regarding such topics as The Law of
Attraction, The Manifestation Process, creating one’s reality, thinking and
growing rich and visualizing your way to goal fulfillment date back over two
thousand years. The founding principles of all of these lines of spiritual thought
can be found in the Christian Bible in the actual words of the one named Jesus.
This is not to infer that Jesus was the only ancient messenger to lay the
foundation for current spiritual thought, but it clearly shows is that He did lay such
a foundation.
It is also clear that the way pointed out by Jesus is not what is commonly taught
to the masses. Just praying to Jesus and proclaiming him your personal savior
will not invoke the Law of Attraction or the manifestation process. This fact is
borne out by history. Getting to the “Father,” the kingdom within, through the
acceptance of the inner Christ, and not the man, Jesus, is the path that one must
- 241 -
“Before The Secret”
follow. This path is open to all that will accept that a higher state of being exists
at the core of our essence. It can be called the Christ, higher self, or any term
one chooses. The key is to recognize that within each of us is a power that is the
same that created the Universe. It is this power that we utilize to manifest all that
we desire.
It has been said that “the meek shall inherit the earth.” It has not been said that
the poor, the sick, the depressed, the hungry, the downtrodden or even the
followers of a particular religion will inherit the earth. “Meek” simply means
“showing mildness” or displaying a “quietness of nature.” Yet for thousands of
years that one phrase has been used to justify the exploitation of millions.
Humanity has been told to suffer its lot in life because if you do, great rewards
will be bestowed upon you after death.
Religious dogma has done little to advance the cause of humanity. While
followers of various faiths have often worked to alleviate the suffering of many,
the actual institutions have been the cause of war and divisiveness throughout
the ages. The irony is that the teachings of the great Masters, which
unfortunately led to institutionalized religions, actually left wonderful roadmaps
aimed at improving both the material and the spiritual status of humanity. These
maps have often been hidden, passed over, or misinterpreted in the interests of
maintaining the power and privilege of a few.
It has also been said that “all that is hidden will be revealed.” Beginning in the
19th Century, many came forward offering new interpretations of ancient secrets,
the universe and ways for humanity to gain material and spiritual advancement.
Prior to this time the wisdom that would free humanity from its dogmatic yoke lay
hidden in secret texts; kept alive by so called “secret societies;” or even hidden in
plain sight in paintings, decks of cards, architecture and in the form of plays,
poetry and works of literature. All that was needed to unlock the guides to human
advancement were mysterious keys and codes or a willingness to explore the
inner meanings of carefully chosen phrases and passages.
The need for secrecy was mandated since those who held the reins of power
were willing to do anything to prevent higher knowledge from reaching the minds
of the masses. Inquisitions, genocides, mass torture, and all sorts of
unspeakable methods were used to prevent the dissemination of the truth and to
maintain the secrecy of this higher wisdom.
Despite all of the grand efforts to censor the truth, much has remained readily
available to those who seek a greater understanding of humanity’s relationship to
- 242 -
“Before The Secret”
the COSMOS. After all, if the teachings of the great masters and avatars were
totally suppressed, there would be no basis for the dogma that has for so long
held sway over the thoughts of man. Still, even though “truths” have been at our
disposal at all time, it is incredible that those in power have still been able to
assert such control. Throughout the millennia those who sat at the apex of
religious institutions have been able to convince the masses that it is only they
who have the key to the meaning of scripture and verse.
Times have changed. Arising from the early teachings of Theosophy, the early
spiritualists and the “New Age” phenomena, barriers to free religious thinking are
crumbling like the once invincible Berlin Wall. In our era of instant
communication, it has become almost impossible to censor or control the spread
of new ideas and enlightened thinking.
A generally literate world population, mass media outlets, TV, the Internet,
YouTube and the dwindling capacity of religious leaders to impose penalties
upon dissenting thought has resulted in a spiritual revolution that appears
unstoppable. These institutions are under daily siege and their foundation is
showing major cracks. People are re-reading religious texts and finding new and
personal meanings in the words of the masters. Unencumbered by the chains of
the self-proclaimed moral authorities, a new found inner freedom and
understanding of spiritual thought is sweeping across the world.
We are all familiar with the name, Jeshua, Joshua, commonly referred to as
Jesus. His thoughts and ideas altered the course of human history and formed
the basis of the institution that became known as Christianity. This book is not
about his history. It does not address the issue of his existence, nor does it
examine alternative texts and scripture that were deleted or suppressed by
religious authorities.
Since it is the accepted Bible that has formed the basis of religious dogma, it is
best to reference that which has been “accepted’’ as containing the words of
Jesus rather than to debate other possible and probable sources of his teaching.
Thus the teachings discussed in this book come from the King James Version of
the Bible. Like the “purloined letter,” the wisdom of the Master Jesus has been
before us all, awaiting a new interpretation and a new vision in thought.
Jesus was by no means the first to introduce the concept of The Law of
Attraction. If one were to examine the works of the ancient mystics it would be
clear that the Law had its earliest roots in ancient Sumerian, Egypt and Babylon.
- 243 -
“Before The Secret”
However, few are familiar with the likes of the Pharaoh Akhenaton and fewer with
mystical thoughts of the rest of the ancient world.
The Jewish Kabala is another source of information on the Law of Attraction and
it is said that many “secret societies” like the Rose Cross, The Free Masons and
Iluminaties have long kept the old mysteries and laws alive throughout the
centuries. One could just as easily focus upon the teachings of Buddha or Lao
Tzu and the Law would be revealed in that spiritual context. Further examination
of the Bhagavad-Gita and the Mahabharata also reveal the same Laws and thus,
the claim that it is universal in nature and in origin.
The sayings of Jesus presented in this work are taken in the order that they
appear in the Bible. If they are essentially the same from one gospel to the next
the interpretation is not repeated unless some important nuance is detected.
Sayings presented are those that this author feels represent the early public
roots of what has become called “The Law of Attraction.” Upon close
examination an additional law, “The Law of Responsibility” also emerges as
an integral part of the “Master’s Key Philosophy”.
These are my interpretations and I do not presume to be a higher authority
regarding the meanings of the sayings. By the same token, I am no lesser of an
authority. We all have the ability to seek and find the inner meaning of scripture,
regardless of religious persuasion. I make little effort to describe the context of
the quotes as in many cases; the context is inconsequential to the interpretation
of the meaning. What is important is the stream of thought that is revealed in the
teachings of Jesus with respect to the subject at hand. It is important to view the
entire thread pertaining to the spiritual laws of Jesus if one is to reach any kind of
reasonable conclusion regarding his thoughts on the subject.
There are three levels of interpretation that are employed when attempting to
analyze spiritual thought. The first level is an objective analysis. The results of
this mode of thinking are literal conclusions regarding concepts. Fundamentalists
are prone to this way of thinking. The second level is the subjective. This tends to
delve a little deeper and answers the question, “What does this passage mean to
me?”
This line of analysis is generally based upon your own life experience regarding
the concept at hand in which biases and your personal belief systems form the
basis of your conclusions. The next level is the inner or spiritual meaning. It is
here that few travel as most have been told the meaning by a pastor or priest. It
requires the removal of personal bias and conditioning and demands that the
- 244 -
“Before The Secret”
mind open to the influx of deeper spiritual insight. It is the inner voice that speaks
at this level and the result is often personal revelation. The historical
accumulations of such revelations that have been consistent throughout the ages
form the body of works that we know of as “The Secret Teachings.”
The Law of Attraction is not just about the acquisition of things. Much of the
recent criticism surrounding such phenomena as the film and the book “The
Secret” is that the concept is egocentric and too materialistic. Yes, the Law of
Attraction does deal with humanity’s material needs and desires but it also
focuses upon humanity’s spiritual needs. Detractors, utilizing the scare tactics of
old, attempt to cast this idea as anti-spiritual, something other than godly and
bordering on satanic. At first glance the first quote discussed would appear to
support the contention of the critics.
“Take these things hence; make not my Father's house a house of
merchandise.”
Many are probably familiar with the story when Jesus threw the money changers
out of the Temple. Some would say that based upon the above, that material
things have no place in spiritual teachings. Out of context with the entire stream
of thought it could be argued that detractors are correct. Even though the plate is
passed every Sunday, and the Catholic Church is one of the richest and most
powerful organizations in the world, they would say that things of this world
should be shunned.
However, there is another way to look at this quote and that is that Jesus was
talking about our own consciousness and that, in that context, Jesus was saying
that when you are focused upon higher spiritual thoughts, it is appropriate to not
be concerned with the troubles, the cares and the physical burdens of your life.
To think clearly one must remove the “merchandise” or excess baggage from the
mind in order to gain a clear focus. This is a part of any true meditative state and
enables one to focus upon the work at hand.
“Say not ye, there are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? Behold, I
say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white
already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit
unto life eternal: that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice
together.”
This is perhaps the first saying that directly begins the discussion of the unlimited
abundance that is readily available to all. Fundamentalists will be quick to claim
- 245 -
“Before The Secret”
that this is a reference to the “word of God” and has nothing to do with material
needs and wants. That is one interpretation and it is also partially correct, but one
must bear in mind that Jesus also ate, drank and sustained his material body
with material sustenance.
The powerful people of this world would have us believe that resources are
limited and that we must be thankful for anything that we have. Religious
authorities, who are often awash in worldly riches, also promote the scarcity of
resources fear but promise that greater riches will be awarded to those who are
faithful to their doctrine. After all, if everyone sought the riches of others, conflict
would arise. In fact, this has historically been the case.
The Age of Exploration was all about finding gold and wealth. The Colonial Age
was about controlling the resources of other “less advanced” nations. Many will
recall the Nazi demand for living space and the Industrial Revolution generated
war and conflict as the corporate machines demanded the natural resources of
others. And many of latest wars has occurred to control the Countries that have
the biggest resources of Oil. We are all too familiar with notion of the “have and
have not’s.”
However, Jesus taught that there is no scarcity. All that we could possibly desire
is already available and waiting to be claimed. The money is in the bank in our
name and all that is needed is the withdrawal slip. Who is “he that soweth”? The
sower is the mind. The disciples did not see the fields ripe with harvest with their
physical eyes and Jesus was telling them to lift their eyes, open their minds and
with their inner vision truly see and visualize the harvest. Abundance is always
available.
Of course, because we live on the physical plane we are also the reaper of the
harvest. We must take physical action to reap the harvest we have sown with our
opened eyes and our mind. This is the art of visualization. See what is desired
not in the future but in the now. See what is desired as manifest in the now and
develop a mindset that is ready to harvest the mental crop. Jesus did not say,
“See the harvest being planted.” He did not say, “Watch the crop grow.” He said,
“The fields are ready to harvest.” When the mind and the body work together,
when mind and matter work as one, we will have all that we need as long as we
live. There are no limits, there is no scarcity and there is no need to take from
others since all that we desire is available in the mental fields that are “white with
harvest.” What you see in your mind you attract on the physical plane.
- 246 -
“Before The Secret”
A “judgment” is a final decision. There is much confusion regarding the following
quote as many have interpreted the lines in terms of the passing of a verdict or a
condemnation. On the contrary, this saying is at the heart of the Law of
Attraction.
“JUDGE not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye
shall be judged: and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to
you again.”
Let’s rephrase the saying with the concept of a final decision in mind. Do not
make a final decision so that a final decision is not made about your life.
Whatever you make a final decision about is the course your life will take.
Whatever you decide about the world, that is the way your world will be.
The law of Attraction says that what you hold in thought and imbue with emotion
and intent is what will manifest in your life. If you have made a final decision that
the world is a place of pain, suffering and despair, then that is how the world will
be measured back to you. If you hold in your mind disease, that will be measured
back to you. If you hold in your mind poverty that is what the world will return. If
you hold hatred, bigotry, violence and failure, these things will be in your life. If
you hold fear, then your life will manifest all things that you fear.
How often are we admonished that appearances are deceiving? How often do
we perceive an event in a negative way only to discover that it was a blessing in
disguise? Have you ever felt dislike towards a person only to later become best
friends? Have you ever been disappointed about a job loss only to end up with
an even better job? When we close our minds to new information and new ideas,
we close off the manifesting power of the Universe. When we say that this is the
way life is, the Universe continues to reinforce your final decision about life and
provides all the things and events that go along with that decision. Life isn’t fair.
Times are tough. I do not know what to do. The world is out to get me. I’ll
never get out of this rut. I am not smart enough. I do not have enough
money. I am not attractive enough. If any of these are your outlook on life, the
Universe will return to you a life that contains most if not all of these decisions.
We never have complete information. Even in science what is true today is
superseded tomorrow. What would have happened if the early sciences were
held to be true and as a result, further research was halted? Nothing that we
know today would exist. There would be no heart transplants, no vaccines, no
CAT scans, no x-rays, and no progress in all of the areas of technology that we
take for granted. And the World would still be flat!
- 247 -
“Before The Secret”
Science remains open and positive about its own progress and yet, when it
comes to our personal lives, we form opinions and judgments and final decisions
and remain passive in the face of “fate” to the point that only an act of God will
change our minds. It is only when we open to the influx of new ideas and
concepts that the Universe offers a variety of ways to provide for our needs and
desires.
Jesus healed others because he refused to accept the illusion. He made no
decision based upon appearances and saw what we would call the sick as whole
and well. He held in his mind the truth that we are all whole and his thoughts
became manifest. If he had judged the sick to be sick, he would not have been
able to manifest the truth. This is the same with each of us. If we see through the
illusion of pain and suffering we are in a position to assist ourselves and to better
serve those in need. If we see the world as a place filled with infinite possibilities
and opportunities, then we open ourselves to those possibilities. If we judge
something as evil or bad we actually create a reality that contains evil and bad. If
we see someone suffering and adopt an “oh poor you” attitude, then we have
judged that person as beyond repair.
Does this mean that you lose all compassion? On the contrary, it means that by
seeing the poor as wealthy, the sick as whole, the depressed as happy and the
wicked as good we create a new vibration that can bring those qualities into
existence. You have to ask yourself, which is more compassionate, feeling pity
for the suffering or actually creating a reality where suffering does not exist?
Incidentally, this is why we are admonished to be “born again.” Enter each day
with new eyes and no preconceived notions. Enter the day with an expectation
that all will be right and the Universe will fulfill that expectation. This is not easy.
We are the products of a conditioning that fills our subconscious mind with the
“merchandise” of the world. We carry over into each morning all of our hopes,
dreams and fears. But day-by-day we can make progress and with each step the
world becomes a brighter place.
Look adversity in the face and say “no,” you no longer control the way I perceive
life. I will not decide if what is happening is positive or negative. I will let the
Universe unfold new ideas and new opportunities and will see each moment as
an opportunity to learn and to grow. I lack complete information and what may
appear to be negative may be the best thing that could happen to me. Gradually,
day-by-day, old thought habits will diminish and a new paradigm, a new outlook
on life, will bring more positive events into your life.
- 248 -
“Before The Secret”
“The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent ye, and
believe the gospel. Repent: for the kingdom of God is at hand.”
Repent means to change your ways or change your mind. The Kingdom of God
is here, believe in this truth, change your way of thinking for the Kingdom
of God is here. This is a different way of looking at these words of Jesus than
priests would present. Here we are being asked to change the way we think
about things, change our outlook on the world. We are not being asked to ask for
forgiveness. We are to understand the truth that heaven is on earth now, not
some day in the future.
Religious leaders have convinced the masses that heaven is a future state of
existence in some distant location in a galaxy far, far away called Heavens. They
tell us that far below the surface of earth is Hell and if we are good and ask no
questions, we may receive our just reward. But the great Master gave a different
message. Heaven is available to all in the now, this very moment, if we but
repent, change our minds and accept the truth. The fields are already white with
harvest and it is a change in our mindset that will lift our eyes to see this truth.
It is not that people should show off their successes but neither should they hide.
Teaching by example has long been touted as a way to convince others of the
correctness of the way you live and think.
“Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on a hill cannot be hid.
Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a
candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light
so shine before men, that they may see your good works. And glorify your
Father which is in heaven.”
It should be obvious from the above quote that Jesus did not think that humanity
was the scum of the earth. He did not believe we were poor wretched creatures,
full of sin, worthy of punishment, and fit for nothing but hiding under a stone.
There is no question that this is a reference to our spiritual light but it also deals
with every aspect of our life, including our material nature. The Law of Attraction
proclaims that all people are imbued with the creative power of the Universe.
Just as our children share many of our traits, the children of the universe have
the same light as that which created them. In a way, it is in the genes. By
proclaiming that all are the “light of the world,” Jesus was saying that it is wrong
to hide or suppress our true nature. By letting our light shine you are claiming our
relationship to our divinity. By expressing what is inherently ours, we are actually
- 249 -
“Before The Secret”
paying homage to that force that permeates the entire universe. All parents want
the best for their children right? All parents, no matter how “divine” want their
children to succeed, to find happiness, to be healthy, wealthy and wise. What
kind of parent wishes eternal suffering on his children?
Why would anyone think or even promote the notion that we, the “children of
God” are not meant to have health, prosperity, and abundant love? Those that do
foster these beliefs are usually ones who have achieved a degree of success but
fear that others will take that from them. It is this belief in scarcity that fosters this
limited and constricting idea of the world. It is as if they are saying that there can
be only so many healthy, wealthy and happy people in the world and if you are
not one of them, be content with what you have and you will receive your reward
in Heavens.
Does this not sound like a conflict of interest? It is said in “The Secret” that not
everyone wants the same job, the same life partner or wants to live exactly as
someone else. There is enough to go around. If, as science says, all things are
made of energy there is certainly an abundance of energy in the Universe to go
around. Let us face it, they can always print more money. Therefore, let the light
that you are find expression and finally end the illusion of darkness.
“Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is
perfect.”
If humanity is fatally flawed, why would Jesus say that you can achieve the
perfection of the divine intelligence that created the Universe? By saying that
deity is the Father of all, it follows that we are all equally the sons and daughters
of God. There are no exclusionary notions in this quote. No one is left out of the
equation. Jesus does not say try to be perfect, he says be perfect.
Somewhere along the way someone decided that it would be best for people to
think that they were essentially evil and that only by maintaining adherence to
certain creeds and dogma would they find salvation. By doing this people have
used this lack of perceived perfection as an excuse to explain all the evils of the
world. It has been used to justify and rationalize why some are in misery while
others flourish. The Law of Attraction says that people are perfect in potential and
all that stands between the truth and the reality is a state of mind. Is this not what
Jesus is saying?
There is no indication in his admonition that anything should stand in the way of
human perfection. He did not say, “Try to be like me because I am the only son
- 250 -
“Before The Secret”
of God and I am perfect and even though you are all sinners, you just might
improve your life.” The use of the word “BE” is a command, not a request. Jesus
chose his words carefully and was not prone to exaggeration. I also believe that
Jesus did not contradict himself and that he meant exactly what he said. Be the
conscious creative force in your world and create your new reality based in Light
and perfection.
“Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat,
or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not
the life more than meat, and the body than raiment? Behold the fowls of the
air: for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your
heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they?”
The above and the passages that follow are truly the heart and soul of the Law of
Attraction. In my mind there is no room for misinterpretation.
Take no thought for your life.
Be not concerned for food or drink.
Care not about clothing.
Do not be concerned how these things will come.
The Universe provides for all of your needs. As far as Jesus is concerned, all that
you need to sustain life is available and freely provided. This raises the obvious
question about shortages and the fact that people live in poverty, starve to death
and are homeless. Some people would have us believe that this happens
because not all people are Christian and must suffer the consequence. Of course
I am not sure that sparrows attend church or that they have proclaimed their faith
in God, yet they seem to deserve life.
Humanity is convinced that there are lack and limits in this world. They believe
that there is not enough wealth, food or shelter to meet basic needs. This myth
has been perpetuated for thousands of years by both secular and sectarian
authorities to the point where most in the world are convinced that this is true. As
a result, since reality follows thought, we have the illusion of lack and
insufficiency. We all know that there is food enough for all. We all know that all
could be sheltered and clothed. We all know that there is enough abundance on
this planet to end suffering, misery and pain. We all know that the end to these
- 251 -
“Before The Secret”
perceived problems is only a thought a way. Unless Jesus lied, the fields are
already white with harvest.
Do humans have to labor to satisfy their basic needs? At the present time in our
evolution, I would have to say yes. Is this a requirement of the Universe? I do not
believe that it is. If we let our light shine and become the perfection of our true
being, the provision of needs and the fulfillment of desires can be achieved with
mental effort and minimal “sweat of the brow.” Was not water turned to wine?
Were not the masses fed with but a few loaves of bread and a few fish? We all
have the power to do this, according to Jesus and all of the other great avatars.
Once the myth of limitation is wiped from our subconscious memories, all this
becomes possible.
“Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature? And
why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they
grow; they toil not, neither do they spin: and yet I say unto you, That even
Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Wherefore, if
God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast
into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith?”
You cannot become what you are not. You cannot un-think yourself. We ignore
the fact that the Universe has chosen to teach by its own example. Nature is in a
state of balance. What goes into the system is equal to what comes out of the
system. Energy changes form and appearance and yet the system is self
perpetuating. Each year brings new life that is built upon the old life that seems to
pass away. But the perception of death is again, illusion. All things return to the
energy that they are and take form once again to express what appears to be
new life.
It is the same with us. There is no need to worry about the source of our
sustenance. It is by worrying that we create the illusion of lack while all the while
there is ample energy to provide for our needs. Our thoughts may give the
appearance that we have created shortages and that scarcity exists but by taking
thought in this manner we cannot alter the stature of the Universe. Abundance
exists regardless of appearances. Perfection exists regardless of our notions to
the contrary. What is given to the lily is given freely.
What is given to us is also given freely. Even when we appear to disrupt the
balance, all we have done is to alter the form in which energy is stored. Our
actions do not change the truth of nature. Science teaches us that there are laws
pertaining to the conservation of energy and matter. Energy is not a finite
- 252 -
“Before The Secret”
resource. When we look beyond our own world we can see that we are
constantly receiving more energy than we could ever think of depleting. When we
worry and fear that there is not enough all we are doing is squinting at the
Universe and limiting the flow of abundant energy. However, even though our
eyes are closed, the light does not go away. It is only in our ignorance that we
think that there is darkness.
By living life in balance and in harmony with nature there will be no shortages. By
living in balance with each other, there will be no shortages. We need not worry if
there is enough. This does not mean that some will not have more than others.
Some plants grow bigger and produce more fruit. But it does mean that no one
needs to go without.
Can this planet support an ever increasing population? Is there not only so much
water? Are not tillable lands limited? We live in a somewhat closed system with
respect to natural resources. It is also true that nature balances itself if inputs and
outputs are not relatively equal. We all know the result of over grazing, issues
arising from population explosions and the role that diseases play in keeping
systems in check.
Overpopulation can become an issue. Until such time as we evolve to the point
that we can simply manifest basic needs by sheer thought, this is an area for
caution. It is possible that excessive strains on resources could possibly
stimulate new technologies to deal with the problem. It is usually through
pressure that we rise to solve pressing issues.
“Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we
drink? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed? (For after all these things do
the Gentiles seek:) for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of
all these things.”
Take no thought! In the movie “The Last Samurai” there is the admonishment to
the American who is trying to learn the ancient ways of the sword (and failing
miserably) that he is thinking too much. His thoughts are getting in the way of his
performance and his intuition. Yoda in the films “Star Wars” constantly tells Luke
that he is also thinking too much and that he must give in to the “force.” The
Universe knows the needs of its own nature.
Within our own bodies our cells do not worry. Water, proteins, vitamins and
minerals are supplied to them on an as needed basis. Within our subconscious
mind is the mechanism that takes care of these needs and the cells give no
- 253 -
“Before The Secret”
thought regarding how the building blocks of life are supplied. In a way, we are
cells in the cosmic body and the Cosmic Mind, the Universe, the Father/Mother
knows what we require and has provided the resources necessary to meet those
requirements.
Based upon the Law of Attraction, worrying about how we shall be fed and
clothed actually creates the illusion of lack. By thinking that there is not enough to
go around we create a mental condition of “not enough to go around.” We are all
familiar with the notion of “worrying oneself ill.” There are ample examples of
those who never seem to have a “good break.” While some may call it
coincidence, there are numerous accounts of people who seem to attract what
they fear most.
Those who are concerned about their vehicle breaking down always seem to
have car troubles. Those who worry about getting the flu always seem to get the
flu. Those concerned about losing their jobs frequently lose their jobs. It is like
the cartoon character (Schleprock) with the dark cloud over his head that is
exposed to all manner of personal disaster. If form follows thought, especially
those thoughts filled with deep-seated emotion, then the Law of Attraction goes
to work and the fears, worries, and concerns become reality.
Conversely, there are those who go through life and nothing goes wrong. These
people are confident of who and what they are and the saying, “the Midas touch”
comes to mind. Faced with adverse circumstances they come out ahead.
Disasters become blessings. No problem is too big to tackle and each is
addressed and corrected. Money is always available, health is good, the kids turn
out great and abundance is observed in every aspect of their lives. I am not
talking the rich and wealthy. I am not talking about heirs to financial kingdoms or
empires. These are everyday people who just get it right. Their positive attitude in
life attracts one blessing after another.
Many of these people have been born in the same circumstances as our “dark
cloud” characters but through the use of will and determination have risen above
adverse environmental and social influences. Many would say this is just good
luck. I do not think that Jesus was a believer in luck nor do I think a mere series
of circumstances separates the sheep from the goats. Do these people work
hard? Have they furthered their education? Have they been in the right place at
the right time? The answer is yes to these questions. Right thinking has
conspired with them to create positive conditions that make all of these things
possible.
- 254 -
“Before The Secret”
People like this live the Law of Attraction even if they have never heard of it. It
may be argued that these people are the exception to the rule. I would argue that
if there are exceptions, then there is no rule. If one can do it, all can do it. The
Universe knows what you need and when positive thought is established as a
habitual pattern, all of your needs and desires are met because the Universe
goes into action. If you know that the Universe will take care of you, there is no
need to take thought and worry about those things that are freely given when you
are in a state of freely accepting.
How does a person achieve this state of knowing? How is it possible not to worry
about the problems we may be facing today or those that may arise tomorrow?
Critics would argue that you must plan for the future. Protect yourself from future
financial perils or possible health issues. The notion of “live for today” is perhaps
just a hippie hold over from the 60’s that is dangerous and should be discarded.
However consider this. Perhaps the teachings of Jesus were, in fact, the basis of
the rebellious culture that shook the West in the 60’s and 70’s.
- 255 -
“Before The Secret”
ASK AND IT IS GIVEN TO YOU…
“But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness; and all these
things shall be added unto you. Take therefore no thought for the morrow:
for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself. Sufficient unto the
day is the evil thereof. Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall
find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh
receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be
opened.”
What is the Kingdom of God? Throughout the ages this phrase has been abused
and misused. For many the Kingdom Of God is a place somewhere “up there.” If,
as many believe, God is omnipresent, or everywhere, then obviously there is no
place that God is not. Jacob said whether I ascend to heaven or descend to hell,
God is there. If this is true, the Kingdom of Heaven is as equally here as it is
- 256 -
“Before The Secret”
anywhere. The only reason we do not perceive it is because we are not aware of
it in our conscious mind.
The Kingdom of Heaven is in each of us. It is not a place, but all places. It is not
“out there,” since it is everywhere. Jesus is telling us to become aware of the
Kingdom of Heaven, to bring it into conscious awareness and then all that we
desire will be made manifest. All that we desire already exists in potential, we just
need to accept the blessings and bring the potential into what we call reality. In
this space, there is no need to “take thought.” The Kingdom of Heaven is in,
around and everyplace in between.
Awareness of the omnipresent Kingdom eliminates the need to worry about
tomorrow and what the future may bring. This does not mean that it is wrong to
be concerned with the future, but do not worry about it. The Universe will guide
whatever action may be necessary to deal with tomorrow. We all know that we
often cross the proverbial bridge before we get there.
We are so concerned that tomorrow may not be to our liking that we stress out
over imagined events and often make ourselves ill. The illness often manifests in
the form of heart disorder, stomach ulcers and even cancer. If we tell the
Universe that we are worried about what may come, our message is for the
Universe to bring more worry or to even manifest that which we worry about.
Jesus says to focus upon the present, the now, for sufficient are the evils today
that we should address that which is before us, not what may come. When Jesus
talks of evil, he is not saying that in the commonly presented way. By evil he is
merely referring to the trials of everyday life.
When your consciousness is in the Kingdom of Heaven state, what is commonly
referred to as “The Christ Consciousness,” Ask and it shall be given you. This
and the next few phrases are perhaps the most quoted with regards to the Law of
Attraction. It is clear that Jesus did not say “plead, beg or demand and it shall be
given unto you.” When you are in “Christ consciousness,” you merely ask and it
shall be given to you. The operative word here is conscious. Most of our lives we
are not aware of our true estate. This does not mean that we are outside of the
“Kingdom” for that is clearly impossible. What is happening is that we are
unconsciously utilizing the Law of Attraction but by not monitoring our thoughts,
we attract both desirable and undesirable events.
An important way to look at this principle is to read it in the verse. What has been
given unto you is what you have asked for. There is little doubt that few will ask
for cancer, unemployment, rape, war, starvation, and auto accident or any of the
- 257 -
“Before The Secret”
myriad of tragedies that may befall humanity. Unfortunately, this is incorrect
thinking. In some manner, shape or form all that happens to you, you have
created.
Perhaps a new Law or principle should be introduced, the Law of
Responsibility. This law or principle states that each person is totally
responsible for the all of the events that occur in their life. Most people do not
want to hear this. It is easier to blame our social environment, our upbringing (or
lack thereof), where we live, our teachers, our parents, some demonized enemy,
the government, the police, the kids down the street, a mythical evil spirit, or
even God itself for all of our ills. It may be easier, but it is not true. We truly reap
what we sow, spiritually, mentally, emotionally and physically.
“Seek and ye shall find.” The Universe does place a burden upon us. It asks
that we take action and seek the truth. While it would be nice if we could just sit
and receive an influx of revelation or be struck with lightning like Saul, this
happens to the few. It is not impossible, but few have the dedication to spend the
time necessary to enter a life of contemplation. We have to search within our
hearts and minds that which we truly desire and not be distracted by other things.
When casually asked what we want from life the quick response is usually the
new car, more money, fame, glory and a host of other desires that stem from our
mass culture. There is nothing wrong with any of these things and the Universe
will provide if this is what we want. However if this is what we most want most,
don’t be surprised if we then lack spiritual insight. Seek and ye shall find, but pay
attention to exactly what it is you are seeking.
“Seeking” implies a quest in which we dig a bit deeper into our psyche to truly
sort out the wheat from the chaff. It is not necessarily the things that we want, but
rather the condition in our lives that the things may bring us. Money may give you
a sense of security, peace of mind and freedom from worry. Thus what is really
sought is not the money but rather the sense of security and peace of mind.
Keep in mind that we do not need to tell the Universe how it will fulfill our desires.
Simply express heartfelt nature of those desires. The Universe may provide the
money to fulfill our deepest hopes if it deems that is the best way to do so.
However, it may not. Don’t worry about how the gift is delivered or how it is
wrapped. Rejoice in the gift. If you want money for a new home but the Universe
just provides the home instead of the money, accept and rejoice. Many go astray
with the Law of Attraction by dictating to the Universe the way in which a wish is
granted.
- 258 -
“Before The Secret”
In doing so you place restrictions on all of the infinite ways wishes can be fulfilled
and thereby restrict your own opportunities. It is the "forest for the tree
syndrome". An opportunity may be presented, but because your focus is on what
you think is the best way to meet your desires, you pass up other options that
may be even more beneficial.
Also note that with regards to seeking, the action required is not just mental.
Seeking demands that you put into motion all of the resources at your disposal
and take advantage of all the opportunities presented. If you seek that perfect
soul mate, you will not find him or her by staying stuck in your home. You have to
get out in order to “meet” the opportunities.
Similarly if you seek the perfect job, it is incumbent upon you to check the want
ads and talk or write to others about your desires. The job of the Universe is to
set the energies in motion, it is up to you to be in the right place at the right time.
If wealth is sought and you suddenly get an idea for a new business, a new
employment opportunity or are asked to join a group or organization, this may be
the way the Universe is acting to help you find what you desire.
Remember also the Law of Responsibility. What you find in your life, in some
way you have brought into manifestation. If you do not like what you find, it is
your responsibility to seek again. This is not a ball game. It is “not” three strikes
and you are out. The game of life has no set quarters or time limits. There is no
fourth down where you are forced to punt. Your opportunities are endless,
regardless of what you have been told and despite appearances to the contrary.
“Knock, and it shall be opened up to you.” Once again we are asked to take
action. Almost every waking moment, we are faced with choices or doors that we
either choose to enter or pass by. Many go through life entering and exiting doors
that are controlled by others. Little thought is given as to the nature of the door
and where it may lead. Like the old time carnivals, we are told to “step right in for
the thrill of a lifetime.” It is sad how many succumb to this entreaty.
Those who are successful in life choose the doors upon which they knock. If the
experience in the place they enter is negative, they do not view it as a mistake.
Rather, they view it as an opportunity to better determine which door they will
knock on next. Remember, the places you have entered have been your choice.
Knowingly or unknowingly, you have knocked upon that door and, without
judgment, the door was opened unto you.
- 259 -
“Before The Secret”
The formula presented by Jesus seems very simple. Ask and you receive, seek
and you will find, knock and the door is opened. Out of context, the formula is
simple but it must be remembered that other “conditions” apply. Too many have
sought to present the Laws of Attraction and Responsibility in this simple way.
The non-believers are perhaps rightly justified in their skepticism.
They can point to many examples where this prescription for success has failed
and thereby reject the entire concept. The key is to keep in mind the context. You
must come from a place of no judgment; you must be in the light and have clarity
of thought. You must be in the Kingdom. There can be no doubt or worry and you
must see the fields already white with the harvest in order for the process to
work. These and several other key principles provide the context for attracting
and manifesting your “new earth” and your “new heaven.”
The casual experimenter will probably have little success with The Law of
Attraction and the process that is outlined by Jesus in these pages. If you enter
this process with an attitude of, “I guess it will not hurt to try it,” then you might as
well seek some other means to fulfill your desires.
“No man putteth a piece of new cloth upon an old garment; else the new
piece that filleth it up agreeth not with the old: it taketh away from the old,
and the rent is made worse.
Another parable put he forth.
And no man putteth new wine into old bottles; else the bottles will be
marred: the new wine will burst the bottles, and be spilled, and the bottles
shall perish. But new wine must be put into new bottles; and both are
preserved…”
If the inner person is not changed, these new ideas could only make matters
worse. The “new cloth” is the new idea that you can change your reality and
manifest your heart’s desire. The old garment is your current state of mind, the
way you view the world and the extent to which you can accept a reversal in your
thinking. If you cannot repent, if you cannot change your mind, the new ideas will
only serve to cause you frustration and disappointment. This will make the “rent,”
or tear, worse in the mindset in which you are clothed. This could lead to a focus
upon the negative and as a result you will attract more of what you do not want or
desire. These types of cautions are frequently neglected and cause many to
doubt the efficacy of the ideas.
- 260 -
“Before The Secret”
The “new wine” in the old bottle can burst the very fabric of your thought system.
This can sour your general outlook on life and lead you down the road of further
desperation. You must put new wine into “new bottles.” In this you alter your
fundamental way of thinking and you are, in a sense, “born again” into a new way
of thinking and a new outlook on life.
While this process is not that difficult, it does require focus and attention on the
way you think and your reaction to the events that occur in your life. As the bottle
becomes new it can accept more wine. However, the steps in this process are
fairly precise and to attempt shortcuts will result in failure. Failure is not as
negative as the word implies. It is by learning from our failures that we grow and
evolve. Like I said, you are not on a pre-set time frame. As far as the Universe is
concerned, you have eternity to create your new bottle. It is you who creates a
sense of urgency and all of the stress that goes along with your concern for
tomorrow.
If we are filled with doubt and lack surety our efforts at determining our own
destiny will crumble. If our intention is uncertain, then our mind is divided and that
which we are trying to build cannot stand.
“And if a kingdom be divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand.
And if a house be divided against itself, that house cannot stand. And if
Satan rise up against himself, and be divided, he cannot stand, but hath an
end.
No man can enter into a strong man's house, and spoil his goods, except
he will first bind the strong man; and then he will spoil his house.”
Each and one of you are the Kingdom. The way you think, act and view the world
is your kingdom. It is your reality and for better or worse, you have created it. If
your thoughts are divided and you perceive any attempt at altering your life with
skepticism, your mental house will collapse. If Satan, or more truthfully
temptation convinces you to buy into appearances, sends you mixed messages
about the probability of actually altering your life, your thought process will not
stand and your effort will come to an end.
Appearances are deceiving and when we give into appearance and illusion, we
see pain, suffering and lack. These things are real, but they are not “actual.” Our
fundamental state of energy suffers no pain and lacks for nothing. When we take
that energy and form it into a picture that is not pleasing, we have only altered
appearance, we have not altered the basic nature of energy.
- 261 -
“Before The Secret”
The strong man is the appearance. We have put our faith and trust into our five
senses and yet science will tell you they are very deceiving. Things in a distance
look small, and yet they are not. We hear only a very minor band of tones. We
see but a fraction of the light waves that engulf our being. Our taste can be
fooled by smell and our touch is altered by our perceptions. Despite all of this, we
are told that “seeing is believing.” The mystics would say, “What we believe is
what we see” or “As above in consciousness, so below in matter.”
So the strong man or the world of illusion impinges upon our ability to see the
truth. This strong man may bind our thoughts to these appearances and if we
accept the illusion as truth, he will destroy our house. This strong man is not
some sentient being that we have all demonized in order to justify our lack of
willingness to take responsibility for our lives. The senses are wonderful things
when we use them with understanding and knowledge, but they do not tell the
entire picture.
Is wealth something to be shunned? Is it something evil? We are not here to be
poor, sick, or lonely.
“But woe unto you that are rich! For ye have received your consolation.”
“Woe unto you that are full! For ye shall hunger.”
A first reading of these lines would imply that it is not in your best interests to
have wealth and comforts. At least that is what religious leaders would have you
believe. And yet, those same leaders collect your tithes and many seem a bit on
the plump side.
My interpretation is a little different. There are those in life who believe that
wealth is an end, rather than a means to achieve a greater good. There are also
those who are so full of themselves they think they know it all, they keep all that
they have just for themselves and for fear of loss, share not with others. These
people shall hunger, not for food, but for meaning and purpose. These people
shall leave this world with few friends and the spoils of their labor shall be divided
amongst the heirs.
While Jesus does not condemn wealth and material possessions, I believe that
he does imply that care should be taken with how one uses such wealth. Those
who believe that the Universe is limited in its bounty close themselves off from
others thinking what they have will be taken away. Often, this fear attracts the
- 262 -
“Before The Secret”
loss of such things. But those who know that there are no limits give of their
riches and bounty freely and it always seems that more comes their way.
“Judge not, and ye shall not be judged: condemn not, and ye shall not be
condemned: forgive, and ye shall be forgiven.”
Make no final decisions about the nature of the Universe. It changes constantly.
Do not condemn others for what they have. The wealth of the Universe is
available to all. With our condemnations, we attract that which we condemn.
Thoughts filled with strong emotion and negative intentions only return to us. It is
a Wiccan belief that negative thoughts are returned three fold. Negative energy
does not exist.
You cannot put a curse upon someone or cause harm with your thoughts or
intentions. Black magic is a myth perpetuated by those who would keep you
frightened like a little child. In this way they can get you to do all manner of things
that go against your own inner voice. In truth, all you do is poison your own
thoughts and what you condemn and fear becomes the guiding force in your life.
The idea of forgiveness can be difficult for many. If a person is caught in the trap
of malice and hatred, these things are attracted to that person. Bitterness never
turns sweet and the joys of life become as a sour fruit. It is almost impossible to
enter the “kingdom” or Christ consciousness if hatred is still held within the heart
and mind.
There is no question that abuse is hard to forgive. Murder is hard to forgive. The
loss of a loved one to a drunk driver is hard to forgive. War is hard to forgive.
However, unless the cycle of condemnation is broken, it continues to perpetuate
itself. Is this the reason why some parts of the world are never at peace?
When we forgive others, we are forgiven. It is not that some god forgives you; it
is you that forgives you. What good is it for deity to forgive if you do not? How
can we be admonished not to judge, condemn and to forgive and then think that
God would not automatically do these things?
This is a message to each of you. It is you that must move on and perhaps look
for the inner meaning of those negative things that may have happened. It is you
who must discover that ever so elusive blessing in that awfully dark cloud. When
this is done, all manner of illnesses disappear and you can move to partake of
the riches that await.
- 263 -
“Before The Secret”
“Give, and it shall be given unto you; good measure, pressed down, and
shaken together, and running over, shall men give into your bosom. For
with the same measure that ye mete withal it shall be measured to you
again.”
What you put into your life, your thoughts and your emotions will be returned unto
you. This “IS” The Law of Attraction and The Law of Responsibility at work. Who
does the giving back? What you send out with the power of thought, filled with
emotion and strong intention, the Universe will return back to you in “good
measure, pressed down” and made manifest in your life. We all use the phrase,
“what goes around, comes around.” This applies for both positive and negative
thoughts. My guess is that this is the genesis of that common saying.
The way you measure and think about the world, your life, your friends, your
family, your lot in life, your health, your desires, hopes and dreams will be
measured back to you. If you want to know how you view the world, simply look
at what is in your life for it is a mirror of your deepest thoughts. Many are
surprised when they actually stop to look and then realize that their life is a
product of their own mind. Remember, the doors that have been opened are the
ones you opened. If you do not like what you see, you can change your measure.
You can view things in a different way and alter what is measured back. There is
no reason for any sense of guilt if what you see is not how you wish your life to
be. It only means that you need to alter your perceptions.
We often learn through the negative. In other words, we discover who we are by
discovering what we are not. If something negative is manifest in your life you
can say, “That is not me, it is not the way I want to be.” With this change of
mindset your world will begin to adjust to your new thought patterns. If you buy a
book or go to a movie and do not like it, there is no reason for any sense of guilt.
You simply move on and don’t buy more of the same kinds of books and do not
see similar movies. And yet, each book or movie you do not like teaches you
more about yourself and about what you do or do not want to be. This means
that even these negative experiences can become a positive force in your life.
Our deepest thoughts and desires are expressed outwardly as our physical
reality. A person’s action, the way they live and the way they treat and speak of
others and the way that they respond to the world is a reflection of their inner
thoughts.
- 264 -
“Before The Secret”
“For a good tree bringeth not forth corrupt fruit; neither doth a corrupt tree
bring forth good fruit. For every tree is known by his own fruit. For of
thorns men do not gather figs, nor of a bramble bush gather they grapes.”
You cannot hide from yourself since the outer is a mirror of the inner. Those who
are gentle of heart and of positive intention bring forth these attributes in every
aspect of their lives. Regardless of what circumstances may befall them, their
outer world still reflect inner calm and peace. It is not that everyone “walks their
talk,” but they do “walk their thoughts.” We all create our own outer reality even if
we do not “see” that we are responsible for what is imaged in our outer world.
We have all experienced hypocrisy. We have all known people who proclaim love
and forgiveness with one hand as they use the other hand to hate and seek
revenge. This is evident at the individual level and the collective level in terms of
nations. Grapes do not grow on the bramble bush and those who attempt to hide
their negative thoughts in the guise of sweet sounding platitudes are known by
their corrupt fruit.
What is a key principle here is that our manifest world is the result of the nature
of the “tree,” the heartwood, the thoughts and true values within. We are
responsible for the fruit that we bear, for our fruits are the product of whom and
what we really are at any particular moment of creation.
If disease is in our life, we need to examine what is within that gives rise to the
corrupt fruit. If we lack material comforts, what thoughts or emotions within give
rise to those brambles? If we find it difficult to attract friends and a life partner,
what intentions give rise to the thorns? We cannot blame someone else or a
social or environmental condition for the quality of our fruit.
A strong and healthy plant is not susceptible to the ravages of disease, insect or
changes in weather. They stand tall against adversity and it is their inner strength
that sees them through setbacks. This is also true of people. The quality of our
fruit is not a condemnation nor is it a reason to feel guilt or shame. They are
simply signposts, indicators that our inner thoughts require tending and perhaps
some loving attention in order to improve the quality of the harvest.
“A good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which
is good; and an evil man out of the evil treasure of his heart bringeth forth
that which is evil: for of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaketh.”
- 265 -
“Before The Secret”
I am not a believer in the Biblical notion of “good and evil.” I believe those terms
were used by many since those were the public terms or common vernacular of
the day. The more appropriate terms are positive and negative as they are the
words of choice among the mystics and they more accurately represent the true
concept. Good and evil imply opposing forces that struggle with each other for
dominance and also some intelligent force of evil that competes with an
intelligent force of good.
This is simply not the case. Positive and negative forces are the dualities that
make the manifest world possible. Hot and cold, up and down, front and back,
light and dark are but a few examples of that duality in which the existence of one
is dependent upon the other.
People think and act both positively and negatively. Each term, however is
relative and each a degree of the other. As mentioned, we make no final decision
about the polarity of an event since, oftentimes, the perceived negative turns out
to be positive, and vice versa. After all, down is not “bad” if your plane is running
out of fuel. Up is not necessarily good to a mouse that wants to keep all fours on
the ground. All positives and negatives are relative and often subjective.
All of that being said, the meaning of this saying is rather clear in that we are told
that what is inside, becomes pictured outside. Our reality reflects those things
that garner intense emotional support. These can either be positive or negative
energies that form the basis of our home, work and social environments. The
“good” treasure is pictured as a world with positive events and relationships. The
“evil” or negative treasure creates the broken families, child abuse, loss of
employment, minimal friendships and strained relationships.
It is important to mention that emphasis is also placed on the power of speech.
Speech is a sound, which in turn is a vibration. When emotions, the positive or
negative treasures of the heart, are released verbally, more energy is put
into the treasures. Many inspirational speakers and writers will point out the
importance of verbalizing your positive intentions in order to manifest your
desires. We live in a material world and sound is a vibration that affects that
world. Sounds can make us feel happy or sad, irritable, pleasant, sleepy or
excited. When inner thoughts and emotions are released as words, more power
is given to that vibration and its effect is greater.
Saying, “I love you” has more meaning and impact than just thinking it, as does
expressing feelings of hatred. Warriors have often used the beating of drums,
chants, and shouts to build courage and to frighten the opponent. Music has also
- 266 -
“Before The Secret”
been used to stir pride and devotion to nations as well as bringing tears to the
eyes in remembrance of lost loves and tragedies.
Sound, in the form of speech, is a very powerful tool. When thoughts are
released into the physical world, the Universe is more fully convinced that what
you are thinking is what you want to manifest. When thought plus emotion plus
sound is released on the physical plane the chances of manifestation are
increased.
The wise have often cautioned of keeping silent or at least thinking before
speaking. A thought that is released on the physical plane in the form of words
can have either positive or negative effects so the prudent will choose their words
carefully.
“He is like a man which built a house, and digged deep, and laid the
foundation on a rock: and when the flood arose, the stream beat
vehemently upon that house, and could not shake it: for it was founded
upon a rock. But he that heareth and doeth not, is like a man that without a
foundation built an house upon the earth; against which the stream did
beat vehemently, and immediately it fell; and the ruin of that house was
great.”
Our ideas and concepts of the Universe and the world in which we live is our
mental house. If it is built on the solid rock of understanding, knowledge and
experience, then it is built on solid ground. This type of mental house can
withstand the onslaught of negative thinking.
Water is esoterically the same as one’s stream of consciousness. When built on
rock, the flow of ideas from the ignorant does not weaken or shake one’s mental
house. When all those around you claim that we live in a horrible world and that
the way people think cannot change anything, the house on the stone withstands
this mental and emotional attack and rejects those ideas as nonsense.
It is difficult to have convictions that are founded upon solid ground. The world is
changing rapidly and few are able to keep their footing in the raging torrent of
negative thinking. As a result, many a house is swept away and become ruled by
fear, despair, confusion, mistrust and hatred.
It becomes easy to demonize a country, an ethnic group or race and to lay fault
upon their shoulders for our misgivings. It becomes easy not to take up the
mantle of personal responsibility and to lay blame at the feet of others. And yet,
- 267 -
“Before The Secret”
this very act of turning responsibility over to others is in fact, a choice for which
we are responsible. The Law of Responsibility cannot be given away, despite
appearances to the contrary.
Jesus did not limit his comments to religious thought. While many would have
you think that all that he said was about the Church, which did not even exist,
Jesus was speaking about life.
“Go thy way; and as thou hast believed, so be it done unto thee.”
This quote should be emblazoned into your heart and mind. Jesus made this as
a statement of fact. He did not use words like “maybe,” “possibly,” “wouldn’t it be
nice,” or "ifs" and "buts". This is a definitive statement, “as you believe, it is done
to you.” He made no reference that this was limited to spiritual or religious
matters. He made no suggestion that it only pertained to church, politics, family,
culture, customs, relationships, education or any other singular aspect of life.
What you believe is what you get. He did not imply “that seeing is believing” but
clearly says that believing is seeing. What you believe becomes your world. What
you believe becomes your reality in every facet of your life.
Buddha said, “We are what we think. With our thoughts we make the world.”
I think Buddha and Jesus would have been good friends if they would live at the
same time in history. This has been the message of every great master and it is
one that is often overlooked and ignored in the pulpits. The foundation of our
world and the reality we live in emerges from our individual and collective thought
patterns.
To all, this belief should be a joyous revelation. No longer are you loosely
chained to the pillar of ignorance. In the Tarot, card number 15 is the Devil. On
this card we see what some have called Satan on a block. He is grotesque with
the head of a goat, wings, clawed feet and he is crowned with an inverted
pentagram. At his feet are a naked man and a woman with chains around their
necks. Many misinterpret this card and say that humanity is tied to the devil.
Closer examination reveals that the chains around the neck of the figures are
very loose and can be easily removed. The chains are the illusion. The chains
are for those who think that we do not control our reality.
The wise know that the chains can be easily thrown off. The pentagram is a
symbol that speaks to humanity’s divinity. Four points are the four elements and
the fifth represents the human spirit. When enclosed in a circle its simple
meaning is that man has dominance over the elements, reality. All are enclosed
- 268 -
“Before The Secret”
in the circle of the Universe. In the Devil card, the star is inverted or upside down
and the circle is missing. The meaning is that man, in his ignorance, has
forgotten his relationship to the Universe and that rather than controlling the
elements, a.k.a. his reality, he is controlled by them. This is the myth and the
Great Illusion that has been kept from common knowledge and thought for so
many years. The myth is the yoke or the chains around our neck.
“GO THY WAY!” Jesus did not say to follow the ways of others. He did not say
to let others determine the way you think or believe. He did not say let others
create your reality. This is your life, go your way and your beliefs will create the
world and the reality you desire. You are to take full responsibility for your life.
Do not give it away to others. Do not accept the chains of erroneous beliefs. You
are responsible for what you think and what you believe and what you create.
“For whosoever hath, to him shall be given, and he shall have more
abundance: but whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken away even
that he hath.”
Whatever you have, whatever you hold in your beliefs and thoughts are given
unto you. If your thoughts and beliefs are filled with abundance, you will have
more abundance. If you believe in lack and scarcity, the little you have will be
taken away because you believe that they will or can be taken away.
This is the Law of Abundance. The question is do you want abundance in a
positive way, or a negative way? You can create an abundance of not having as
easily as an abundance of having. Again, there is no restriction on the type of
abundance you can create. Jesus does not qualify his statement and say you
can only have spiritual abundance. There are people that just cannot seem to get
a break and then there are those who can do no wrong. Those that do not get the
breaks have a belief that they will not get one and that the world is out to take
what they have. This belief is made manifest.
Remember that there is no judgment involved here. There is no deity saying that
only the faithful to a particular dogma or creed will get what they want. At the time
of Jesus there was no dogma or creed. This is why it is said that the Universe is
objective and that it is “no respecter of persons.” It does not matter to what
religion you belong. The Laws work regardless. No one is singled out for special
favor or dispensation. All have equal access to the abundance of the Universe.
The only limits are those placed by your beliefs.
- 269 -
“Before The Secret”
“For there is nothing hid, neither was any thing kept secret, which shall not
be manifested; but that it should be known and come abroad.”
Anything and everything held in the subconscious and conscious mind is
manifested. If these thoughts are imbued with powerful emotion and intention
they are made manifest and are made known. Nothing is hidden nor kept secret.
You are what you think and your reality is made known as your beliefs are made
manifest. You may argue that this is out of context but if you follow the stream of
the thoughts of Jesus you will see that this is not the case. He continuously
states that your thinking is your reality.
Obviously, passing thoughts and ideas that hold no deep-seated energy do not
emerge. But it is obvious that strong thoughts are brought into reality in some
manner. This includes illness. Nothing is hidden. Somewhere in your mind there
is a belief that you will or are experiencing disease. Somewhere in your mind is
the idea that you will not be prosperous or that you will live a lonely life. Nothing
is hidden. All will be made known by the things and events that appear in your
life. Your thoughts and your reality are one.
“Take heed what ye hear: with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured
to you: and unto you that hear shall more be given: for he that hath, to him
shall be given: and he that hath not, from him shall be taken even that
which he hath.”
Be careful what you allow to enter your mind. This does not mean to close your
ears to the world around you. But it does mean that you should take care what
you believe that others say. Always question the news. Always question others
beliefs and dogma because what you accept becomes your new reality. When
you hear what you believe to be the truth, more truth will come your way. When
you decide that a certain way of life is best suited for you, more of that life will
arrive on your doorstep.
When you decide that drug use is not for you, those who take drugs will fade
from your life. When you decide that there are no limits to the abundance of the
Universe, more is given to you. When you decide that you would like to embark
upon a new path, suddenly you have company and new friends appear.
If you accept the political notion that a particular country or people are evil, they
will become evil to you. It is incumbent upon you to filter what others say and do
not believe all that is said. Be careful what you accept as truth and allow only
those words that ring true to enter your mind and your life. As we must be careful
- 270 -
“Before The Secret”
as to the vibrations that we send out with our words, so must we be careful as to
what vibrations we allow to take root in our minds.
“Be not afraid, only believe. Fear not: believe only, and she shall be made
whole. According to your faith be it unto you.”
Healing is a matter of belief. This is so difficult for so many to accept. Know the
truth and the truth shall be made manifest in your life. Can we bring a loved one
back from the dead? At this stage in our evolution this is probably not possible.
And besides, all things travel the great circle of life in cycles, there is truly a time
to each season. But, if we recognize that somewhere deep inside we are the
cause of our own ailments, it is possible to rid ourselves of disease.
We have all heard stories of miraculous recoveries from pain and disease.
Studies have shown that those with a positive and knowing outlook on life get
through life threatening ailments better and quicker than those whose minds are
filled with defeat. According to what you believe, it is done to you. “Take up thy
bed” and with a new set of beliefs and a new way of thinking, very little is
impossible.
In describing the Kingdom of Heaven Jesus spoke in parables. He made
comparisons that most would understand since it is almost impossible to put into
words that which is a state of mind and heart. Jesus did not describe a physical
place; he described a state of mind. This would make sense since he earlier
proclaimed that the kingdom of heaven is here, now and available to all who wish
to enter. It is but a thought away.
“Whereunto shall we liken the kingdom of God? Or with what comparison
shall we compare it? A grain of mustard seed is the least of all seeds: is
indeed less than all the seeds that be in the earth; but when it is sown in
the earth, it groweth up: it becometh greater than all herbs; it shooteth out
great branches, and becometh a tree, so that the fowls of the air come and
lodge in the branches thereof.”
The kingdom of heaven is like unto leaven, which a woman took, and hid in
three measures of meal, till the whole was leavened.
You have heard it a thousand times—the kingdom of heaven is within you. When
given the opportunity, it grows from the smallest seed of truth and provides a
home for all of your thoughts, hopes and desires. It is the small fragment of yeast
that gives rise to the bread that nourishes our life.
- 271 -
“Before The Secret”
“All these things spake Jesus unto the multitude in parables.”
Then Jesus sent the multitude away, and went into the house and his disciples
came unto him, saying, declare unto us the parable of the tares of the field. He
answered,
“He that soweth the good seed is the Son of man; the field is the world; the
good seed are the children of the kingdom; but the tares are the children of
the wicked one; the enemy that sowed them is the devil; the harvest is the
end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.
As therefore the tares are gathered and burned in the fire; so shall it be in
the end of this world. The Son of man shall send forth his angels, and they
shall gather out of his kingdom all things that offend, and them which do
iniquity; and shall cast them into a furnace of fire: there shall be wailing
and gnashing of teeth.”
He that sows is all of us. The field is our minds. The good seeds are the thoughts
of truth and understanding. The tares are our negative thoughts. Illusion sowed
the negative thoughts. The harvest is the end of pain, suffering and want that is
the end of the world as you have known it. The reapers are purified thoughts.
The negative thoughts are sent to the fire of transmutation—truth. It is then that
our negative thoughts cease to exist. Our mind will resist this journey toward
enlightenment and they will attempt to keep us in our old mold of thinking.
“Again, the kingdom of heaven is like unto treasure hid in a field; which
when a man hath found, he hideth, and for joy thereof goeth and selleth all
that he hath, and buyeth that field.”
The treasure in the field is the light within, the truth, that which connects you to
the infinite power of the Universe. When you find that truth that rests at the center
of your being, little else matters. This is why so many forget that the Law of
Attraction in not just about fame and fortune. It is about finding the true nature of
your being that denies you nothing and gives you everything.
“Again, the kingdom of heaven is like unto a merchant man, seeking
goodly pearls: who, when he had found one pearl of great price, went and
sold all that he had, and bought it.”
- 272 -
“Before The Secret”
Is it not better to have one thing of great value than many things of no value? To
know the perfection within is to release that perfection into the world. It is letting
your light shine and allowing the inner and the outer to be as one.
“Again, the kingdom of heaven is like unto a net, that was cast into the sea,
and gathered of every kind: which, when it was full, they drew to shore, and
sat down, and gathered the good into vessels, but cast the bad away.”
It is said, “Garbage in, garbage out.” So many accept mediocrity and thereby
have a mediocre life. Most feel that they have to accept the “good with the bad.”
However, the fact is there is no need to accept any bad. Your cup can overflow
with the positive.
We are exposed to a constant barrage of ideas and images but it is not
necessary to accept them all as gospel. Each concept must be examined in the
light of our inner being and inner truths. That which rings true can be accepted
and taken into vessels, or the mind. That which is deemed inappropriate should
be cast away.
“Hearken unto me every one of you. Hear and understand. Not that which
goeth into the mouth defileth a man; but that which cometh out of the
mouth, this defileth a man. There is nothing from without a man that
entering into him can defile him: but the things which come out of him,
those are they that defile the man.”
Jesus is fairly adamant on this point. He is saying, “Hey, pay attention, I have
something important to tell you.” What goes into the body cannot defile the body.
What goes into the mind cannot defile the mind. What goes into the heart cannot
defile the heart. It is always what you do with what you see and hear that
matters. Nothing outside of you can hurt you unless you let it hurt you.
It is only the thoughts and emotions and words and intentions that you express
which can cause you any harm. You are your own world and you are the master
of that world. No one can hurt you. Nothing can cripple you. Nothing can cause
you pain or suffering unless YOU allow it to be part of your reality.
“Are ye also yet so without understanding? Do not ye yet perceive that
whatsoever thing from without entereth into a man, entereth in at the
mouth, goeth into the belly, and is cast out into the draught, purging all
meats? It entereth not into his heart; it cannot defile him.”
- 273 -
“Before The Secret”
I think that the Master was getting a little impatient at this point. Negative
thoughts and ideas that assault your senses need not be a part of your world.
You can take these things in but they can just as easily be expelled as
nitrogenous waste. If the things that you consume do not enter your heart and do
not become part of your being, they CANNOT harm you. This does not mean that
you become blind to the troubles in the world around you; but, it does mean that
you can see the truth of every situation.
The power that Jesus used to heal the blind and the sick was not some
mysterious form of magic. He healed with his vision. He refused to accept
blindness and disease into his reality and so they ceased to have any existence.
The sheer clarity of his vision was transferred to the blind man and thus sight
was returned. In fact it was never really gone. The blind man accepted the bad
fish and thus they were a part of his world. This does not have to be the case.
We do not have to accept pain, suffering, poverty or disease. When we see from
the perspective of our inner light, we see all things whole, all people fed and
consequently all sadness fades as a distant memory.
“But those things which proceed out of the mouth come forth from the
heart; and they defile the man: for from within, out of the heart of men,
proceed evil thoughts, adulteries, fornications, murders, thefts,
covetousness, wickedness, deceit, lasciviousness, an evil eye, blasphemy,
pride, foolishness: all these evil things come from within, and these are the
things which defile a man: but to eat with unwashen hands defileth not a
man.”
There is a distinction between KNOWLEDGE and KNOWING. Knowledge is the
accumulation of information. Knowing is the inner understanding of that
information. Knowing separates truth from fiction. Here is a KEY regarding The
Law of Attraction. Many people have information, knowledge regarding spiritual
laws. They can cite chapter and verse, list the steps to be followed, proclaim the
grandest of but, when push comes to shove, do not have a clue what it all really
means.
The secret to the utilization of any law is the knowing of the inner meaning. It
comes from the heart that knows and sees and believes in the truth of its nature.
If your beliefs are false, your world is false. If your beliefs are true, your world is
true. If you believe that the man is blind, he will, in your reality, remain blind.
Negative thoughts come from within. When expressed, they defile your life. They
create the illusion.
- 274 -
“Before The Secret”
“All these evil things come from within.” There is no exterior evil force in the
world. All evil, negativity, comes from within and is expressed as hatred, murder,
violence, disease and all the ills that we have been able to imagine or have been
told has existence. When negative thoughts leave our minds they take on an
expression in the outer world, in our reality. Usually, they will take the form of that
which we most fear. To eat with “unwashen hands,” or rather, to live in a world
filled with negative ideas, does not defile a man. It is only when we accept the
reality as truth and we in turn espouse that false truth that it becomes a part of
our reality.
It is here that an esoteric principle must be clarified. There is a difference
between reality and actuality. Reality is the outer appearance that is perceived
by the senses. Actuality is the true nature of a thing or the Universe or a
situation. A red shirt is “really” red, but it is actually every color but red. It looks
really red because the fabric does not absorb the red wavelength and it is
reflected to the eyes. All other colors have been absorbed by the shirt except red.
Thus, the shirt is really red, but it is not actually red.
Our senses only perceive a very small fraction of the world in which we live. Most
think that light is white and yet it is comprised of the rainbow. Most do not realize
that radio waves, X-Rays, Gamma Waves and more are also light. A pitch dark
room with a radio playing is filled with light. It is really dark, but it is actually filled
with light.
“Every plant, which my heavenly Father hath not planted, shall be rooted
up. Let them alone: they be blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind lead
the blind, both shall fall into the ditch.”
Every plant is every thought, idea or concept that is not actual. Reality is the
illusion that will dissolve and be uprooted when the mind awakens to the true
nature of the Universe. Death, disease, poverty and loneliness are real, but they
are not actual. Those who think that they are poor have untold riches in the
Universal bank. Those that are ill need but see with true vision to discover that
illness is a mirage or a mask. Those who proclaim the world to be evil can only
live in an evil world. They are the blind that have led humanity through the
millennia. They are the blind who have taken their followers into the ditch.
“If thou canst because of your unbelief: for verily I say unto you, If ye have
faith as a grain of mustard seed, ye shall say unto this mountain, Remove
hence to yonder place; and it shall remove; and nothing shall be
impossible unto you.”
- 275 -
“Before The Secret”
If you “know” the true power that lies within, nothing is impossible. The only
stumbling block to performing every conceivable miracle is the lack of knowing or
believing that all things are possible. Moving mountains, ending poverty,
achieving world peace and more are only a thought away.
“…believe, all things are possible to him that believeth.”
All things are possible, no exceptions. Jesus did not say you had to believe in
a certain god or attend church, or be of a particular race or ethnicity, just believe
and all of your desires are made manifest. Believe and all things are attracted
unto you in overflowing abundance. There are no limits. There is no mountain
that cannot be climbed, no disease that cannot be cured, no situation that cannot
be changed, no relationship that cannot be found, no desire that cannot be made
manifest.
In this context the term belief is not to be confused with the idea of “hope.”
Hoping is just wishful thinking. Belief must be viewed as knowing. Know that
these words are true and all things ARE possible. Know that the kingdom and the
power are within you.
Know that nothing outside of you, nothing outside of your reality, can hurt you.
Know that your new vision and your new hearing will enable you to attract all that
you desire. Know that you do not have to wait for months for the harvest. The
fields are NOW white and ready to be gleaned. There is no waiting! There is
nothing that you cannot achieve or have. ALL things are possible RIGHT NOW!
“Judge not according to the appearance, but judge righteous judgment.”
Make no final decisions according to what you see. Do not rely upon the senses
to give you a true understanding of the world. Look within to discover the true
nature about the world in which you live. All things are possible if you see with
the inner vision. See the harvest where others see none. See abundance where
others see only poverty. See wholeness where others see disease. See love
where others see hatred. See solutions where others see problems. See strength
where others see weakness. See success where others see failure. See
beginnings where others see endings. See open where others see closed. This is
righteous judgment.
“Is it not written in your law, I said, Ye are gods?”
- 276 -
“Before The Secret”
While Jesus did not say you are God, the implication should be obvious. It is in
this simple line that the Master sums up the power available to everyone. We all
possess the creative power of the Universe. We all have the ability to create the
reality we desire.
Is this liberty to do whatever we want, both positive and negative? Does this give
us the freedom to do harm unto others? Does this give us the right to abuse the
creative power and to become selfish and greedy? No, this is not a license for
humanity to run rampart through life in a destructive manner.
That is why it is so important to follow Jesus’ stream of thought. When one
operates from the kingdom within and from the light, it is discovered that the
creative forces of the Universe can only be used in a positive way. It is only in our
forgetfulness of our relationship to all of the threads of life that we become
servants of the illusion, rather than its master.
“If a son shall ask bread of any of you that is a father, will he give him a
stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he for a fish give him a serpent? Or if he
shall ask an egg, will he offer him a scorpion?”
The stones, the serpent and the scorpion are of our own creation. A father does
not wish ill upon his son. A father does not demand sacrifice. A father does not
require worship, or poverty, or suffering, pain or sorrow. Nowhere are these
demanded. No parent requires these things of their children. A GOD would never
require the lament of its offspring and yet so many have been convinced that this
is the case. So many have been taught and believe that a father would create an
evil demon to constantly torment its children. This is not the God of Jesus and it
is not the god that Jesus says that you each are.
“If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children: how
much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask
him”
There is no true evil, just true ignorance. But in our ignorance, we still give all that
we can to our children. We make whatever sacrifice is necessary to ensure that
their life is a better life. Would any real God do less? If you love your children,
how much more does God love his children? If you want only the best for your
sons and daughters, how much more does God want this for you?
- 277 -
“Before The Secret”
“Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat;
neither for the body, what ye shall put on. The life is more than meat, and
the body is more than raiment.”
“Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap; which neither have
storehouse nor barn; and God feedeth them: how much more are ye better
than the fowls?”
“And which of you with taking thought can add to his stature one cubit? If
ye then be not able to do that thing which is least, why take ye thought for
the rest?”
“Consider the lilies how they grow: they toil not, they spin not; and yet I
say unto you, that Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of
these. If then God so clothe the grass, which is today in the field, and
tomorrow is cast into the oven; how much more will he clothe you, O ye of
little faith?”
“And seek not ye what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink, neither be ye of
doubtful mind. For all these things do the nations of the world seek after:
and your Father knoweth that ye have need of these things.”
“But rather seek ye the kingdom of God; and all these things shall be
added unto you”.
These are but a restating of what has been revealed, but it is important to note
the frequency with which the keys are given and the rarity to which they are
used. Seek that which is the truth within and all of your needs and desires will be
met. Remove the blinders and see that all that you could ever want has already
been delivered.
“Fear not, little flock; for it is your Father's good pleasure to give you the
kingdom. Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide yourselves bags which
wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not, where no thief
approacheth, neither moth corrupteth. For where your treasure is, there will
your heart be also.”
It is the will of the Universe that all your desires be fulfilled. If you build your
mental foundation on the solid rock of knowing then no illusion, no thief, no false
ideas can ever take away what you have created. When you knowingly take
- 278 -
“Before The Secret”
responsibility for your thoughts, actions and words, you are on a foundation of
stone. Understand that your needs are already met.
The treasure in heaven is the treasure that you find in your heart and mind. It is
only when we believe that others are in control or that we have no responsibility
for our lives that the moths enter and corrupt or blind us from the truth of
existence.
“Blessed are those servants, whom the lord when he cometh shall find
watching: verily I say unto you, that he shall gird himself, and make them to
sit down to meat, and will come forth and serve them. And if he shall come
in the second watch, or come in the third watch, and find them so, blessed
are those servants. And this know, that if the goodman of the house had
known what hour the thief would come, he would have watched, and not
have suffered his house to be broken through. Be ye therefore ready also:
for the Son of man cometh at an hour when ye think not.”
This is not about a “second coming” in the sense that has been promoted in
religious dogma. This is not a threat about being good and loyal church followers
because you never know when God may come and pass judgment. If that were
the case, it would contradict all that has been previously said. I do not believe
that Jesus was unaware of what he taught from day to day.
This is about the necessity to always monitor your thoughts and emotions. You
never know when you may be confronted by what may appear to be something
negative. You never know when your thoughts may be taken by surprise by
worldly or personal events or circumstances. One must always be aware of ones
emotions and thought patterns.
Since form follows thought it is easy to make slight shifts in your reality and
personal life if your thoughts are not properly tended. A good gardener always
keeps an eye out for weeds and predators that may cause damage to the crop.
We must all be good mental gardeners. We must all be open for new inspirations
and new ideas or, in old terms, for the coming of the Son of man.
“Children, how hard is it for them that trust in riches to enter into the
kingdom of God! Verily I say unto you, That a rich man shall hardly enter
into the kingdom of heaven! And again I say unto you, it is easier for a
camel to go through a needle's eye, than for a rich man to enter into the
kingdom of God”.
- 279 -
“Before The Secret”
If the Universe has provided for your every need and desire and you have
godlike abilities, why then would it be hard for a rich man to enter the kingdom?
Despite the fact that those who have taught the dogmas are frequently
surrounded in wealth, these lines are used to demonize the notion of wealth.
These feelings are based in the fear that there is not enough to go around. If we
set our minds, our kingdom, with the idea that only the few are deserving of
wealth and riches, either materially or spiritually, that is the world we will create.
The “rich man” is one who seeks wealth or possessions as an end. The “rich
man” knows it all and cares little for others. The “rich man” is trapped by the
illusion and fears the loss of that illusion. Such a person has a very difficult time
seeing and feeling the finer side of life. Such a person knows little of caring or
sharing.
Such a person is blind to the plenty that is freely given to all and out of fear
cannot enter that space within where deeper and more lasting riches abide.
Based upon everything that Jesus has to say concerning the Law of Attraction
and creating one’s own reality, there can be little doubt that the Universe has no
problem with each and every person sharing in its bounty. What it does say is
that material bounty as an “end” will not fulfill your needs.
As a means to an end, riches can be very useful and they can serve as a tool
with which to bring happiness to many. A true “rich man” knows that the more
that is given, the more that will be received. But a person of wealth that thinks
that by giving he loses, that person will face great difficulties finding the higher
meaning of existence.
We are all “god like” in that we have the power to create, shape and mold reality.
On a largely unconscious level we exercise this power everyday. Our lack of
understanding of our abilities enables others to dominate us and condition the
world we seek to manifest.
However, when we assume conscious control of this power we find that others
no longer control our thoughts. They no longer keep us in darkness. They no
longer have the ability to press their erroneous views of life upon us.
“Go thy way; thy faith hath made thee whole.”
- 280 -
“Before The Secret”
Take whatever path you may desire because your faith, your knowing has
brought wholeness and truth into your life. This faith or knowing straightens the
crooked road and smoothes out the bumps of life and brings a state of
completeness or wholeness.
“Verily I say unto you, If ye have faith, and doubt not, ye shall not only do
this which is done to the fig tree, but also if ye shall say unto this
mountain, Be thou removed, and be thou cast into the sea; it shall be done.
And all things, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall
receive.”
The process outlined by Jesus is not for the dabbler. You cannot try it out to see
if it works and then decide to accept or reject it later. If the roots are not deep, if
the foundation of your thinking is built on sand, your mansion will crumble. All
things that you ask, KNOWING that it can be done, shall be done unto you.
Reciting litanies or affirmations will not take you far on the manifestation highway.
Further, if you KNOW that you will get cancer, if you KNOW that you will not get
the job, if you KNOW you will not be able to pay your bills, if you KNOW that you
will not get along with someone, if you KNOW that a nation is your enemy, then
BELIEVING you SHALL receive. ALL things, whatsoever, you shall receive.
Jesus did not say that you would only receive positive things. What is in the heart
and comes out of your mouth determines your reality, for better or worse.
“Have faith in God. For verily I say unto you, That whosoever shall say unto
this mountain, Be thou removed, and be thou cast into the sea; and shall
not doubt in his heart, but shall believe that those things which he saith
shall come to pass; he shall have whatsoever he saith.”
If you believe that something will happen and have no doubts that it will happen,
whatever you say WILL happen. The notion of faith in God is introduced. This
does not imply that you must have faith in a particular God or religion but only
that you know that whatever God there is, it has deemed these laws to be the
nature of the Universe.
These laws work for Christians, Muslims, Hindus, Buddhist, Wiccans, Shamans,
and anyone. It equally works for the agnostic or the atheist. No religion or belief
can lay claim to the operating principles of nature.
“Therefore I say unto you, what things soever ye desire, when ye pray,
believe that ye receive them, and ye shall receive them.”
- 281 -
“Before The Secret”
Whatever you desire is a lot different than whatever you need. No restrictions
are placed upon your desires. When you pray, when you ask from the proper
mind set and you believe that your desires are fulfilled, you shall receive them. It
is critical to understand that Jesus does not say that you will receive the things
you desire. It is not in the future tense, it is in the present.
Know that you receive and you shall receive. If you have doubts, if your mind is
cluttered with questions, if your desires are unclear or you are trying to test the
principles, then you have knocked upon a door that will open to emptiness.
Desiring, asking, knowing, receiving, accepting, taking responsibility and
expressing gratitude are key concepts that are inherent parts of the
manifestation and attraction process.
“God is not the God of the dead, but of the living; for all live unto him: ye
therefore do greatly err.”
Your rewards do not come after death in a mythical heaven. In the Universe,
death is only a false appearance, an illusion, a trick of the eye. If you accept this
as truth, then you will understand that all of the promises and riches promised by
Jesus occur in the eternal now. This Now is ripe with harvest and awaits the
eyes that see.
The Principles or Laws of Attraction, Responsibility, Manifestation and Gratitude
have existed since the beginning of time. There are those who have and still try
to hoard these secrets and mysteries. Jesus said, “For nothing is hidden that
shall not become evident, nor anything secret that shall not be known and come
to light.”
There are those who fear that the Universe has limits. There are those who have
come to believe, and have thus created, the idea that some independent
negative force may take the riches they have gained. Perhaps some had much
and lost much. Not understanding the process they decided that to regain their
wealth they had to take rather than receive.
As a result the Grand Illusion was manifested and the stage was set for the
struggles that have plagued humanity for centuries. The losses and tragedies
that have plagued human history can end on a positive turn of the Sacred Rota if
we learn from past experiences. Combined with knowledge and understanding,
these experiences lead to WISDOM.
- 282 -
“Before The Secret”
Jesus knew that we would face a continuous struggle to reveal the hidden
concepts in his messages. To alert us to these struggles Jesus left a lasting
message to all who would search for the inner meaning of his words and
parables. When he spoke of the scribes, Pharisees and hypocrites, he was not
just referring to those in his time that would try to obstruct his ideas.
He knew that he was timeless and that what he said then would be valid
throughout the ages. In the context of all that has been revealed, read the
following with a new understanding and apply the words to the present, not the
past.
--------------------------“But woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye shut up the
kingdom of heaven against men: for ye neither go in yourselves, neither
suffer ye them that are entering to go in.
Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye pay tithe of mint and
anise and cumin, and have omitted the weightier matters of the law,
judgment, mercy, and faith: these ought ye to have done, and not to leave the
other undone. Ye blind guides, which strain at a gnat, and swallow a camel.
Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye make clean the outside
of the cup and of the platter, but within they are full of extortion and excess. Thou
blind Pharisee, cleanse first that which is within the cup and platter, that the
outside of them may be clean also.
Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye are like unto whited
sepulchres, which indeed appear beautiful outward, but are within full of
dead men's bones, and of all uncleanness. Even so ye also outwardly appear
righteous unto men, but within ye are full of hypocrisy and iniquity.
Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! because ye build the tombs
of the prophets, and garnish the sepulchres of the righteous, and say, If we had
been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partakers with them in
the blood of the prophets.
Wherefore ye be witnesses unto yourselves, that ye are the children of them
which killed the prophets. Fill ye up then the measure of your fathers. Ye
serpents, ye generation of vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell?
- 283 -
“Before The Secret”
Wherefore, behold, I send unto you prophets, and wise men, and scribes:
and some of them ye shall kill and crucify; and some of them shall ye
scourge in your synagogues, and persecute them from city to city: that
upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth, from the blood
of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye slew
between the temple and the altar. Verily I say unto you, All these things shall
come upon this generation.
O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which
are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together,
even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not!
Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. For I say unto you, ye shall not
see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the
Lord.
Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall
he do also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto my
Father.
And whatsoever ye shall ask in my name, that will I do, that the Father may
be glorified in the Son. If ye shall ask any thing in my name, I will do it.
If ye love me, keep my commandments. And I will pray the Father, and he shall
give you another Comforter, that he may abide with you for ever; even the
Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth him not,
neither knoweth him: but ye know him; for he dwelleth with you, and shall
be in you. I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you.
Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more; but ye see me: because I live,
ye shall live also. At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, and ye in
me, and I in you.
Abide in me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide
in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in me. I am the vine, ye are the
branches: He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much
fruit: for without me ye can do nothing.
If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men
gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned. If ye abide in me,
- 284 -
“Before The Secret”
and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done
unto you
And in that day ye shall ask me nothing. Verily, verily, I say unto you,
Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he will give it you. Hitherto have
ye asked nothing in my name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be
full.
It is more blessed to give than to receive.
To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the
midst of the paradise of God.
--------------------------I have highlighted some key phrases that require your further thought. Some will
be quite obvious while others require your inner guidance. If you can get past the
dogma built around some of these words you may see that not only do they add
to the information in this work, they also dispel some of the myths surrounding
these same words.
Read the texts in the stream of thought contained in the previous chapters. Is the
vine a person or is it a concept that speaks of deeper meaning? If we are
connected to the vine are we not of the same family? What is the Comforter that
is within each of us? Does Jesus put himself forward as someone to be
worshipped or as someone to be emulated? Is there any separation between us
and the Spirit of Truth or are we just blinded by the illusion?
Many have tried to suppress these messages and many have tried to deliver
these messages. The ideas expressed by the Masters have been before our
eyes for thousands of years but have been hid by our fears, blindness and lack of
knowing. All spiritual leaders have told these truths in ways that make sense to
the cultures in which they were delivered.
You are gods. You do control your own destiny and reality. You can have
anything you desire. There are no limits to the supply of riches in the Universe.
You are responsible for all of your actions. There is nothing outside of you that
can cause you harm.
What you are within, you express outwardly. What you believe, you attract. What
you believe, you create. These words and phrases are being echoed like a
- 285 -
“Before The Secret”
spiritual shot heard around the world. The Great Awakening is upon us. Fear not,
for there is no judgment, no punishment, and none will be left behind!
- 286 -
“Before The Secret”
JESUS AND THE LAW OF ATTRACTION
Jesus laid a set of principles regarding the manifestation of one’s reality and
desires. It is important to repeat that the cornerstone that he placed has nothing
to do with one’s religious belief or faith. There was no such thing as Christianity
during his lifetime and his message was meant for all.
Based upon his stream of thought, it is possible to outline a specific pattern to
follow, a specific mindset that is needed in order to work hand-in-hand with the
Universe in the act of creation. The following outlines the essence of the
teachings of Jesus on this topic. Use it as a checklist or a quick mental check to
ensure your success in using The Law of Attraction.
1. Your focus must be clear and not filled with excess “merchandise” or
concern for day-to-day problems.
2. Realize that all of your needs and desires have already been met—the
fields are ripe for harvest NOW.
3. Your mindset must be free and clear of judgments concerning your world.
A judgment is a final decision and whatever you are convinced of in your
mind will manifest in your world.
- 287 -
“Before The Secret”
4. Change your mind about the nature of the world and know that the
kingdom of heaven is here now, in each of you.
5. Let the inner light of your true nature be made manifest in your world.
6. You can be as perfect as the Universe. In fact, you are as perfect as the
Universe. You just need to know it.
7. Take no concern for the basic necessities of life, they have been provided.
See the abundance that is freely given to all. The Universe knows of your
needs and has provided accordingly.
8. In order to attract that which you desire, you must find that part of you, the
kingdom within, that has no doubts, that knows that all of your desires are
fulfilled now.
9. Everything in your life is a result of your thoughts and intentions. This is
The Law of Responsibility. Denial of this fact may close doors that lead to
the kingdom within.
10. You cannot expect to manifest your desires if your mind set is one that
believes in lack and scarcity in the Universe. If you are not convinced
within, you will not alter what you perceive to be without. You cannot put
new wine in old bottles.
11. If your thoughts are divided and you lack confidence and certainty, your
mental house will collapse.
12. Thinking you know it all does not work if you have only information but
little inner conviction.
13. Whatever you decide the world is, that is how it will be.
14. If you want to know how you really think and feel, merely examine your
life. The fruits that you see are your own thoughts made manifest.
15. Whatever you believe, that is the way your life and world will be.
16. Once you establish an inner conviction that the laws work, you become a
magnet of positive energy. To him that has, more is given. This is The Law
of Attraction.
17. There is nothing within that does not appear without.
18. Beware of the beliefs and ideas that you allow to enter your mind.
19. Eliminate all fears, they attract what you least desire.
20. The field of harvest is in our minds. When you try to alter your entire belief
system do not be surprised if your negative thoughts try to strike back and
re-take control of your life. Old ways die hard.
21. Contrary to appearance and belief, there is literally nothing outside of you
that can harm you.
22. It is only what you express from the depths of your thoughts, emotions,
and intentions and words that can have a negative impact on your life.
23. There is a difference between information and “knowing.”
24. Nothing is impossible.
- 288 -
“Before The Secret”
25. You are gods and if you ask, seek, and knock, you will receive. The door
will be opened.
26. What you have received, what you have found, and the doors that have
been opened are of your own doing.
27. If you seek the truth of your inner being, all that you need and desire will
be manifest in your life.
28. Always be ready to hear the inner voice of inspiration and guidance.
29. Whatever you desire, know that you have it now.
30. Your rewards are for the now, not the afterlife.
31. There is no separation between you, God, Jesus and the entire Universe.
32. Ask, know (believe), receive, give thanks and share.
33. The path to the kingdom is through the inner self and not through any
person, including Jesus. He is the WAY means that the inner self is the
door. You can only change yourself, not others.
- 289 -
“Before The Secret”
THE POWER OF GRATITUD
In a polite society we say "thank you" after we receive a gift. While that is nice, it
is not exactly the way the Universe works. Many falter in the manifestation
process because they believe that they do not already have what they want. After
all, if you cannot see it or touch it, it is not there, right? Wrong! Anything and
- 290 -
“Before The Secret”
everything that you could possibly want or desire is all around you. It is in the
form of energy waiting to be shaped and brought into the physical world by the
creative process of the mind.
Thoughts are things and all things are made of energy—Physics 101. Nothing
exists in the world that was not first thought about. A chair, a house, a plane, a
computer, etc., are merely thoughts that have become manifest. I would go so far
as to say that you and all the infinite manifestations of life exist because of the
first thought—the prime mover—the creative consciousness behind all of
existence.
When we say that we do not have something, we close the cosmic door. We are
telling the Universe "I do not have" and the Universe grants your desire and thus
you do not have. It is said, "seek, and you shall find, knock and the door shall be
opened." Unfortunately most people think this merely means that if you seek
spiritual salvation, you will find it.
However, these words are a basic Law of the Universe. In essence the law says
that if you seek something, you will find it. It also says that what you have found
is what you have sought. If you knock, a door will be opened, or the doors that
have opened are the ones upon which you have knocked.
This puts life squarely upon your shoulders. What you have gotten is what you
have sought. "But," you say, "I did not seek disease, poverty, financial lack,
poverty, loneliness or general misery." You either consciously did or you
unconsciously accepted these conditions because someone convinced you that
is all you will ever get out of life.
Someone gives you a canvas and some paints and you say, "What good is this?
There is no picture on the canvass. It is blank." You are told to draw a picture and
you balk because you are convinced that you are not an artist. As a result, other
people use the paints to draw what they want. Now you are stuck with a picture
that someone else painted that you do not like.
Now you sit, displeased with the picture but unwilling to change it because you
are convinced that only others can paint. What does this have to do with
gratitude? Because you do not feel that you can paint, you do not feel any level
of thankfulness for the pictures others have drawn for you. You really wanted a
picture of a beautiful house in the country but someone draws a rundown
apartment. Why should you be thankful, the picture is not what you want?
- 291 -
“Before The Secret”
The fact of the matter is that you do have whatever you want. The canvas is all
things. It merely awaits your brush strokes to make it real. When you say that you
have nothing to be thankful for, you are saying that the canvas can never have
the picture you desire. You close the door without even trying to open it. You see
the canvas as blank, but it can be whatever you desire it to be.
Giving thanks means that you have already received something. When you give
thanks to the Universe for all that you could possibly desire, you are saying that
you have received all that you could possibly desire. You give form and then
substance to the energy that exists everywhere and by law, these things must
manifest. If you say that the picture on the canvas is a new house, it cannot be a
rundown apartment. The painting can only be what is put on it.
It is only hard to give thanks for what you think you do not have because that is
your conditioning. You can't paint? Not true! The world you have, you have
painted. When you begin to accept the fact that you are the artist of your own life,
you will begin to realize that all of those blank canvasses await your secret
desires to be drawn by your creative mind.
Give thanks for all that you desire. They already exist in potential. It is up to you
to make them real. Tell the Universe what you want and tell the Universe you are
thankful that it has given you an unlimited supply of paint. Do not close the door
of life by saying no thank you.
- 292 -
“Before The Secret”
THE ART OF VISUALIZATION
The Universe operates according to set laws and the co-creators need to be
aware of those laws if they are to be successful in their efforts to consciously
create their own reality. Keep yourself in mind. You are constantly creating your
reality, albeit on an unconscious level.
If you want to know what you think about the most, what you are emotional about
and what you believe in strongly, all you need to do is look at your life. Your
current reality is merely a reflection of what is occurring in your mind.
Visualization is a key in creating your own reality. If you think that you cannot
visualize you are mistaken since the world you see is the result of your
visualization. The Universe is very literal. It does not judge your desires. It will
create what you hold in your mind, thoughts and emotions.
It should be stated clearly from the outset you cannot create negative thoughts or
send negative thoughts to someone. All that happens in that situation is that you
pollute your own mind and affect only yourself and your perception on the world.
There is more that could be said here but it is not worth the energy to do so.
- 293 -
“Before The Secret”
Visualization is more than just seeing what you want in your mind. It is not a flat
image like on a TV screen but rather contains all the dimensions and the physical
and emotional senses. In a way it is a hologram in which you must be an active
participant if you are to achieve maximum success.
Most people start off on the wrong foot when it comes to visualization. They start
with the premise “I want.” Like I said, the Universe is very literal and so it will give
you all the “wanting” you can handle. Any verb that follows “I” is very
powerful and it is the key message to the Universe. Therefore, if you say, “I
want more money,” this is interpreted by the Universe as you “want” to keep
wanting more money. What you get is merely “wanting” and basically no money.
This holds true for phrases like “I need,” “I wish,” “I hope,” etc. If you think like
this, all you will manifest is “needing, wishing and hoping” in abundance.
Here is a key; there is nothing that you do not have. Since all things are made of
energy, and there is an unlimited supply of energy in the Universe, truly there is
no shortage. All that you could ever want or desire exists and is merely waiting
for you to bring it into your life. When you tell the Universe “I have financial
abundance, perfect health, a great personal relationship, spiritual enlightenment,
and a wonderful and joyous life,” then you set the Universe in motion and it
ensures that what you “have” in your mind is brought into physical reality. It is not
that seeing is believing it is rather believing is seeing. Better yet, knowing is
receiving.
Knowing that you have what you desire sets up a receptive mental state. Now is
the time to act “as if.” In your mind you add dimension and emotion to that which
you have mentally created. If it is a home improvement you desire, in your mind
you see yourself in the added room along with all of the decorations, furnishings,
smells and activities you will do there.
See other family members in the room and play out in your mind conversations
and others things you will do in that added space. Make it real. Pick the colors of
the walls and see yourself hanging the paintings and then just feel good that
what you created mentally is now real. Do not be concerned how this becomes
reality and always keep the vision in the present tense; I have, not I will have.
The word “will” implies future and like I said, the Universe is literal and that future
will always remain in the future until you accept your vision in the now.
Do not second-guess how your vision will occur. Many fail at this stage. They try
to prescribe to the Universe how it should materialize the vision. I knew a person
who once tried to manifest the “money” for her perfect new car. She kept failing.
- 294 -
“Before The Secret”
She was telling the Universe that the only way she could get the new car was to
get money. After some consultation she decided not to “tell” the Universe but
rather to let the Universe do its own thing.
She began to visualize the car and her in it, period. A very short time later she
was left the exact car, down to the red color by a relative that could no longer
drive. The relative was going to sell the car but decided to give it to her niece
instead, at no cost! When you try to prescribe the means you actually close doors
and oftentimes block the Universe from manifesting your vision. Do not get
caught in the mental trap of “I want it and this is how it must come.” The Universe
is very resourceful.
There is another key step in this process and I would refer you to my other
article, “The Power of Gratitude”. Now that you “have,” be grateful. Let the
Universe know that you appreciate the gift and are thankful for a Universe that is
waiting and ready to meet all of your desires. Keep in mind that the Universe is
not seeking gratitude, it really seeks nothing. But when you set up in your mind
the attitude of gratitude you make the manifestation of your vision real to you and
that is what is important. One rarely gives thanks for something they have not
received.
If you want, decorate your fridge with pictures and post sayings of gratitude—
reminders of what you have already received. Every little bit helps.
We live and breathe and have our existence in a sea of energy that is shaped,
molded and manifest through conscious thought. All that exists is thought made
manifest. To the ancient mystics, this was called the tapestry of life. In modern
times it is the string theory of quantum physics. Remember, there is no lack of
energy in the Universe.
DO NOT give any attention to things that you do not want in your life. All that
does is to feed energy into that which you do not desire. Do not adopt the attitude
that there is no way that you can have what you desire simply because you do
not see how it can come about. If the Universe can create stars, planets and life
it is quite capable of creating a more positive situation for your life. Even if you
think you only have a little of what life seems to offer, it is necessary to be
thankful for what you do have.
This begins to put into motion the idea that what you have you enjoy, and the
Universe will respond with more of what makes you happy. If you seem to have a
lack of funds, be thankful for what you do have and let the Universe know that it
- 295 -
“Before The Secret”
pleases you to have money in the bank. This opens the door to more. NEVER
bemoan the fact that you cannot pay a bill because if you do, then that is where
you are putting your mental energy and the Universe responds by adding to that
energy.
The Universe merely follows your flow of mental energy and adds to it. It makes
no judgment about what you think about, it merely follows the flow of your
thoughts and assumes that because you are filling that thought with your
emotional energy, then it must be something you desire.
Once you have formed the picture of what you have (remember, you have
everything, you just want to manifest it), do NOT dwell on the image to the point
of distraction. If you keep changing your ideas then the Universe is given the
impression that you have not finished your mental creation and so it will wait until
you are done. However, there is more that you can do to reinforce your mental
creation.
For the sake of argument, say you are seeking a new or more positive
relationship. You have imagined (imaged) your perfect partner. What you can
now do is a little daydreaming. Picture what you and your new partner will be
doing. See yourself and your partner going out to dinner, attending a play or
concert, taking a drive or spending a quiet moment together. What are you going
to talk about with your new mate? How will you spend your evenings? What
clothes is he or she wearing? In this daydream you do not alter the image; rather,
you give it life and solidity. Fill it with conversation, laughter, emotion and a sense
of joy and gratitude that all that you sought is real and now in your life. Do not
make this a future event; see it in the now for now is all that there is.
This bringing to life of your image is often overlooked. If a car is your desire then
see yourself in it and going places. If it is better health, then see yourself doing
what you desire in a state of wholeness. If it is enlightenment you seek, feel the
presence of revelation, higher knowledge and understanding flowing through
every fiber of your being. Want to help world peace? Then do not see the world
at war but rather focus upon a vision of the world filled with understanding and
brotherly love.
As you focus upon these energies, they are drawn into your world by the Law of
Attraction. Remember, you cannot change the lives of others and impose your
will upon others. We are each responsible for our own reality. By drawing in the
energies you desire you do have an effect upon others. Remember, the Universe
is a tapestry and all of the threads are connected. As you re-create your part of
- 296 -
“Before The Secret”
the picture, the entire mosaic begins to take on a new and more positive
appearance. Align yourself with positive thoughts and the world will follow your
example.
Breathe life into your images and fill them with emotion, passion and life. See,
feel, taste and hear your creation into existence. One last word of caution; do not
fantasize. While there are no limits except what we limit in our minds, there are
laws that you cannot alter, at least on this plane and in this place. You will not be
able to sprout wings and fly, at least not physically. If you have no singing voice
at all but want to be a big rock star, then be prepared to take music lessons.
If you do not know how to turn on a computer, you will not wake up a Webmaster
the next morning. The Universe may provide you with the means and
opportunities to manifest some of these desires, but until you achieve a higher
level of spiritual mastership it is probably best to keep your desires in the realm
of possibility. While all things are possible, not all things are probable.
- 297 -
“Before The Secret”
THE SECRET TO TRANSFORM & CHANGE THE WORLD!
On November 2nd Dr John Demartini appeared as a panel guest on The Larry
King Show called “Beyond Positive Thinking.” In a highly simplified explanation
the panel discussed how people could truly alter their reality through techniques
presented in the film phenomena The Secret. Saying that these techniques are
based upon true science and not fantasy, the panelists discussed the notion that
each person has the scientifically proven ability to alter their physical, mental and
emotional reality in order to manifest their own desires.
From curing diseases, finding soul-mates, finding the perfect job, to attaining
wealth, no aspect of one’s life is beyond the capacity of the mind. The show was
a success. A second show was presented on November16th and subsequent
shows on the same topic have been planned.
After the show he wrote an article for The American Chronicle and several blogs
which asked the question, “If this information was accurate, why do people live
such miserable lives?” As a lifelong student of mysticism I firmly believe in the
principles discussed on the show and presented in the film and, for that matter,
presented in the co-authored book, WAKING GOD.
However, I felt that a key topic was missing in the discussion and my article went
on to present my own theories as to the greatest impediment that confronts
- 298 -
“Before The Secret”
humanity in utilizing these principles (See 11/6 article at
www.americanchronicle.com). The article was read by Dr. Demartini and his
publicist, Cloud Nine Marketing and I received an email from Cloud Nine asking if
I wanted to do an interview with John. Who could refuse? On November 22nd I
talked with John for about an hour. He was at a Las Vegas hotel and was
preparing for a seminar he was going to give that evening.
I did not want to ask John questions that would be a repeat of those on The Larry
King Show, nor did I want to delve deeply into his early childhood or reiterate a
biography that can be readily found on his web site www.drdemartini.com. For
those who have yet to experience his magic I will simply say that John is a
millionaire. He is an international speaker, author and business consultant.
He heads the Demartini Foundation and The Concourse of Wisdom School.
According to his web site he was told at the age of six that he had a learning
disability and would never read, write or communicate. John obviously walks his
talk and creates his own reality.
I was looking to focus on the issues I raised in my article about the show. What
has kept The Secret from being utilized by all? The principles upon which it is
based can be traced to the ancient mystery schools of the Egyptian and Mayan
civilizations. Why have only the few had access to this wisdom? Why is it coming
to light now? What are the obstacles that seem to prevent all from creating a new
life of happiness and harmony?
My first question to John was whether or not there was a single moment in which
he decided that the “normal” way of doing things was not right for him? Was
there any particular person or book that altered his way of thinking and sent him
on a new path of thought? John indicated that there was no single event or book
that he would classify as the impetus for his personal transformation. Instead,
over twenty years of study into philosophy and cosmology led him to discover a
set of common concepts, ideas, laws and patterns that were universally accepted
‘truths.’ He said, “I devoured ‘ologies’ and any book that dealt with positive
thinking.”
At the age of 18 he read the works of Gandhi and decided to embark upon a selfmonitored effort to change his own thought behavior. Four times a day he
checked to see if his thoughts were more positive and he made every effort to
make them positive. After two years he came to a startling conclusion that he did
in fact create his own paradigm shift. Over the two-year period he discovered that
his thoughts balanced between positive and negative thinking.
- 299 -
“Before The Secret”
Despite his efforts to always stay positive, over time there was always a balance.
His conclusion was that the laws of the universe would always be fulfilled and
that indeed, there is always a plus for every minus, every action creates an
opposite reaction. He indicated by embracing both we are working in concert with
the universe—the key being how to find the benefits accrued from both sides of
the coin.
As a personal clarification let me equate this to the idea of waking and sleeping.
You may want to be on the ‘go’ all day and accomplish much, the plus side of life.
You may then view sleep as negative since it interferes with your desire to do
other things. We all know that it is during sleep that body regenerates itself and
so what appears negative on the surface is actually beneficial. The same could
be said for illness that is the body’s way of telling you that some aspect of your
being is not in balance and needs correction.
The dis-ease, as they said on the show, may appear negative but actually can
become positive if one makes the effort to correct the imbalance and to prevent it
from occurring again. John said that in every aspect of nature and in life there is
the buildup phase and the destroy phase and yet these phases also occur
simultaneously. He said somewhere on earth it is winter, somewhere it is
summer. Cities are being built and others are in decay. Life is a balance and the
key is to discover how both sides of this building and destruction can be of
benefit.
I asked John what he felt were the greatest impediments for people as they tried
to use the principles in “The Secret”. In other words, for the average guy on the
street what is going to prevent them from creating their own reality? John said
that, ‘there are seven primary fears that immobilize people and the first one is the
fear of breaking the moral and ethics of some spiritual authority. That is,
subordination to perceived spiritual authorities and the fear of breaking the rights
and wrongs of that authority stops people.
The second one is the fear of not being smart enough, not having a degree, not
having the intelligence and not being imaginative enough.
The third one is the fear that you’re going to fail at it. I don’t want to start because
I know I’m going to be a failure.
The fourth one is the idea that I won’t make money at it, it costs too much money
or I’ll lose money doing it.
- 300 -
“Before The Secret”
The fifth one is the fear of losing a loved ones’ respect
The next one is the fear of somehow being rejected by the general audience,
people in society. Are you crazy, why are you doing, this is stupid and ridiculous.
Last thing is the fear of ill health, death or disease. You don’t have the body to do
it, the looks for it, the height or strength necessary.
Those seven fears make people lie to themselves about what they really want.
They immobilize themselves.
John went on to say that people set up fantasies that are not what they truly want
and that are not aligned with the laws of the Universe. These fantasies will not
manifest and then people get discouraged and go around discouraging others.
And so the endless cycle of unrealistic desires dashed lead to the notion that
people do not have control of their lives.
The issue was raised as to whether or not a person can just sit in a room and
manifest their true desires without having to take any action. John indicated that
“you have to work your butt off—you’ll have no ass when you are done.” “He said
that you cannot merely imagine what you want without taking any action to
bring those desires into reality”.
When people ask him how he got where he is today he reiterates that he had to
work his butt off. The people that persevere are the ones that get results. He
added that there is no doubt that when the mind is clear and precise and inspired
this assists in the process but to visualize is a small piece of the puzzle unless
accompanied by action.
I asked John if there was any particular reason why the film “The Secret” was
released at this time. In other words, is there anything about the present situation
in the world that makes the publicizing of these once hidden techniques more
appropriate now, than say ten years ago? He indicated that perhaps the people
were in the right place at this time to bring the information to light.
Rhonda Byrne had developed a deep appreciation for the laws of the universe
and, with her production company in Australia, she had the will and the means to
share ways to help people. It “just so happened” that many of the people that
appeared in the film were attending a leadership and transformational meeting in
Aspen and Rhonda brought her TV crew to the meeting and was able to tape
major portions of the film at that location. This combined with the modern age of
- 301 -
“Before The Secret”
technology and the vast networks represented by the film’s participants enabled
the film and its message to reach millions upon millions of people that might
otherwise have been left wanting.
Is there a “secret agenda?” Being a Rosicrucian I could not help but notice the
frequency with which the word Rosicrucian flashed between speakers in the film.
John indicated that “wisdom is wisdom” and anyone who searches out universal
laws will run into the various lists of secret organizations. He thought that some
of the people connected to the movie were probably Rosicrucian and that he
also, in addition to studying Mayan and other mystery teachings, had also
studied Rosicrucian teachings.
This relatively sequestered order has come to the forefront of late and is
receiving greater publicity. However, John felt that there is only a sincere
altruistic desire on the part of those connected to the film to bring much that has
been hidden into the mainstream for all to share.
Trying to glance ahead I asked John where he saw the world in 2012 and if he
felt that there was enough time, given the current state of world affairs and
changing climatic conditions, to turn things around for humanity before possible
global disaster. John’s response should be a lesson and inspiration for all
because I do not believe that there is a negative bone left in his body.
John said, “I do not see anything in the world that is going to stop human
development. I am certainly not frightened by anything that is going on. I see that
there are always two sides to an event. If we look for one side, the down side, we
go into doomsday, if we look at the up side we go into fantasyland. But if we look
at both of them we see that nature is simply remodeling things and whoever has
the clearest intention is the one that moves it in that direction…. I truly believe
that there is a field of intelligence that is far greater than our human intellect and I
think that it is doing fine and that we are just waking up to it and we’re learning
along the way and we remodel ourselves accordingly.
“But I really don’t have any fear about what’s going on in the world. I see a
balance. I see that there is build and destroy. If you look at the earth from the
most ancient times you see that there was spring and fall, somewhere on the
world at all times. Summer and winter is always somewhere, so what you have is
build and destroy… And so humans are manifesting the course of build and
destroy and remodeling in their cities, their own physiology, in our thoughts we
build ourselves up and beat ourselves down. In nature we do it. In our cities we
do it. In our environment we do it.”
- 302 -
“Before The Secret”
Probing this a little further I asked if John felt that society had hit rock bottom and
that there was a lot of fear in the world. John said that he did not wake each
morning with fear for what is happening in the world. He said, “I look at things in
such a way where I ask how does whatever happened to me, either positive or
negative, serve me.”
He went on to say that, “Fear is an assumption that you are about to experience
more pain than pleasure, more loss than gain, more negative than positive, more
challenge than support, from somebody or yourself. If we have those perceptions
then of course we are going to react and withdraw. Fear is really an unrealistic
expectation. It is wiser to go back and look at the balance of things so the fear
dissolves. As Buckminster Fuller said, pollution is simply a resource we have yet
to find a use for.”
John added that we need to find the order hidden in our daily chaos and that
despite polarity; he feels that the world has a heart.
We then explored the notion of “divine intelligence.” John said “to those who
believe no proof is necessary, to those who don’t, know proof is possible and it is
not wise to waste words on those who seek not.” He then mentioned the
Demartini Method that is a very profound way of helping people see that the
events that are occurring in their life are synchronous, are synthesized and imply
an intelligence far greater than our awareness.
He said that he can demonstrate this repeatedly on very deep levels and in such
a profound way that it literally involves the physics of life. He sees these
concepts growing in strength and in numbers and infiltrating the business,
financial, educational and scientific communities.
I could not help but wonder if John felt that he still had any barriers that he
personally had left to cross. Was there anything in his life that he would like to
alter? The response is a lesson for all since we often go through life beating
ourselves up for things we think we should or could have done differently. John
said, “I don’t think of it that way. No matter what I’ve done or not done I’m worthy
of love.
Any time I think I need some kind of fixing it’s because I haven’t looked at myself
more thoroughly. So I don’t put myself into a moral illusion that I need
improvement or any of those things. Albert Einstein said something, if God is
omnipotent and omnipresent and omniscient then every human action, reaction
and aspiration in life is part of the Divine Plan. So I don’t look back and say oops,
- 303 -
“Before The Secret”
I messed up here, I should have done this or should have done that. I don’t live
that way.
With regard to what changes he would like to see on a worldwide scale he said,
“That there would be toilet paper in all the johns across the world.” On a serious
vein he said that he felt that all the people on the entire planet have within them a
deep sense of love, they just do not see it. He indicated that it is not about fixing
the world because when you focus on fixing you create the equal and opposite
and thereby actually add to the problems. People need to see the magnificence
of themselves and the world in which they live and love people and the world for
whom and what it is; this is what creates the transformation.
In bringing up my co-authored book, WAKING GOD I mentioned that we felt
(myself and co-author Brian Doe) that religion was perhaps the single most
important obstacle people had to overcome in order to utilize the principles of
The Secret. The interview was winding down but we began to discuss this issue
in a way that may upset those “who seek not.” John said, “When we subordinate
ourselves to the religious systems we basically stop opening up our religious
heart.”
Can you practice The Secret and do ‘Hail Marys’ at the same time was my next
line of thought. John replied, “That is contradictory. I would say that if there is a
divine order, divine intelligence and divine love and divine wisdom and beauty in
everything, then where is God not?” He explained that if we think we see some
place or person where we think God is not then we must re-examine ourselves
and our own perceptions about what we think we see. If we see something out of
order, then it is our job to go back and to look again.
John indicated that any human being we see on the outside reflects what is on
our inside. If there is something that you cannot love about them then there is a
part of you that you feel is unworthy of love. Because the universe is from a
single source, all is connected and all is entangled. This raised the last question
concerning the role that our subconscious mind plays in impeding our personal
growth.
John said that we develop values based upon what we think we are missing or
lacking in life. If we lack money, we value money; if we lack love, we value love; if
we lack a nice home, friends or a good job, we place them in our value system.
Whatever is most perceived as missing, we value. Review and act upon the
world according to these values. Then we see those that appear to have all that
- 304 -
“Before The Secret”
we perceive we lack, a.k.a., movie stars, business leaders, etc. We now
subordinate ourselves to them. We feel that they have what we lack.
By putting these people on a pedestal, we subordinate ourselves to them and
their values. Now our own true values recede into our subconscious. We are now
trying to be someone else, someone we are not. We attempt to imitate these
other people. Now our world is filled with shoulds and ought to haves. But we still
have our own values that become subconscious and another’s values become
conscious and we act like somebody we are not.
This raises a moral dilemma. We now try to do something that is not ours.
Perhaps we try to be a singer, artist or writer and yet we really have no talent for
these occupations. We aspire to be an actor but we have no acting ability. Now
you bang your head against the wall trying to be someone you are not. You have
entered a fantasy world and efforts to manifest that reality are bound to fail. Our
desires must be true and congruent if we are to create our reality utilizing the
principles in The Secret.
I asked John if he felt there was a kind of conspiracy to prevent the masses from
utilizing the principles of The Secret. Ever the politician, John answered that if
you challenge another’s existing paradigm and value systems they will close it off
and try to prevent it. All is linked and we must learn to love everyone, no matter
who or what they are. I told John that he should consider being a foreign policy
advisor. He said that several years back he did send a letter to President Bush
and to Donald Rumsfeld. The problem was that when he addressed the letter, he
sent it to Ronald Dumsfeld. He said that it was not intentional. He did receive a
letter back from the President saying that we have everything under control.
- 305 -
“Before The Secret”
QUOTES FROM THE LAW OF ATTRACTION…
There are literally thousands of quotes from thousands of spiritual, religious and
mystical leaders such as Master Jesus, Confucius, Gautama Buddha, as well as
dozens of others. The few that are offered here are to highlight the fact that
Jesus was not alone in his thinking with respect to such ideas as attraction,
responsibility and manifestation.
The underlying theme of all great spiritual thought is the unity of life, its eternal
continuity and its divine right to forge its own reality in order to experience the
illusion we call reality. The meaning of these quotes is a matter of personal
interpretation but with inner thought you will see that all is not as it appears and
that humanity has a destiny that far surpasses the dogma that has been taught
throughout the ages.
The essence of the Way is detachment. And the goal of those who practice is
freedom from appearances.
When we're deluded there's a world to escape. When we're aware, there's
nothing to escape.
- 306 -
“Before The Secret”
If you use your mind to study reality, you won't understand either your mind or
reality. If you study reality without using your mind, you'll understand both... The
mind and the world are opposites, and vision arises where they meet. When your
mind doesn't stir inside, the world doesn't arise outside. When the world and the
mind are both transparent, this is true vision. And such understanding is true
understanding.
Everything good and bad comes from your own mind. To find something beyond
the mind is impossible.
If you know that everything comes from the mind, don't become attached. Once
attached, you're unaware. But once you see your own nature, the entire Canon
becomes so much prose. It's thousands of sutras and shastras only amount to a
clear mind. Understanding comes in midsentence. What good are doctrines? The
ultimate Truth is beyond words. Doctrines are words. They're not the Way. The
Way is wordless. Words are illusions... Don't cling to appearances, and you'll
break through all barriers...
We do not see things as they are. We see them as we are. The Talmud
There are two rules on the spiritual path: Begin and Continue. Sufi saying
I believe in a Spinoza's God who reveals himself in the harmony of all that exists,
but not in a God who concerns himself with the fate and actions of human
beings. Albert Einstein
Everyone who is seriously involved in the pursuit of science becomes convinced
that a spirit is manifest in the laws of the. Albert Einstein
In their struggle for the ethical good, teachers of religion must have the stature to
give up the doctrine of a personal God, that is, give up that source of fear and
hope which in the past placed such vast power in the hands of the priests."
Albert Einstein
The priests, in control of education, made the class division of society into a
permanent institution and created a system of values by which the people were
thenceforth, to a large extent unconsciously, guided in their social behavior.
Albert Einstein
It is not God who is hostile, but we; for God is never hostile. St. John
Chrysostom
- 307 -
“Before The Secret”
The purposes of God point to one simple end—that we should be as he is, think
the same thoughts, mean the same things, possess the same blessedness.
George MacDonald
There is only one reality. That reality is God. The soul of man must contact God,
and unless the spirit of man is truly joined to God, there is no such thing as real
Christian manifestation. John G. Lake
I searched for God and found only myself. I searched for myself and found only
God. Sufi Proverb
Buddhism does not accept a theory of God, or a creator. According to Buddhism,
one's own actions are the creator, ultimately. Some people say that, from a
certain angle, Buddhism is not a religion but rather a science of mind. Religion
has much involvement with faith. Sometimes it seems that there is quite a
distance between a way of thinking based on faith and one entirely based on
experiment, remaining skeptical. Unless you find something through
investigation, you do not want to accept it as fact. From one viewpoint, Buddhism
is a religion, from another viewpoint Buddhism is a science of mind and not a
religion. Buddhism can be a bridge between these two sides. Therefore, with this
conviction I try to have closer ties with scientists, mainly in the fields of
cosmology, psychology, neurobiology and physics. In these fields there are
insights to share, and to a certain extent we can work together. Dalai Lama
Man's main task in life is to give birth to himself. Erich Fromm
Live your life so that the fear of death can never enter your heart. When you arise
in the morning, give thanks for the morning light. Give thanks for your life and
strength. Give thanks for your food and for the joy of living. And if perchance you
see no reason for giving thanks, rest assured the fault is in yourself. Chief
Tecumseh, Shawnee Indian Chief
Your task is not to seek for love, but merely to seek and find all the barriers within
yourself that you have built against it. The Buddha
I like your Christ, I do not like your Christians. Your Christians are so unlike your
Christ. Ghandi
If you judge people, you have no time to love them. Mother Teresa
- 308 -
“Before The Secret”
I am no Hindu, but I hold the doctrine of the Hindus concerning a future state
(rebirth) to be incomparably more rational, more pious, and more likely to deter
men from vice than the horrid opinions inculcated by Christians on punishments
without end. William Jones
Do you have any idea how many lives we must have gone through before we
even got the first idea that there is more to life than eating, or fighting, or power in
the Flock? A thousand lives, Jon, ten thousand… We choose our next world
through what we learn in this one… But you, Jon, learned so much at one time
that you didn't have to go through a thousand lives to reach this one. Richard
Bach (Jonathan Livingston Seagull)
The souls must reenter the absolute substance whence they have emerged. But
to accomplish this, they must develop all the perfections, the germ of which is
planted in them; and if they have not fulfilled this condition during one life, they
must commence another, a third, and so forth, until they have acquired the
condition which fits them for reunion with God. Zohar, one of the principal
Cabalistic texts
No one should allow his mind to be a vehicle for others to use; he who does not
direct his own mind lacks mastery. Hazrat Inayat Khan
By conquering my mind, I have conquered the whole world. Sri Guru Granth
Sahib
There are plenty of different paths to a deep understanding of the universe.
Blackfoot Proverb
As he thinks in his heart, so he is. Jewish Proverb
- 309 -
“Before The Secret”
WRAPPING UP
As you use the might of conscious selection to bring your life into
better alignment with reality, affection, and might, the long-run result
is spiritual wisdom and peace.
Your life accomplishes a fresh level of clearness where all the parts
start working harmoniously together.
Our collective spiritual growth is based in our common interest in
reality, affection, and might. These are our scouts through all the
challenges of human life.
If it were in some way possible for everybody on earth to come
together and agree on one spiritual doctrine, it would be one that
contains the universal laws of reality, affection, and might.
These are the ideals that lead us not only as humans, but likewise as spiritual
beings.
This life-changing course was put together to help humanity during these tough
times. Please, share our Facebook Fan Page to spread the positive and help
people get what they want in life.
WISHING YOU HEALTH – WEALTH & HAPPINESS!
Joe Guty
- 310 -
“Before The Secret”
- 311 -